Video for Linux Two API Specification Revision 2.6.32【转】

转自:https://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/legacy/video4linux/API/V4L2_API/spec-single/v4l2.html

Video for Linux Two API Specification

Revision 2.6.32

Michael H Schimek

    <mschimek@gmx.at>
  

Bill Dirks

Original author of the V4L2 API and
documentation. 

Hans Verkuil

Designed and documented the VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS ioctl,
the extended control ioctls and major parts of the sliced VBI
API. 

    <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
  

Martin Rubli

Designed and documented the VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES
and VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS ioctls. 

Andy Walls

Documented the fielded V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV
MPEG stream embedded, sliced VBI data format in this specification.
 

    <awalls@radix.net>
  

Mauro Carvalho Chehab

Documented libv4l, designed and added v4l2grab example,
Remote Controller chapter
 

    <mchehab@redhat.com>
  

Copyright
1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Bill
Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin
Rubli, Andy Walls, Mauro Carvalho Chehab

This document is copyrighted 1999-2009 by Bill
Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin Rubli, Andy Walls and
Mauro Carvalho Chehab.

Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify
this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and
with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
appendix entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".

Programming examples can be used and distributed without
restrictions.

Revision History
Revision 2.6.32 2009-08-31 mcc
Now, revisions will match the kernel version where
the V4L2 API changes will be used by the Linux Kernel.
Also added Remote Controller chapter.
Revision 0.29 2009-08-26 ev
Added documentation for string controls and for FM Transmitter controls.
Revision 0.28 2009-08-26 gl
Added V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER documentation.
Revision 0.27 2009-08-15 mcc
Added libv4l and Remote Controller documentation;
added v4l2grab and keytable application examples.
Revision 0.26 2009-07-23 hv
Finalized the RDS capture API. Added modulator and RDS encoder
capabilities. Added support for string controls.
Revision 0.25 2009-01-18 hv
Added pixel formats VYUY, NV16 and NV61, and changed
the debug ioctls VIDIOC_DBG_G/S_REGISTER and VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT.
Added camera controls V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE,
V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS and V4L2_CID_PRIVACY.
Revision 0.24 2008-03-04 mhs
Added pixel formats Y16 and SBGGR16, new controls
and a camera controls class. Removed VIDIOC_G/S_MPEGCOMP.
Revision 0.23 2007-08-30 mhs
Fixed a typo in VIDIOC_DBG_G/S_REGISTER.
Clarified the byte order of packed pixel formats.
Revision 0.22 2007-08-29 mhs
Added the Video Output Overlay interface, new MPEG
controls, V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB and V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT,
VIDIOC_DBG_G/S_REGISTER, VIDIOC_(TRY_)ENCODER_CMD,
VIDIOC_G_CHIP_IDENT, VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX, new pixel formats.
Clarifications in the cropping chapter, about RGB pixel formats, the
mmap(), poll(), select(), read() and write() functions. Typographical
fixes.
Revision 0.21 2006-12-19 mhs
Fixed a link in the VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS section.
Revision 0.20 2006-11-24 mhs
Clarified the purpose of the audioset field in
struct v4l2_input and v4l2_output.
Revision 0.19 2006-10-19 mhs
Documented V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444.
Revision 0.18 2006-10-18 mhs
Added the description of extended controls by Hans
Verkuil. Linked V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG to V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE.
Revision 0.17 2006-10-12 mhs
Corrected V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12 description.
Revision 0.16 2006-10-08 mhs
VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES and
VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS are now part of the API.
Revision 0.15 2006-09-23 mhs
Cleaned up the bibliography, added BT.653 and
BT.1119. capture.c/start_capturing() for user pointer I/O did not
initialize the buffer index. Documented the V4L MPEG and MJPEG
VID_TYPEs and V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8. Updated the list of reserved pixel
formats. See the history chapter for API changes.
Revision 0.14 2006-09-14 mr
Added VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES and
VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS proposal for frame format enumeration of
digital devices.
Revision 0.13 2006-04-07 mhs
Corrected the description of struct v4l2_window
clips. New V4L2_STD_ and V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2
defines.
Revision 0.12 2006-02-03 mhs
Corrected the description of struct
v4l2_captureparm and v4l2_outputparm.
Revision 0.11 2006-01-27 mhs
Improved the description of struct
v4l2_tuner.
Revision 0.10 2006-01-10 mhs
VIDIOC_G_INPUT and VIDIOC_S_PARM
clarifications.
Revision 0.9 2005-11-27 mhs
Improved the 525 line numbering diagram. Hans
Verkuil and I rewrote the sliced VBI section. He also contributed a
VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS page. Fixed VIDIOC_S_STD call in the video standard
selection example. Various updates.
Revision 0.8 2004-10-04 mhs
Somehow a piece of junk slipped into the capture
example, removed.
Revision 0.7 2004-09-19 mhs
Fixed video standard selection, control
enumeration, downscaling and aspect example. Added read and user
pointer i/o to video capture example.
Revision 0.6 2004-08-01 mhs
v4l2_buffer changes, added video capture example,
various corrections.
Revision 0.5 2003-11-05 mhs
Pixel format erratum.
Revision 0.4 2003-09-17 mhs
Corrected source and Makefile to generate a PDF.
SGML fixes. Added latest API changes. Closed gaps in the history
chapter.
Revision 0.3 2003-02-05 mhs
Another draft, more corrections.
Revision 0.2 2003-01-15 mhs
Second draft, with corrections pointed out by Gerd
Knorr.
Revision 0.1 2002-12-01 mhs
First draft, based on documentation by Bill Dirks
and discussions on the V4L mailing list.

Table of Contents

Introduction
1. Common API Elements
1.1. Opening and Closing Devices
1.1.1. Device Naming
1.1.2. Related Devices
1.1.3. Multiple Opens
1.1.4. Shared Data Streams
1.1.5. Functions
1.2. Querying Capabilities
1.3. Application Priority
1.4. Video Inputs and Outputs
1.5. Audio Inputs and Outputs
1.6. Tuners and Modulators
1.6.1. Tuners
1.6.2. Modulators
1.6.3. Radio Frequency
1.6.4. Satellite Receivers
1.7. Video Standards
1.8. User Controls
1.9. Extended Controls
1.9.1. Introduction
1.9.2. The Extended Control API
1.9.3. Enumerating Extended Controls
1.9.4. Creating Control Panels
1.9.5. MPEG Control Reference
1.9.5.1. Generic MPEG Controls
1.9.5.2. CX2341x MPEG Controls
1.9.6. Camera Control Reference
1.9.7. FM Transmitter Control Reference
1.10. Data Formats
1.10.1. Data Format Negotiation
1.10.2. Image Format Enumeration
1.11. Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling
1.11.1. Cropping Structures
1.11.2. Scaling Adjustments
1.11.3. Examples
1.12. Streaming Parameters
2. Image Formats
2.1. Standard Image Formats
2.2. Colorspaces
2.3. Indexed Format
2.4. RGB Formats
2.5. YUV Formats
2.6. Compressed Formats
2.7. Reserved Format Identifiers
3. Input/Output
3.1. Read/Write
3.2. Streaming I/O (Memory Mapping)
3.3. Streaming I/O (User Pointers)
3.4. Asynchronous I/O
3.5. Buffers
3.5.1. Timecodes
3.6. Field Order
4. Interfaces
4.1. Video Capture Interface
4.1.1. Querying Capabilities
4.1.2. Supplemental Functions
4.1.3. Image Format Negotiation
4.1.4. Reading Images
4.2. Video Overlay Interface
4.2.1. Querying Capabilities
4.2.2. Supplemental Functions
4.2.3. Setup
4.2.4. Overlay Window
4.2.5. Enabling Overlay
4.3. Video Output Interface
4.3.1. Querying Capabilities
4.3.2. Supplemental Functions
4.3.3. Image Format Negotiation
4.3.4. Writing Images
4.4. Video Output Overlay Interface
4.4.1. Querying Capabilities
4.4.2. Framebuffer
4.4.3. Overlay Window and Scaling
4.4.4. Enabling Overlay
4.5. Codec Interface
4.6. Effect Devices Interface
4.7. Raw VBI Data Interface
4.7.1. Querying Capabilities
4.7.2. Supplemental Functions
4.7.3. Raw VBI Format Negotiation
4.7.4. Reading and writing VBI images
4.8. Sliced VBI Data Interface
4.8.1. Querying Capabilities
4.8.2. Supplemental Functions
4.8.3. Sliced VBI Format Negotiation
4.8.4. Reading and writing sliced VBI data
4.8.5. Sliced VBI Data in MPEG Streams
4.8.5.1. MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: NONE
4.8.5.2. MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: IVTV
4.9. Teletext Interface
4.10. Radio Interface
4.10.1. Querying Capabilities
4.10.2. Supplemental Functions
4.10.3. Programming
4.11. RDS Interface
4.11.1. Querying Capabilities
4.11.2. Reading RDS data
I. Function Reference
V4L2 close() — Close a V4L2 device
V4L2 ioctl() — Program a V4L2 device
ioctl VIDIOC_CROPCAP — Information about the video cropping and scaling abilities
ioctl VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT — Identify the chips on a TV card
ioctl VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER, VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER — Read or write hardware registers
ioctl VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD — Execute an encoder command
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO — Enumerate audio inputs
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT — Enumerate audio outputs
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT — Enumerate image formats
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES — Enumerate frame sizes
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS — Enumerate frame intervals
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT — Enumerate video inputs
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT — Enumerate video outputs
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMSTD — Enumerate supported video standards
ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO — Query or select the current audio input and its
attributes
ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT, VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT — Query or select the current audio output
ioctl VIDIOC_G_CROP, VIDIOC_S_CROP — Get or set the current cropping rectangle
ioctl VIDIOC_G_CTRL, VIDIOC_S_CTRL — Get or set the value of a control
ioctl VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX — Get meta data about a compressed video stream
ioctl VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS,
VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS
— Get or set the value of several controls, try control
values
ioctl VIDIOC_G_FBUF, VIDIOC_S_FBUF — Get or set frame buffer overlay parameters
ioctl VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT,
VIDIOC_TRY_FMT
— Get or set the data format, try a format
ioctl VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY, VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY — Get or set tuner or modulator radio
frequency
ioctl VIDIOC_G_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_INPUT — Query or select the current video input
ioctl VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP, VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP
ioctl VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR, VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR — Get or set modulator attributes
ioctl VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT — Query or select the current video output
ioctl VIDIOC_G_PARM, VIDIOC_S_PARM — Get or set streaming parameters
ioctl VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY, VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY — Query or request the access priority associated with a
file descriptor
ioctl VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP — Query sliced VBI capabilities
ioctl VIDIOC_G_STD, VIDIOC_S_STD — Query or select the video standard of the current input
ioctl VIDIOC_G_TUNER, VIDIOC_S_TUNER — Get or set tuner attributes
ioctl VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS — Log driver status information
ioctl VIDIOC_OVERLAY — Start or stop video overlay
ioctl VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF — Exchange a buffer with the driver
ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYBUF — Query the status of a buffer
ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCAP — Query device capabilities
ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU — Enumerate controls and menu control items
ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYSTD — Sense the video standard received by the current
input
ioctl VIDIOC_REQBUFS — Initiate Memory Mapping or User Pointer I/O
ioctl VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK — Perform a hardware frequency seek
ioctl VIDIOC_STREAMON, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF — Start or stop streaming I/O
V4L2 mmap() — Map device memory into application address space
V4L2 munmap() — Unmap device memory
V4L2 open() — Open a V4L2 device
V4L2 poll() — Wait for some event on a file descriptor
V4L2 read() — Read from a V4L2 device
V4L2 select() — Synchronous I/O multiplexing
V4L2 write() — Write to a V4L2 device
5. V4L2 Driver Programming
6. Libv4l Userspace Library
6.1. Introduction
6.1.1. libv4lconvert
6.1.2. libv4l1
6.1.3. libv4l2
6.1.3.1. Libv4l device control functions
6.1.4. v4l1compat.so wrapper library
7. Remote Controllers
7.1. Introduction
7.2. Changing default Remote Controller mappings
8. Changes
8.1. Differences between V4L and V4L2
8.1.1. Opening and Closing Devices
8.1.2. Querying Capabilities
8.1.3. Video Sources
8.1.4. Tuning
8.1.5. Image Properties
8.1.6. Audio
8.1.7. Frame Buffer Overlay
8.1.8. Cropping
8.1.9. Reading Images, Memory Mapping
8.1.9.1. Capturing using the read method
8.1.9.2. Capturing using memory mapping
8.1.10. Reading Raw VBI Data
8.1.11. Miscellaneous
8.2. Changes of the V4L2 API
8.2.1. Early Versions
8.2.2. V4L2 Version 0.16 1999-01-31
8.2.3. V4L2 Version 0.18 1999-03-16
8.2.4. V4L2 Version 0.19 1999-06-05
8.2.5. V4L2 Version 0.20 (1999-09-10)
8.2.6. V4L2 Version 0.20 incremental changes
8.2.7. V4L2 Version 0.20 2000-11-23
8.2.8. V4L2 Version 0.20 2002-07-25
8.2.9. V4L2 in Linux 2.5.46, 2002-10
8.2.10. V4L2 2003-06-19
8.2.11. V4L2 2003-11-05
8.2.12. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.6, 2004-05-09
8.2.13. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.8
8.2.14. V4L2 spec erratum 2004-08-01
8.2.15. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.14
8.2.16. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.15
8.2.17. V4L2 spec erratum 2005-11-27
8.2.18. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-01-10
8.2.19. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-03
8.2.20. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-04
8.2.21. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.17
8.2.22. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-09-23 (Draft 0.15)
8.2.23. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.18
8.2.24. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.19
8.2.25. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-10-12 (Draft 0.17)
8.2.26. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.21
8.2.27. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.22
8.2.28. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.24
8.2.29. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.25
8.2.30. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.26
8.2.31. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.27
8.2.32. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.28
8.2.33. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.29
8.2.34. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.30
8.2.35. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.32
8.3. Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs
8.3.1. X Video Extension
8.3.2. Digital Video
8.3.3. Audio Interfaces
8.4. Experimental API Elements
8.5. Obsolete API Elements
A. Video For Linux Two Header File
B. Video Capture Example
C. Video Grabber example using libv4l
D. GNU Free Documentation License
D.1. 0. PREAMBLE
D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING
D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS
D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
D.9. 8. TRANSLATION
D.10. 9. TERMINATION
D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
D.12. Addendum
List of Types
References

List of Figures

1.1. Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling
3.1. Field Order, Top Field First Transmitted
3.2. Field Order, Bottom Field First Transmitted
4.1. Line synchronization
4.2. ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)
4.3. ITU-R 625 line numbering

List of Tables

1.1. Control IDs
1.2. MPEG Control IDs
1.3. CX2341x Control IDs
1.4. Camera Control IDs
1.5. FM_TX Control IDs
2.1. struct v4l2_pix_format
2.2. enum v4l2_colorspace
2.3. Indexed Image Format
2.4. Packed RGB Image Formats
2.5. Packed RGB Image Formats (corrected)
2.6. Packed YUV Image Formats
2.7. Compressed Image Formats
2.8. Reserved Image Formats
3.1. struct v4l2_buffer
3.2. enum v4l2_buf_type
3.3. Buffer Flags
3.4. enum v4l2_memory
3.5. struct v4l2_timecode
3.6. Timecode Types
3.7. Timecode Flags
3.8. enum v4l2_field
4.1. struct v4l2_window
4.2. struct v4l2_clip
4.3. struct v4l2_rect
4.4. struct v4l2_vbi_format
4.5. Raw VBI Format Flags
4.6. struct
v4l2_sliced_vbi_format
4.7. Sliced VBI services
4.8. struct
v4l2_sliced_vbi_data
4.9. struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv
4.10. Magic Constants for struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv
magic field
4.11. struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0
4.12. struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0
4.13. struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line
4.14. Line Identifiers for struct
v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line id
field
4.15. struct
v4l2_rds_data
4.16. Block description
4.17. Block defines
39. struct v4l2_cropcap
40. struct v4l2_rect
41. struct v4l2_dbg_match
42. struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident
43. Chip Match Types
44. Chip Identifiers
45. struct v4l2_dbg_match
46. struct v4l2_dbg_register
47. Chip Match Types
48. struct v4l2_encoder_cmd
49. Encoder Commands
50. Encoder Command Flags
51. struct v4l2_fmtdesc
52. Image Format Description Flags
53. struct v4l2_frmsize_discrete
54. struct v4l2_frmsize_stepwise
55. struct v4l2_frmsizeenum
56. enum v4l2_frmsizetypes
57. struct v4l2_frmival_stepwise
58. struct v4l2_frmivalenum
59. enum v4l2_frmivaltypes
60. struct v4l2_input
61. Input Types
62. Input Status Flags
63. struct v4l2_output
64. Output Type
65. struct v4l2_standard
66. struct v4l2_fract
67. typedef v4l2_std_id
68. Video Standards (based on [])
69. struct v4l2_audio
70. Audio Capability Flags
71. Audio Mode Flags
72. struct v4l2_audioout
73. struct v4l2_crop
74. struct v4l2_control
75. struct v4l2_enc_idx
76. struct v4l2_enc_idx_entry
77. Index Entry Flags
78. struct v4l2_ext_control
79. struct v4l2_ext_controls
80. Control classes
81. struct v4l2_framebuffer
82. Frame Buffer Capability Flags
83. Frame Buffer Flags
84. struct v4l2_format
85. struct v4l2_frequency
86. struct v4l2_jpegcompression
87. JPEG Markers Flags
88. struct v4l2_modulator
89. Modulator Audio Transmission Flags
90. struct v4l2_streamparm
91. struct v4l2_captureparm
92. struct v4l2_outputparm
93. Streaming Parameters Capabilites
94. Capture Parameters Flags
95. enum v4l2_priority
96. struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap
97. Sliced VBI services
98. struct v4l2_tuner
99. enum v4l2_tuner_type
100. Tuner and Modulator Capability Flags
101. Tuner Audio Reception Flags
102. Tuner Audio Modes
103. Tuner Audio Matrix
104. struct v4l2_capability
105. Device Capabilities Flags
106. struct v4l2_queryctrl
107. struct v4l2_querymenu
108. enum v4l2_ctrl_type
109. Control Flags
110. struct v4l2_requestbuffers
111. struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek
7.1. IR default keymapping
7.2. Notes
8.1. V4L Device Types, Names and Numbers

List of Examples

1.1. Information about the current video input
1.2. Switching to the first video input
1.3. Information about the current audio input
1.4. Switching to the first audio input
1.5. Information about the current video standard
1.6. Listing the video standards supported by the current
input
1.7. Selecting a new video standard
1.8. Enumerating all controls
1.9. Changing controls
1.10. Resetting the cropping parameters
1.11. Simple downscaling
1.12. Selecting an output area
1.13. Current scaling factor and pixel aspect
2.1. ITU-R Rec. BT.601 color conversion
2.2. V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 4 × 4 pixel
image
2.3. V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8 4 × 4
pixel image
2.4. V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8 4 × 4
pixel image
2.5. V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8 4 ×
4 pixel image
2.6. V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 4 × 4
pixel image
2.7. V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY 4 × 4
pixel image
2.8. V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 4 × 4
pixel image
2.9. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV 4 × 4
pixel image
2.10. V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY 4 × 4
pixel image
2.11. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU 4 × 4
pixel image
2.12. V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY 4 × 4
pixel image
2.13. V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P 8 × 4
pixel image
2.14. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 4 × 4
pixel image
2.15. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410 4 × 4
pixel image
2.16. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P 4 × 4
pixel image
2.17. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P 4 × 4
pixel image
2.18. V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12 4 × 4
pixel image
2.19. V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16 4 × 4
pixel image
3.1. Mapping buffers
3.2. Initiating streaming I/O with user pointers
4.1. Finding a framebuffer device for OSD

Introduction

Video For Linux Two is the second version of the Video For
Linux API, a kernel interface for analog radio and video capture and
output drivers.

Early drivers used ad-hoc interfaces. These were replaced in
Linux 2.2 by Alan Cox' V4L API, based on the interface of the bttv
driver. In 1999 Bill Dirks started the development of V4L2 to fix some
shortcomings of V4L and to support a wider range of devices. The API
was revised again in 2002 prior to its inclusion in Linux 2.5/2.6, and
work continues on improvements and additions while maintaining
compatibility with existing drivers and applications. In 2006/2007
efforts began on FreeBSD drivers with a V4L2 interface.

This book documents the V4L2 API. Intended audience are
driver and application writers.

If you have questions or ideas regarding the API, please
write to the linux-media mailing list: https://linuxtv.org/lists.php.

The latest version of this document and the DocBook SGML
sources are part of the https://linuxtv.org/repo/ repository. The online version is
available here: https://linuxtv.org/downloads/video4linux/API/V4L2_API.

Chapter 1. Common API Elements

Table of Contents

1.1. Opening and Closing Devices
1.1.1. Device Naming
1.1.2. Related Devices
1.1.3. Multiple Opens
1.1.4. Shared Data Streams
1.1.5. Functions
1.2. Querying Capabilities
1.3. Application Priority
1.4. Video Inputs and Outputs
1.5. Audio Inputs and Outputs
1.6. Tuners and Modulators
1.6.1. Tuners
1.6.2. Modulators
1.6.3. Radio Frequency
1.6.4. Satellite Receivers
1.7. Video Standards
1.8. User Controls
1.9. Extended Controls
1.9.1. Introduction
1.9.2. The Extended Control API
1.9.3. Enumerating Extended Controls
1.9.4. Creating Control Panels
1.9.5. MPEG Control Reference
1.9.5.1. Generic MPEG Controls
1.9.5.2. CX2341x MPEG Controls
1.9.6. Camera Control Reference
1.9.7. FM Transmitter Control Reference
1.10. Data Formats
1.10.1. Data Format Negotiation
1.10.2. Image Format Enumeration
1.11. Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling
1.11.1. Cropping Structures
1.11.2. Scaling Adjustments
1.11.3. Examples
1.12. Streaming Parameters

Programming a V4L2 device consists of these
steps:

  • Opening the device
  • Changing device properties, selecting a video and audio
    input, video standard, picture brightness a. o.
  • Negotiating a data format
  • Negotiating an input/output method
  • The actual input/output loop
  • Closing the device

In practice most steps are optional and can be executed out of
order. It depends on the V4L2 device type, you can read about the
details in Chapter 4, Interfaces. In this chapter we will discuss
the basic concepts applicable to all devices.

1.1. Opening and Closing Devices

1.1.1. Device Naming

V4L2 drivers are implemented as kernel modules, loaded
manually by the system administrator or automatically when a device is
first opened. The driver modules plug into the "videodev" kernel
module. It provides helper functions and a common application
interface specified in this document.

Each driver thus loaded registers one or more device nodes
with major number 81 and a minor number between 0 and 255. Assigning
minor numbers to V4L2 devices is entirely up to the system administrator,
this is primarily intended to solve conflicts between devices.[1] The module options to select minor numbers are named
after the device special file with a "_nr" suffix. For example "video_nr"
for /dev/video video capture devices. The number is
an offset to the base minor number associated with the device type.
[2] When the driver supports multiple devices of the same
type more than one minor number can be assigned, separated by commas:

> insmod mydriver.o video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1

In /etc/modules.conf this may be written as:

alias char-major-81-0 mydriver
alias char-major-81-1 mydriver
alias char-major-81-64 mydriver              

options mydriver video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1   



When an application attempts to open a device special file with major number 81 and minor number 0, 1, or 64, load "mydriver" (and the "videodev" module it depends upon).



Register the first two video capture devices with minor number 0 and 1 (base number is 0), the first two radio device with minor number 64 and 65 (base 64).

When no minor number is given as module option the driver supplies a default. Chapter 4, Interfaces recommends the base minor numbers to be used for the various device types. Obviously minor numbers must be unique. When the number is already in use the offending device will not be registered.

By convention system administrators create various character device special files with these major and minor numbers in the /dev directory. The names recomended for the different V4L2 device types are listed in Chapter 4, Interfaces.

The creation of character special files (with mknod) is a privileged operation and devices cannot be opened by major and minor number. That means applications cannot reliable scan for loaded or installed drivers. The user must enter a device name, or the application can try the conventional device names.

Under the device filesystem (devfs) the minor number options are ignored. V4L2 drivers (or by proxy the "videodev" module) automatically create the required device files in the /dev/v4l directory using the conventional device names above.

1.1.2. Related Devices

Devices can support several related functions. For example video capturing, video overlay and VBI capturing are related because these functions share, amongst other, the same video input and tuner frequency. V4L and earlier versions of V4L2 used the same device name and minor number for video capturing and overlay, but different ones for VBI. Experience showed this approach has several problems[3], and to make things worse the V4L videodev module used to prohibit multiple opens of a device.

As a remedy the present version of the V4L2 API relaxed the concept of device types with specific names and minor numbers. For compatibility with old applications drivers must still register different minor numbers to assign a default function to the device. But if related functions are supported by the driver they must be available under all registered minor numbers. The desired function can be selected after opening the device as described in Chapter 4, Interfaces.

Imagine a driver supporting video capturing, video overlay, raw VBI capturing, and FM radio reception. It registers three devices with minor number 0, 64 and 224 (this numbering scheme is inherited from the V4L API). Regardless if /dev/video (81, 0) or /dev/vbi (81, 224) is opened the application can select any one of the video capturing, overlay or VBI capturing functions. Without programming (e. g. reading from the device with dd or cat) /dev/video captures video images, while /dev/vbi captures raw VBI data. /dev/radio (81, 64) is invariable a radio device, unrelated to the video functions. Being unrelated does not imply the devices can be used at the same time, however. The open() function may very well return an EBUSY error code.

Besides video input or output the hardware may also support audio sampling or playback. If so, these functions are implemented as OSS or ALSA PCM devices and eventually OSS or ALSA audio mixer. The V4L2 API makes no provisions yet to find these related devices. If you have an idea please write to the linux-media mailing list: https://linuxtv.org/lists.php.

1.1.3. Multiple Opens

In general, V4L2 devices can be opened more than once. When this is supported by the driver, users can for example start a "panel" application to change controls like brightness or audio volume, while another application captures video and audio. In other words, panel applications are comparable to an OSS or ALSA audio mixer application. When a device supports multiple functions like capturing and overlay simultaneously, multiple opens allow concurrent use of the device by forked processes or specialized applications.

Multiple opens are optional, although drivers should permit at least concurrent accesses without data exchange, i. e. panel applications. This implies open() can return an EBUSY error code when the device is already in use, as well as ioctl() functions initiating data exchange (namely the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl), and the read() and write() functions.

Mere opening a V4L2 device does not grant exclusive access.[4] Initiating data exchange however assigns the right to read or write the requested type of data, and to change related properties, to this file descriptor. Applications can request additional access privileges using the priority mechanism described in Section 1.3, “Application Priority”.

1.1.4. Shared Data Streams

V4L2 drivers should not support multiple applications reading or writing the same data stream on a device by copying buffers, time multiplexing or similar means. This is better handled by a proxy application in user space. When the driver supports stream sharing anyway it must be implemented transparently. The V4L2 API does not specify how conflicts are solved.

1.1.5. Functions

To open and close V4L2 devices applications use the open() and close() function, respectively. Devices are programmed using the ioctl() function as explained in the following sections.

1.2. Querying Capabilities

Because V4L2 covers a wide variety of devices not all aspects of the API are equally applicable to all types of devices. Furthermore devices of the same type have different capabilities and this specification permits the omission of a few complicated and less important parts of the API.

The VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl is available to check if the kernel device is compatible with this specification, and to query the functions and I/O methods supported by the device. Other features can be queried by calling the respective ioctl, for example VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT to learn about the number, types and names of video connectors on the device. Although abstraction is a major objective of this API, the ioctl also allows driver specific applications to reliable identify the driver.

All V4L2 drivers must support VIDIOC_QUERYCAP. Applications should always call this ioctl after opening the device.

1.3. Application Priority

When multiple applications share a device it may be desirable to assign them different priorities. Contrary to the traditional "rm -rf /" school of thought a video recording application could for example block other applications from changing video controls or switching the current TV channel. Another objective is to permit low priority applications working in background, which can be preempted by user controlled applications and automatically regain control of the device at a later time.

Since these features cannot be implemented entirely in user space V4L2 defines the VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY and VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY ioctls to request and query the access priority associate with a file descriptor. Opening a device assigns a medium priority, compatible with earlier versions of V4L2 and drivers not supporting these ioctls. Applications requiring a different priority will usually call VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY after verifying the device with the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl.

Ioctls changing driver properties, such as VIDIOC_S_INPUT, return an EBUSY error code after another application obtained higher priority. An event mechanism to notify applications about asynchronous property changes has been proposed but not added yet.

1.4. Video Inputs and Outputs

Video inputs and outputs are physical connectors of a device. These can be for example RF connectors (antenna/cable), CVBS a.k.a. Composite Video, S-Video or RGB connectors. Only video and VBI capture devices have inputs, output devices have outputs, at least one each. Radio devices have no video inputs or outputs.

To learn about the number and attributes of the available inputs and outputs applications can enumerate them with the VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT and VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT ioctl, respectively. The struct v4l2_input returned by the VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT ioctl also contains signal status information applicable when the current video input is queried.

The VIDIOC_G_INPUT and VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT ioctl return the index of the current video input or output. To select a different input or output applications call the VIDIOC_S_INPUT and VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT ioctl. Drivers must implement all the input ioctls when the device has one or more inputs, all the output ioctls when the device has one or more outputs.

Example 1.1. Information about the current video input

struct v4l2_input input;
int index;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_INPUT, &index)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

memset (&input, 0, sizeof (input));
input.index = index;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT, &input)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

printf ("Current input: %s\n", input.name);
      

Example 1.2. Switching to the first video input

int index;

index = 0;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_INPUT, &index)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_S_INPUT");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
      

1.5. Audio Inputs and Outputs

Audio inputs and outputs are physical connectors of a device. Video capture devices have inputs, output devices have outputs, zero or more each. Radio devices have no audio inputs or outputs. They have exactly one tuner which in fact is an audio source, but this API associates tuners with video inputs or outputs only, and radio devices have none of these.[5] A connector on a TV card to loop back the received audio signal to a sound card is not considered an audio output.

Audio and video inputs and outputs are associated. Selecting a video source also selects an audio source. This is most evident when the video and audio source is a tuner. Further audio connectors can combine with more than one video input or output. Assumed two composite video inputs and two audio inputs exist, there may be up to four valid combinations. The relation of video and audio connectors is defined in the audioset field of the respective struct v4l2_input or struct v4l2_output, where each bit represents the index number, starting at zero, of one audio input or output.

To learn about the number and attributes of the available inputs and outputs applications can enumerate them with the VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO and VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT ioctl, respectively. The struct v4l2_audio returned by the VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO ioctl also contains signal status information applicable when the current audio input is queried.

The VIDIOC_G_AUDIO and VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT ioctl report the current audio input and output, respectively. Note that, unlike VIDIOC_G_INPUT and VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT these ioctls return a structure as VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO and VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT do, not just an index.

To select an audio input and change its properties applications call the VIDIOC_S_AUDIO ioctl. To select an audio output (which presently has no changeable properties) applications call the VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT ioctl.

Drivers must implement all input ioctls when the device has one or more inputs, all output ioctls when the device has one or more outputs. When the device has any audio inputs or outputs the driver must set the V4L2_CAP_AUDIO flag in the struct v4l2_capability returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl.

Example 1.3. Information about the current audio input

struct v4l2_audio audio;

memset (&audio, 0, sizeof (audio));

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, &audio)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_G_AUDIO");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

printf ("Current input: %s\n", audio.name);
      

Example 1.4. Switching to the first audio input

struct v4l2_audio audio;

memset (&audio, 0, sizeof (audio)); /* clear audio.mode, audio.reserved */

audio.index = 0;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO, &audio)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_S_AUDIO");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
      

1.6. Tuners and Modulators

1.6.1. Tuners

Video input devices can have one or more tuners demodulating a RF signal. Each tuner is associated with one or more video inputs, depending on the number of RF connectors on the tuner. The type field of the respective struct v4l2_input returned by the VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT ioctl is set to V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER and its tuner field contains the index number of the tuner.

Radio devices have exactly one tuner with index zero, no video inputs.

To query and change tuner properties applications use the VIDIOC_G_TUNER and VIDIOC_S_TUNER ioctl, respectively. The struct v4l2_tuner returned by VIDIOC_G_TUNER also contains signal status information applicable when the tuner of the current video input, or a radio tuner is queried. Note that VIDIOC_S_TUNER does not switch the current tuner, when there is more than one at all. The tuner is solely determined by the current video input. Drivers must support both ioctls and set the V4L2_CAP_TUNER flag in the struct v4l2_capability returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl when the device has one or more tuners.

1.6.2. Modulators

Video output devices can have one or more modulators, uh, modulating a video signal for radiation or connection to the antenna input of a TV set or video recorder. Each modulator is associated with one or more video outputs, depending on the number of RF connectors on the modulator. The type field of the respective struct v4l2_output returned by the VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT ioctl is set to V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR and its modulator field contains the index number of the modulator. This specification does not define radio output devices.

To query and change modulator properties applications use the VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR and VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR ioctl. Note that VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR does not switch the current modulator, when there is more than one at all. The modulator is solely determined by the current video output. Drivers must support both ioctls and set the V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR flag in the struct v4l2_capability returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl when the device has one or more modulators.

1.6.3. Radio Frequency

To get and set the tuner or modulator radio frequency applications use the VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY and VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY ioctl which both take a pointer to a struct v4l2_frequency. These ioctls are used for TV and radio devices alike. Drivers must support both ioctls when the tuner or modulator ioctls are supported, or when the device is a radio device.

1.6.4. Satellite Receivers

To be discussed. See also proposals by Peter Schlaf, video4linux-list@redhat.com on 23 Oct 2002, subject: "Re: [V4L] Re: v4l2 api".

1.7. Video Standards

Video devices typically support one or more different video standards or variations of standards. Each video input and output may support another set of standards. This set is reported by the std field of struct v4l2_input and struct v4l2_output returned by the VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT and VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT ioctl, respectively.

V4L2 defines one bit for each analog video standard currently in use worldwide, and sets aside bits for driver defined standards, e. g. hybrid standards to watch NTSC video tapes on PAL TVs and vice versa. Applications can use the predefined bits to select a particular standard, although presenting the user a menu of supported standards is preferred. To enumerate and query the attributes of the supported standards applications use the VIDIOC_ENUMSTD ioctl.

Many of the defined standards are actually just variations of a few major standards. The hardware may in fact not distinguish between them, or do so internal and switch automatically. Therefore enumerated standards also contain sets of one or more standard bits.

Assume a hypothetic tuner capable of demodulating B/PAL, G/PAL and I/PAL signals. The first enumerated standard is a set of B and G/PAL, switched automatically depending on the selected radio frequency in UHF or VHF band. Enumeration gives a "PAL-B/G" or "PAL-I" choice. Similar a Composite input may collapse standards, enumerating "PAL-B/G/H/I", "NTSC-M" and "SECAM-D/K".[6]

To query and select the standard used by the current video input or output applications call the VIDIOC_G_STD and VIDIOC_S_STD ioctl, respectively. The received standard can be sensed with the VIDIOC_QUERYSTD ioctl. Note parameter of all these ioctls is a pointer to a v4l2_std_id type (a standard set), not an index into the standard enumeration.[7] Drivers must implement all video standard ioctls when the device has one or more video inputs or outputs.

Special rules apply to USB cameras where the notion of video standards makes little sense. More generally any capture device, output devices accordingly, which is

  • incapable of capturing fields or frames at the nominal rate of the video standard, or
  • where timestamps refer to the instant the field or frame was received by the driver, not the capture time, or
  • where sequence numbers refer to the frames received by the driver, not the captured frames.

Here the driver shall set the std field of struct v4l2_input and struct v4l2_output to zero, the VIDIOC_G_STD, VIDIOC_S_STD, VIDIOC_QUERYSTD and VIDIOC_ENUMSTD ioctls shall return the EINVAL error code.[8]

Example 1.5. Information about the current video standard

v4l2_std_id std_id;
struct v4l2_standard standard;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_STD, &std_id)) {
	/* Note when VIDIOC_ENUMSTD always returns EINVAL this
	   is no video device or it falls under the USB exception,
	   and VIDIOC_G_STD returning EINVAL is no error. */

	perror ("VIDIOC_G_STD");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

memset (&standard, 0, sizeof (standard));
standard.index = 0;

while (0 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_ENUMSTD, &standard)) {
	if (standard.id & std_id) {
	       printf ("Current video standard: %s\n", standard.name);
	       exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
	}

	standard.index++;
}

/* EINVAL indicates the end of the enumeration, which cannot be
   empty unless this device falls under the USB exception. */

if (errno == EINVAL || standard.index == 0) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
      

Example 1.6. Listing the video standards supported by the current
input

struct v4l2_input input;
struct v4l2_standard standard;

memset (&input, 0, sizeof (input));

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_INPUT, &input.index)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT, &input)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

printf ("Current input %s supports:\n", input.name);

memset (&standard, 0, sizeof (standard));
standard.index = 0;

while (0 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_ENUMSTD, &standard)) {
	if (standard.id & input.std)
		printf ("%s\n", standard.name);

	standard.index++;
}

/* EINVAL indicates the end of the enumeration, which cannot be
   empty unless this device falls under the USB exception. */

if (errno != EINVAL || standard.index == 0) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
      

Example 1.7. Selecting a new video standard

struct v4l2_input input;
v4l2_std_id std_id;

memset (&input, 0, sizeof (input));

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_INPUT, &input.index)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT, &input)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

if (0 == (input.std & V4L2_STD_PAL_BG)) {
	fprintf (stderr, "Oops. B/G PAL is not supported.\n");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

/* Note this is also supposed to work when only B
   or G/PAL is supported. */

std_id = V4L2_STD_PAL_BG;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_STD, &std_id)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_S_STD");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
      

1.8. User Controls

Devices typically have a number of user-settable controls such as brightness, saturation and so on, which would be presented to the user on a graphical user interface. But, different devices will have different controls available, and furthermore, the range of possible values, and the default value will vary from device to device. The control ioctls provide the information and a mechanism to create a nice user interface for these controls that will work correctly with any device.

All controls are accessed using an ID value. V4L2 defines several IDs for specific purposes. Drivers can also implement their own custom controls using V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE and higher values. The pre-defined control IDs have the prefix V4L2_CID_, and are listed in Table 1.1, “Control IDs”. The ID is used when querying the attributes of a control, and when getting or setting the current value.

Generally applications should present controls to the user without assumptions about their purpose. Each control comes with a name string the user is supposed to understand. When the purpose is non-intuitive the driver writer should provide a user manual, a user interface plug-in or a driver specific panel application. Predefined IDs were introduced to change a few controls programmatically, for example to mute a device during a channel switch.

Drivers may enumerate different controls after switching the current video input or output, tuner or modulator, or audio input or output. Different in the sense of other bounds, another default and current value, step size or other menu items. A control with a certain custom ID can also change name and type.[9] Control values are stored globally, they do not change when switching except to stay within the reported bounds. They also do not change e. g. when the device is opened or closed, when the tuner radio frequency is changed or generally never without application request. Since V4L2 specifies no event mechanism, panel applications intended to cooperate with other panel applications (be they built into a larger application, as a TV viewer) may need to regularly poll control values to update their user interface.[10]

Table 1.1. Control IDs

ID Type Description
V4L2_CID_BASE   First predefined ID, equal to V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS.
V4L2_CID_USER_BASE   Synonym of V4L2_CID_BASE.
V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS integer Picture brightness, or more precisely, the black level.
V4L2_CID_CONTRAST integer Picture contrast or luma gain.
V4L2_CID_SATURATION integer Picture color saturation or chroma gain.
V4L2_CID_HUE integer Hue or color balance.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME integer Overall audio volume. Note some drivers also provide an OSS or ALSA mixer interface.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE integer Audio stereo balance. Minimum corresponds to all the way left, maximum to right.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS integer Audio bass adjustment.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE integer Audio treble adjustment.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE boolean Mute audio, i. e. set the volume to zero, however without affecting V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME. Like ALSA drivers, V4L2 drivers must mute at load time to avoid excessive noise. Actually the entire device should be reset to a low power consumption state.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS boolean Loudness mode (bass boost).
V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL integer Another name for brightness (not a synonym of V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS). This control is deprecated and should not be used in new drivers and applications.
V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE boolean Automatic white balance (cameras).
V4L2_CID_DO_WHITE_BALANCE button This is an action control. When set (the value is ignored), the device will do a white balance and then hold the current setting. Contrast this with the boolean V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE, which, when activated, keeps adjusting the white balance.
V4L2_CID_RED_BALANCE integer Red chroma balance.
V4L2_CID_BLUE_BALANCE integer Blue chroma balance.
V4L2_CID_GAMMA integer Gamma adjust.
V4L2_CID_WHITENESS integer Whiteness for grey-scale devices. This is a synonym for V4L2_CID_GAMMA. This control is deprecated and should not be used in new drivers and applications.
V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE integer Exposure (cameras). [Unit?]
V4L2_CID_AUTOGAIN boolean Automatic gain/exposure control.
V4L2_CID_GAIN integer Gain control.
V4L2_CID_HFLIP boolean Mirror the picture horizontally.
V4L2_CID_VFLIP boolean Mirror the picture vertically.
V4L2_CID_HCENTER_DEPRECATED (formerly V4L2_CID_HCENTER) integer Horizontal image centering. This control is deprecated. New drivers and applications should use the Camera class controls V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE and V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET instead.
V4L2_CID_VCENTER_DEPRECATED (formerly V4L2_CID_VCENTER) integer Vertical image centering. Centering is intended to physically adjust cameras. For image cropping see Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling”, for clipping Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface”. This control is deprecated. New drivers and applications should use the Camera class controls V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE and V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET instead.
V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY enum Enables a power line frequency filter to avoid flicker. Possible values for enum v4l2_power_line_frequency are: V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_DISABLED (0), V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_50HZ (1) and V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_60HZ (2).
V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO boolean Enables automatic hue control by the device. The effect of setting V4L2_CID_HUE while automatic hue control is enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such request.
V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE integer This control specifies the white balance settings as a color temperature in Kelvin. A driver should have a minimum of 2800 (incandescent) to 6500 (daylight). For more information about color temperature see Wikipedia.
V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS integer Adjusts the sharpness filters in a camera. The minimum value disables the filters, higher values give a sharper picture.
V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION integer Adjusts the backlight compensation in a camera. The minimum value disables backlight compensation.
V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC boolean Chroma automatic gain control.
V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER boolean Enable the color killer (i. e. force a black & white image in case of a weak video signal).
V4L2_CID_COLORFX enum Selects a color effect. Possible values for enum v4l2_colorfx are: V4L2_COLORFX_NONE (0), V4L2_COLORFX_BW (1) and V4L2_COLORFX_SEPIA (2).
V4L2_CID_LASTP1   End of the predefined control IDs (currently V4L2_CID_COLORFX + 1).
V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE   ID of the first custom (driver specific) control. Applications depending on particular custom controls should check the driver name and version, see Section 1.2, “Querying Capabilities”.

Applications can enumerate the available controls with the
VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL and VIDIOC_QUERYMENU ioctls, get and set a
control value with the VIDIOC_G_CTRL and VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctls.
Drivers must implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL,
VIDIOC_G_CTRL and
VIDIOC_S_CTRL when the device has one or more
controls, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU when it has one or
more menu type controls.

Example 1.8. Enumerating all controls

struct v4l2_queryctrl queryctrl;
struct v4l2_querymenu querymenu;

static void
enumerate_menu (void)
{
	printf ("  Menu items:\n");

	memset (&querymenu, 0, sizeof (querymenu));
	querymenu.id = queryctrl.id;

	for (querymenu.index = queryctrl.minimum;
	     querymenu.index <= queryctrl.maximum;
	      querymenu.index++) {
		if (0 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU, &querymenu)) {
			printf ("  %s\n", querymenu.name);
		} else {
			perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYMENU");
			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
		}
	}
}

memset (&queryctrl, 0, sizeof (queryctrl));

for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BASE;
     queryctrl.id < V4L2_CID_LASTP1;
     queryctrl.id++) {
	if (0 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, &queryctrl)) {
		if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED)
			continue;

		printf ("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name);

		if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
			enumerate_menu ();
	} else {
		if (errno == EINVAL)
			continue;

		perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
	}
}

for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE;;
     queryctrl.id++) {
	if (0 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, &queryctrl)) {
		if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED)
			continue;

		printf ("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name);

		if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
			enumerate_menu ();
	} else {
		if (errno == EINVAL)
			break;

		perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
	}
}

Example 1.9. Changing controls

struct v4l2_queryctrl queryctrl;
struct v4l2_control control;

memset (&queryctrl, 0, sizeof (queryctrl));
queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, &queryctrl)) {
	if (errno != EINVAL) {
		perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
	} else {
		printf ("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n");
	}
} else if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) {
	printf ("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n");
} else {
	memset (&control, 0, sizeof (control));
	control.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS;
	control.value = queryctrl.default_value;

	if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CTRL, &control)) {
		perror ("VIDIOC_S_CTRL");
		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
	}
}

memset (&control, 0, sizeof (control));
control.id = V4L2_CID_CONTRAST;

if (0 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_CTRL, &control)) {
	control.value += 1;

	/* The driver may clamp the value or return ERANGE, ignored here */

	if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CTRL, &control)
	    && errno != ERANGE) {
		perror ("VIDIOC_S_CTRL");
		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
	}
/* Ignore if V4L2_CID_CONTRAST is unsupported */
} else if (errno != EINVAL) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_G_CTRL");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

control.id = V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE;
control.value = TRUE; /* silence */

/* Errors ignored */
ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CTRL, &control);

1.9. Extended Controls

1.9.1. Introduction

The control mechanism as originally designed was meant to be used for user settings (brightness, saturation, etc). However, it turned out to be a very useful model for implementing more complicated driver APIs where each driver implements only a subset of a larger API.

The MPEG encoding API was the driving force behind designing and implementing this extended control mechanism: the MPEG standard is quite large and the currently supported hardware MPEG encoders each only implement a subset of this standard. Further more, many parameters relating to how the video is encoded into an MPEG stream are specific to the MPEG encoding chip since the MPEG standard only defines the format of the resulting MPEG stream, not how the video is actually encoded into that format.

Unfortunately, the original control API lacked some features needed for these new uses and so it was extended into the (not terribly originally named) extended control API.

Even though the MPEG encoding API was the first effort to use the Extended Control API, nowadays there are also other classes of Extended Controls, such as Camera Controls and FM Transmitter Controls. The Extended Controls API as well as all Extended Controls classes are described in the following text.

1.9.2. The Extended Control API

Three new ioctls are available: VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS and VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS. These ioctls act on arrays of controls (as opposed to the VIDIOC_G_CTRL and VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctls that act on a single control). This is needed since it is often required to atomically change several controls at once.

Each of the new ioctls expects a pointer to a struct v4l2_ext_controls. This structure contains a pointer to the control array, a count of the number of controls in that array and a control class. Control classes are used to group similar controls into a single class. For example, control class V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER contains all user controls (i. e. all controls that can also be set using the old VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctl). Control class V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG contains all controls relating to MPEG encoding, etc.

All controls in the control array must belong to the specified control class. An error is returned if this is not the case.

It is also possible to use an empty control array (count == 0) to check whether the specified control class is supported.

The control array is a struct v4l2_ext_control array. The v4l2_ext_control structure is very similar to struct v4l2_control, except for the fact that it also allows for 64-bit values and pointers to be passed.

It is important to realize that due to the flexibility of controls it is necessary to check whether the control you want to set actually is supported in the driver and what the valid range of values is. So use the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL and VIDIOC_QUERYMENU ioctls to check this. Also note that it is possible that some of the menu indices in a control of type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU may not be supported (VIDIOC_QUERYMENU will return an error). A good example is the list of supported MPEG audio bitrates. Some drivers only support one or two bitrates, others support a wider range.

1.9.3. Enumerating Extended Controls

The recommended way to enumerate over the extended controls is by using VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL in combination with the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL flag:

struct v4l2_queryctrl qctrl;

qctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
while (0 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, &qctrl)) {
	/* ... */
	qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
}

The initial control ID is set to 0 ORed with the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL flag. The VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL ioctl will return the first control with a higher ID than the specified one. When no such controls are found an error is returned.

If you want to get all controls within a specific control class, then you can set the initial qctrl.id value to the control class and add an extra check to break out of the loop when a control of another control class is found:

qctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
while (0 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, &qctrl)) {
	if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS (qctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG)
		break;
		/* ... */
		qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
	}

The 32-bit qctrl.id value is subdivided into three bit ranges: the top 4 bits are reserved for flags (e. g. V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL) and are not actually part of the ID. The remaining 28 bits form the control ID, of which the most significant 12 bits define the control class and the least significant 16 bits identify the control within the control class. It is guaranteed that these last 16 bits are always non-zero for controls. The range of 0x1000 and up are reserved for driver-specific controls. The macro V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(id) returns the control class ID based on a control ID.

If the driver does not support extended controls, then VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL will fail when used in combination with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL. In that case the old method of enumerating control should be used (see 1.8). But if it is supported, then it is guaranteed to enumerate over all controls, including driver-private controls.

1.9.4. Creating Control Panels

It is possible to create control panels for a graphical user interface where the user can select the various controls. Basically you will have to iterate over all controls using the method described above. Each control class starts with a control of type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS. VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL will return the name of this control class which can be used as the title of a tab page within a control panel.

The flags field of struct v4l2_queryctrl also contains hints on the behavior of the control. See the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL documentation for more details.

1.9.5. MPEG Control Reference

Below all controls within the MPEG control class are described. First the generic controls, then controls specific for certain hardware.

1.9.5.1. Generic MPEG Controls

Table 1.2. MPEG Control IDs

ID Type  
  Description
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CLASS  class  
  The MPEG class descriptor. Calling VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL for this control will return a description of this control class. This description can be used as the caption of a Tab page in a GUI, for example.
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE  enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_type  
  The MPEG-1, -2 or -4 output stream type. One cannot assume anything here. Each hardware MPEG encoder tends to support different subsets of the available MPEG stream types. The currently defined stream types are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_PS  MPEG-2 program stream
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_TS  MPEG-2 transport stream
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_SS  MPEG-1 system stream
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_DVD  MPEG-2 DVD-compatible stream
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_VCD  MPEG-1 VCD-compatible stream
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_SVCD  MPEG-2 SVCD-compatible stream
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PMT  integer  
  Program Map Table Packet ID for the MPEG transport stream (default 16)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_AUDIO  integer  
  Audio Packet ID for the MPEG transport stream (default 256)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_VIDEO  integer  
  Video Packet ID for the MPEG transport stream (default 260)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PCR  integer  
  Packet ID for the MPEG transport stream carrying PCR fields (default 259)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_AUDIO  integer  
  Audio ID for MPEG PES
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_VIDEO  integer  
  Video ID for MPEG PES
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT  enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt  
  Some cards can embed VBI data (e. g. Closed Caption, Teletext) into the MPEG stream. This control selects whether VBI data should be embedded, and if so, what embedding method should be used. The list of possible VBI formats depends on the driver. The currently defined VBI format types are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE  No VBI in the MPEG stream
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV  VBI in private packets, IVTV format (documented in the kernel sources in the file Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq  
  MPEG Audio sampling frequency. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_44100  44.1 kHz
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_48000  48 kHz
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_32000  32 kHz
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding  
  MPEG Audio encoding. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_1  MPEG-1/2 Layer I encoding
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_2  MPEG-1/2 Layer II encoding
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_3  MPEG-1/2 Layer III encoding
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AAC  MPEG-2/4 AAC (Advanced Audio Coding)
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AC3  AC-3 aka ATSC A/52 encoding
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate  
  MPEG-1/2 Layer I bitrate. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_32K  32 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_64K  64 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_96K  96 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_128K  128 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_160K  160 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_192K  192 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_224K  224 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_256K  256 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_288K  288 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_320K  320 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_352K  352 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_384K  384 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_416K  416 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_448K  448 kbit/s
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate  
  MPEG-1/2 Layer II bitrate. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_32K  32 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_48K  48 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_56K  56 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_64K  64 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_80K  80 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_96K  96 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_112K  112 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_128K  128 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_160K  160 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_192K  192 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_224K  224 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_256K  256 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_320K  320 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_384K  384 kbit/s
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate  
  MPEG-1/2 Layer III bitrate. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_32K  32 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_40K  40 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_48K  48 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_56K  56 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_64K  64 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_80K  80 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_96K  96 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_112K  112 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_128K  128 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_160K  160 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_192K  192 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_224K  224 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_256K  256 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_320K  320 kbit/s
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AAC_BITRATE  integer  
  AAC bitrate in bits per second.
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate  
  AC-3 bitrate. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_32K  32 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_40K  40 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_48K  48 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_56K  56 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_64K  64 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_80K  80 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_96K  96 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_112K  112 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_128K  128 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_160K  160 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_192K  192 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_224K  224 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_256K  256 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_320K  320 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_384K  384 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_448K  448 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_512K  512 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_576K  576 kbit/s
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_640K  640 kbit/s
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode  
  MPEG Audio mode. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_STEREO  Stereo
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_JOINT_STEREO  Joint Stereo
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_DUAL  Bilingual
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_MONO  Mono
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension  
  Joint Stereo audio mode extension. In Layer I and II they indicate which subbands are in intensity stereo. All other subbands are coded in stereo. Layer III is not (yet) supported. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_4  Subbands 4-31 in intensity stereo
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_8  Subbands 8-31 in intensity stereo
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_12  Subbands 12-31 in intensity stereo
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_16  Subbands 16-31 in intensity stereo
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis  
  Audio Emphasis. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_NONE  None
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_50_DIV_15_uS  50/15 microsecond emphasis
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_CCITT_J17  CCITT J.17
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC  enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc  
  CRC method. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_NONE  None
V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_CRC16  16 bit parity check
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MUTE  boolean  
  Mutes the audio when capturing. This is not done by muting audio hardware, which can still produce a slight hiss, but in the encoder itself, guaranteeing a fixed and reproducable audio bitstream. 0 = unmuted, 1 = muted.
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING  enum v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding  
  MPEG Video encoding method. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_1  MPEG-1 Video encoding
V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_2  MPEG-2 Video encoding
V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_4_AVC  MPEG-4 AVC (H.264) Video encoding
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT  enum v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect  
  Video aspect. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_1x1   
V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_4x3   
V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16x9   
V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_221x100   
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_B_FRAMES  integer  
  Number of B-Frames (default 2)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_SIZE  integer  
  GOP size (default 12)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_CLOSURE  boolean  
  GOP closure (default 1)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN  boolean  
  Enable 3:2 pulldown (default 0)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE  enum v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode  
  Video bitrate mode. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_VBR  Variable bitrate
V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_CBR  Constant bitrate
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE  integer  
  Video bitrate in bits per second.
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_PEAK  integer  
  Peak video bitrate in bits per second. Must be larger or equal to the average video bitrate. It is ignored if the video bitrate mode is set to constant bitrate.
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_DECIMATION  integer  
  For every captured frame, skip this many subsequent frames (default 0).
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE  boolean  
  "Mutes" the video to a fixed color when capturing. This is useful for testing, to produce a fixed video bitstream. 0 = unmuted, 1 = muted.
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE_YUV  integer  
  Sets the "mute" color of the video. The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit 0 = least significant bit):
 
Bit 0:7 V chrominance information
Bit 8:15 U chrominance information
Bit 16:23 Y luminance information
Bit 24:31 Must be zero.

1.9.5.2. CX2341x MPEG Controls

The following MPEG class controls deal with MPEG encoding settings that are specific to the Conexant CX23415 and CX23416 MPEG encoding chips.

Table 1.3. CX2341x Control IDs

ID Type  
  Description
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE  enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode  
  Sets the Spatial Filter mode (default MANUAL). Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL  Choose the filter manually
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO  Choose the filter automatically
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER  integer (0-15)  
  The setting for the Spatial Filter. 0 = off, 15 = maximum. (Default is 0.)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE  enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type  
  Select the algorithm to use for the Luma Spatial Filter (default 1D_HOR). Possible values:
 
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF  No filter
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR  One-dimensional horizontal
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_VERT  One-dimensional vertical
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_HV_SEPARABLE  Two-dimensional separable
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_SYM_NON_SEPARABLE  Two-dimensional symmetrical non-separable
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE  enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type  
  Select the algorithm for the Chroma Spatial Filter (default 1D_HOR). Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF  No filter
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR  One-dimensional horizontal
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE  enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode  
  Sets the Temporal Filter mode (default MANUAL). Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL  Choose the filter manually
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO  Choose the filter automatically
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER  integer (0-31)  
  The setting for the Temporal Filter. 0 = off, 31 = maximum. (Default is 8 for full-scale capturing and 0 for scaled capturing.)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE  enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type  
  Median Filter Type (default OFF). Possible values are:
 
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_OFF  No filter
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR  Horizontal filter
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_VERT  Vertical filter
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR_VERT  Horizontal and vertical filter
V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_DIAG  Diagonal filter
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM  integer (0-255)  
  Threshold above which the luminance median filter is enabled (default 0)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP  integer (0-255)  
  Threshold below which the luminance median filter is enabled (default 255)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM  integer (0-255)  
  Threshold above which the chroma median filter is enabled (default 0)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP  integer (0-255)  
  Threshold below which the chroma median filter is enabled (default 255)
       
V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_STREAM_INSERT_NAV_PACKETS  boolean  
  The CX2341X MPEG encoder can insert one empty MPEG-2 PES packet into the stream between every four video frames. The packet size is 2048 bytes, including the packet_start_code_prefix and stream_id fields. The stream_id is 0xBF (private stream 2). The payload consists of 0x00 bytes, to be filled in by the application. 0 = do not insert, 1 = insert packets.

1.9.6. Camera Control Reference

The Camera class includes controls for mechanical (or equivalent digital) features of a device such as controllable lenses or sensors.

Table 1.4. Camera Control IDs

ID Type  
  Description
       
V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS  class  
  The Camera class descriptor. Calling VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL for this control will return a description of this control class.
       
V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO  enum v4l2_exposure_auto_type  
  Enables automatic adjustments of the exposure time and/or iris aperture. The effect of manual changes of the exposure time or iris aperture while these features are enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such requests. Possible values are:
 
V4L2_EXPOSURE_AUTO  Automatic exposure time, automatic iris aperture.
V4L2_EXPOSURE_MANUAL  Manual exposure time, manual iris.
V4L2_EXPOSURE_SHUTTER_PRIORITY  Manual exposure time, auto iris.
V4L2_EXPOSURE_APERTURE_PRIORITY  Auto exposure time, manual iris.
       
V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE  integer  
  Determines the exposure time of the camera sensor. The exposure time is limited by the frame interval. Drivers should interpret the values as 100 µs units, where the value 1 stands for 1/10000th of a second, 10000 for 1 second and 100000 for 10 seconds.
       
V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY  boolean  
  When V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO is set to AUTO or APERTURE_PRIORITY, this control determines if the device may dynamically vary the frame rate. By default this feature is disabled (0) and the frame rate must remain constant.
       
V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE  integer  
  This control turns the camera horizontally by the specified amount. The unit is undefined. A positive value moves the camera to the right (clockwise when viewed from above), a negative value to the left. A value of zero does not cause motion. This is a write-only control.
       
V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE  integer  
  This control turns the camera vertically by the specified amount. The unit is undefined. A positive value moves the camera up, a negative value down. A value of zero does not cause motion. This is a write-only control.
       
V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET  button  
  When this control is set, the camera moves horizontally to the default position.
       
V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET  button  
  When this control is set, the camera moves vertically to the default position.
       
V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE  integer  
  This control turns the camera horizontally to the specified position. Positive values move the camera to the right (clockwise when viewed from above), negative values to the left. Drivers should interpret the values as arc seconds, with valid values between -180 * 3600 and +180 * 3600 inclusive.
       
V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE  integer  
  This control turns the camera vertically to the specified position. Positive values move the camera up, negative values down. Drivers should interpret the values as arc seconds, with valid values between -180 * 3600 and +180 * 3600 inclusive.
       
V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE  integer  
  This control sets the focal point of the camera to the specified position. The unit is undefined. Positive values set the focus closer to the camera, negative values towards infinity.
       
V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE  integer  
  This control moves the focal point of the camera by the specified amount. The unit is undefined. Positive values move the focus closer to the camera, negative values towards infinity. This is a write-only control.
       
V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO  boolean  
  Enables automatic focus adjustments. The effect of manual focus adjustments while this feature is enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such requests.
       
V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE  integer  
  Specify the objective lens focal length as an absolute value. The zoom unit is driver-specific and its value should be a positive integer.
       
V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE  integer  
  Specify the objective lens focal length relatively to the current value. Positive values move the zoom lens group towards the telephoto direction, negative values towards the wide-angle direction. The zoom unit is driver-specific. This is a write-only control.
       
V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS  integer  
  Move the objective lens group at the specified speed until it reaches physical device limits or until an explicit request to stop the movement. A positive value moves the zoom lens group towards the telephoto direction. A value of zero stops the zoom lens group movement. A negative value moves the zoom lens group towards the wide-angle direction. The zoom speed unit is driver-specific.
       
V4L2_CID_PRIVACY  boolean  
  Prevent video from being acquired by the camera. When this control is set to TRUE (1), no image can be captured by the camera. Common means to enforce privacy are mechanical obturation of the sensor and firmware image processing, but the device is not restricted to these methods. Devices that implement the privacy control must support read access and may support write access.
V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER  integer  
  Switch the band-stop filter of a camera sensor on or off, or specify its strength. Such band-stop filters can be used, for example, to filter out the fluorescent light component.
       

1.9.7. FM Transmitter Control Reference

The FM Transmitter (FM_TX) class includes controls for common features of FM transmissions capable devices. Currently this class includes parameters for audio compression, pilot tone generation, audio deviation limiter, RDS transmission and tuning power features.

Table 1.5. FM_TX Control IDs

ID Type  
  Description
       
V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS  class  
  The FM_TX class descriptor. Calling VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL for this control will return a description of this control class.
V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DEVIATION  integer  
  Configures RDS signal frequency deviation level in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PI  integer  
  Sets the RDS Programme Identification field for transmission.
V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PTY  integer  
  Sets the RDS Programme Type field for transmission. This encodes up to 31 pre-defined programme types.
V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME  string  
  Sets the Programme Service name (PS_NAME) for transmission. It is intended for static display on a receiver. It is the primary aid to listeners in programme service identification and selection. In Annex E of [EN 50067], the RDS specification, there is a full description of the correct character encoding for Programme Service name strings. Also from RDS specification, PS is usually a single eight character text. However, it is also possible to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 8 x N characters. So, this control must be configured with steps of 8 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 8.
V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_RADIO_TEXT  string  
  Sets the Radio Text info for transmission. It is a textual description of what is being broadcasted. RDS Radio Text can be applied when broadcaster wishes to transmit longer PS names, programme-related information or any other text. In these cases, RadioText should be used in addition to V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME. The encoding for Radio Text strings is also fully described in Annex E of [EN 50067]. The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being used to transmit it, either 32 (2A block) or 64 (2B block). However, it is also possible to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters. So, this control must be configured with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED  boolean  
  Enables or disables the audio deviation limiter feature. The limiter is useful when trying to maximize the audio volume, minimize receiver-generated distortion and prevent overmodulation.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_RELEASE_TIME  integer  
  Sets the audio deviation limiter feature release time. Unit is in useconds. Step and range are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_DEVIATION  integer  
  Configures audio frequency deviation level in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ENABLED  boolean  
  Enables or disables the audio compression feature. This feature amplifies signals below the threshold by a fixed gain and compresses audio signals above the threshold by the ratio of Threshold/(Gain + Threshold).
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_GAIN  integer  
  Sets the gain for audio compression feature. It is a dB value. The range and step are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD  integer  
  Sets the threshold level for audio compression freature. It is a dB value. The range and step are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ATTACK_TIME  integer  
  Sets the attack time for audio compression feature. It is a useconds value. The range and step are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RELEASE_TIME  integer  
  Sets the release time for audio compression feature. It is a useconds value. The range and step are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_ENABLED  boolean  
  Enables or disables the pilot tone generation feature.
V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_DEVIATION  integer  
  Configures pilot tone frequency deviation level. Unit is in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_FREQUENCY  integer  
  Configures pilot tone frequency value. Unit is in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS  integer  
  Configures the pre-emphasis value for broadcasting. A pre-emphasis filter is applied to the broadcast to accentuate the high audio frequencies. Depending on the region, a time constant of either 50 or 75 useconds is used. The enum v4l2_preemphasis defines possible values for pre-emphasis. Here they are:
 
V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_DISABLED  No pre-emphasis is applied.
V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_50_uS  A pre-emphasis of 50 uS is used.
V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_75_uS  A pre-emphasis of 75 uS is used.
V4L2_CID_TUNE_POWER_LEVEL  integer  
  Sets the output power level for signal transmission. Unit is in dBuV. Range and step are driver-specific.
V4L2_CID_TUNE_ANTENNA_CAPACITOR  integer  
  This selects the value of antenna tuning capacitor manually or automatically if set to zero. Unit, range and step are driver-specific.
       

For more details about RDS specification, refer to
[EN 50067] document, from CENELEC.

1.10. Data Formats

1.10.1. Data Format Negotiation

Different devices exchange different kinds of data with
applications, for example video images, raw or sliced VBI data, RDS
datagrams. Even within one kind many different formats are possible,
in particular an abundance of image formats. Although drivers must
provide a default and the selection persists across closing and
reopening a device, applications should always negotiate a data format
before engaging in data exchange. Negotiation means the application
asks for a particular format and the driver selects and reports the
best the hardware can do to satisfy the request. Of course
applications can also just query the current selection.

A single mechanism exists to negotiate all data formats
using the aggregate struct v4l2_format and the VIDIOC_G_FMT and
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctls. Additionally the VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctl can be
used to examine what the hardware could do,
without actually selecting a new data format. The data formats
supported by the V4L2 API are covered in the respective device section
in Chapter 4, Interfaces. For a closer look at image formats see
Chapter 2, Image Formats.

The VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl is a major
turning-point in the initialization sequence. Prior to this point
multiple panel applications can access the same device concurrently to
select the current input, change controls or modify other properties.
The first VIDIOC_S_FMT assigns a logical stream
(video data, VBI data etc.) exclusively to one file descriptor.

Exclusive means no other application, more precisely no
other file descriptor, can grab this stream or change device
properties inconsistent with the negotiated parameters. A video
standard change for example, when the new standard uses a different
number of scan lines, can invalidate the selected image format.
Therefore only the file descriptor owning the stream can make
invalidating changes. Accordingly multiple file descriptors which
grabbed different logical streams prevent each other from interfering
with their settings. When for example video overlay is about to start
or already in progress, simultaneous video capturing may be restricted
to the same cropping and image size.

When applications omit the
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl its locking side effects are
implied by the next step, the selection of an I/O method with the
VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl or implicit with the first read() or
write() call.

Generally only one logical stream can be assigned to a
file descriptor, the exception being drivers permitting simultaneous
video capturing and overlay using the same file descriptor for
compatibility with V4L and earlier versions of V4L2. Switching the
logical stream or returning into "panel mode" is possible by closing
and reopening the device. Drivers may support a
switch using VIDIOC_S_FMT.

All drivers exchanging data with
applications must support the VIDIOC_G_FMT and
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. Implementation of the
VIDIOC_TRY_FMT is highly recommended but
optional.

1.10.2. Image Format Enumeration

Apart of the generic format negotiation functions
a special ioctl to enumerate all image formats supported by video
capture, overlay or output devices is available.[11]

The VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT ioctl must be supported
by all drivers exchanging image data with applications.

Important

Drivers are not supposed to convert image formats in
kernel space. They must enumerate only formats directly supported by
the hardware. If necessary driver writers should publish an example
conversion routine or library for integration into applications.

1.11. Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling

Some video capture devices can sample a subsection of the
picture and shrink or enlarge it to an image of arbitrary size. We
call these abilities cropping and scaling. Some video output devices
can scale an image up or down and insert it at an arbitrary scan line
and horizontal offset into a video signal.

Applications can use the following API to select an area in
the video signal, query the default area and the hardware limits.
Despite their name, the VIDIOC_CROPCAP, VIDIOC_G_CROP
and VIDIOC_S_CROP ioctls apply to input as well as output
devices.

Scaling requires a source and a target. On a video capture
or overlay device the source is the video signal, and the cropping
ioctls determine the area actually sampled. The target are images
read by the application or overlaid onto the graphics screen. Their
size (and position for an overlay) is negotiated with the
VIDIOC_G_FMT and VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctls.

On a video output device the source are the images passed in
by the application, and their size is again negotiated with the
VIDIOC_G/S_FMT ioctls, or may be encoded in a
compressed video stream. The target is the video signal, and the
cropping ioctls determine the area where the images are
inserted.

Source and target rectangles are defined even if the device
does not support scaling or the VIDIOC_G/S_CROP
ioctls. Their size (and position where applicable) will be fixed in
this case. All capture and output device must support the
VIDIOC_CROPCAP ioctl such that applications can
determine if scaling takes place.

1.11.1. Cropping Structures

Figure 1.1. Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling

For capture devices the coordinates of the top left
corner, width and height of the area which can be sampled is given by
the bounds substructure of the
struct v4l2_cropcap returned by the VIDIOC_CROPCAP
ioctl. To support a wide range of hardware this specification does not
define an origin or units. However by convention drivers should
horizontally count unscaled samples relative to 0H (the leading edge
of the horizontal sync pulse, see Figure 4.1, “Line synchronization”).
Vertically ITU-R line
numbers of the first field (Figure 4.2, “ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)”, Figure 4.3, “ITU-R 625 line numbering”), multiplied by two if the driver can capture both
fields.

The top left corner, width and height of the source
rectangle, that is the area actually sampled, is given by struct v4l2_crop
using the same coordinate system as struct v4l2_cropcap. Applications can
use the VIDIOC_G_CROP and
VIDIOC_S_CROP ioctls to get and set this
rectangle. It must lie completely within the capture boundaries and
the driver may further adjust the requested size and/or position
according to hardware limitations.

Each capture device has a default source rectangle, given
by the defrect substructure of
struct v4l2_cropcap. The center of this rectangle shall align with the
center of the active picture area of the video signal, and cover what
the driver writer considers the complete picture. Drivers shall reset
the source rectangle to the default when the driver is first loaded,
but not later.

For output devices these structures and ioctls are used
accordingly, defining the target rectangle where
the images will be inserted into the video signal.

1.11.2. Scaling Adjustments

Video hardware can have various cropping, insertion and
scaling limitations. It may only scale up or down, support only
discrete scaling factors, or have different scaling abilities in
horizontal and vertical direction. Also it may not support scaling at
all. At the same time the struct v4l2_crop rectangle may have to be
aligned, and both the source and target rectangles may have arbitrary
upper and lower size limits. In particular the maximum
width and height
in struct v4l2_crop may be smaller than the
struct v4l2_cropcap.bounds area. Therefore, as
usual, drivers are expected to adjust the requested parameters and
return the actual values selected.

Applications can change the source or the target rectangle
first, as they may prefer a particular image size or a certain area in
the video signal. If the driver has to adjust both to satisfy hardware
limitations, the last requested rectangle shall take priority, and the
driver should preferably adjust the opposite one. The VIDIOC_TRY_FMT
ioctl however shall not change the driver state and therefore only
adjust the requested rectangle.

Suppose scaling on a video capture device is restricted to
a factor 1:1 or 2:1 in either direction and the target image size must
be a multiple of 16 × 16 pixels. The source cropping
rectangle is set to defaults, which are also the upper limit in this
example, of 640 × 400 pixels at offset 0, 0. An
application requests an image size of 300 × 225
pixels, assuming video will be scaled down from the "full picture"
accordingly. The driver sets the image size to the closest possible
values 304 × 224, then chooses the cropping rectangle
closest to the requested size, that is 608 × 224
(224 × 2:1 would exceed the limit 400). The offset
0, 0 is still valid, thus unmodified. Given the default cropping
rectangle reported by VIDIOC_CROPCAP the
application can easily propose another offset to center the cropping
rectangle.

Now the application may insist on covering an area using a
picture aspect ratio closer to the original request, so it asks for a
cropping rectangle of 608 × 456 pixels. The present
scaling factors limit cropping to 640 × 384, so the
driver returns the cropping size 608 × 384 and adjusts
the image size to closest possible 304 × 192.

1.11.3. Examples

Source and target rectangles shall remain unchanged across
closing and reopening a device, such that piping data into or out of a
device will work without special preparations. More advanced
applications should ensure the parameters are suitable before starting
I/O.

Example 1.10. Resetting the cropping parameters

(A video capture device is assumed; change
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE for other
devices.)

struct v4l2_cropcap cropcap;
struct v4l2_crop crop;

memset (&cropcap, 0, sizeof (cropcap));
cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_CROPCAP, &cropcap)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_CROPCAP");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

memset (&crop, 0, sizeof (crop));
crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
crop.c = cropcap.defrect;

/* Ignore if cropping is not supported (EINVAL). */

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CROP, &crop)
    && errno != EINVAL) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_S_CROP");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
      

Example 1.11. Simple downscaling

(A video capture device is assumed.)

struct v4l2_cropcap cropcap;
struct v4l2_format format;

reset_cropping_parameters ();

/* Scale down to 1/4 size of full picture. */

memset (&format, 0, sizeof (format)); /* defaults */

format.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;

format.fmt.pix.width = cropcap.defrect.width >> 1;
format.fmt.pix.height = cropcap.defrect.height >> 1;
format.fmt.pix.pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_FMT, &format)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_S_FORMAT");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

/* We could check the actual image size now, the actual scaling factor
   or if the driver can scale at all. */
	

Example 1.12. Selecting an output area

struct v4l2_cropcap cropcap;
struct v4l2_crop crop;

memset (&cropcap, 0, sizeof (cropcap));
cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_CROPCAP;, &cropcap)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_CROPCAP");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

memset (&crop, 0, sizeof (crop));

crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT;
crop.c = cropcap.defrect;

/* Scale the width and height to 50 % of their original size
   and center the output. */

crop.c.width /= 2;
crop.c.height /= 2;
crop.c.left += crop.c.width / 2;
crop.c.top += crop.c.height / 2;

/* Ignore if cropping is not supported (EINVAL). */

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CROP, &crop)
    && errno != EINVAL) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_S_CROP");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

Example 1.13. Current scaling factor and pixel aspect

(A video capture device is assumed.)

struct v4l2_cropcap cropcap;
struct v4l2_crop crop;
struct v4l2_format format;
double hscale, vscale;
double aspect;
int dwidth, dheight;

memset (&cropcap, 0, sizeof (cropcap));
cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_CROPCAP, &cropcap)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_CROPCAP");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

memset (&crop, 0, sizeof (crop));
crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_CROP, &crop)) {
	if (errno != EINVAL) {
		perror ("VIDIOC_G_CROP");
		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
	}

	/* Cropping not supported. */
	crop.c = cropcap.defrect;
}

memset (&format, 0, sizeof (format));
format.fmt.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_FMT, &format)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_G_FMT");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

/* The scaling applied by the driver. */

hscale = format.fmt.pix.width / (double) crop.c.width;
vscale = format.fmt.pix.height / (double) crop.c.height;

aspect = cropcap.pixelaspect.numerator /
	 (double) cropcap.pixelaspect.denominator;
aspect = aspect * hscale / vscale;

/* Devices following ITU-R BT.601 do not capture
   square pixels. For playback on a computer monitor
   we should scale the images to this size. */

dwidth = format.fmt.pix.width / aspect;
dheight = format.fmt.pix.height;
	

1.12. Streaming Parameters

Streaming parameters are intended to optimize the video capture process as well as I/O. Presently applications can request a high quality capture mode with the VIDIOC_S_PARM ioctl.

The current video standard determines a nominal number of frames per second. If less than this number of frames is to be captured or output, applications can request frame skipping or duplicating on the driver side. This is especially useful when using the read() or write(), which are not augmented by timestamps or sequence counters, and to avoid unneccessary data copying.

Finally these ioctls can be used to determine the number of buffers used internally by a driver in read/write mode. For implications see the section discussing the read() function.

To get and set the streaming parameters applications call the VIDIOC_G_PARM and VIDIOC_S_PARM ioctl, respectively. They take a pointer to a struct v4l2_streamparm, which contains a union holding separate parameters for input and output devices.

These ioctls are optional, drivers need not implement them. If so, they return the EINVAL error code.


[1] Access permissions are associated with character
device special files, hence we must ensure device numbers cannot
change with the module load order. To this end minor numbers are no
longer automatically assigned by the "videodev" module as in V4L but
requested by the driver. The defaults will suffice for most people
unless two drivers compete for the same minor numbers.

[2] In earlier versions of the V4L2 API the module options
where named after the device special file with a "unit_" prefix, expressing
the minor number itself, not an offset. Rationale for this change is unknown.
Lastly the naming and semantics are just a convention among driver writers,
the point to note is that minor numbers are not supposed to be hardcoded
into drivers.

[3] Given a device file name one cannot reliable find
related devices. For once names are arbitrary and in a system with
multiple devices, where only some support VBI capturing, a
/dev/video2 is not necessarily related to
/dev/vbi2. The V4L
VIDIOCGUNIT ioctl would require a search for a
device file with a particular major and minor number.

[4] Drivers could recognize the
O_EXCL open flag. Presently this is not required,
so applications cannot know if it really works.

[5] Actually struct v4l2_audio ought to have a
tuner field like struct v4l2_input, not only
making the API more consistent but also permitting radio devices with
multiple tuners.

[6] Some users are already confused by technical terms PAL,
NTSC and SECAM. There is no point asking them to distinguish between
B, G, D, or K when the software or hardware can do that
automatically.

[7] An alternative to the current scheme is to use pointers
to indices as arguments of VIDIOC_G_STD and
VIDIOC_S_STD, the struct v4l2_input and
struct v4l2_output std field would be a set of
indices like audioset.

Indices are consistent with the rest of the API
and identify the standard unambiguously. In the present scheme of
things an enumerated standard is looked up by v4l2_std_id. Now the
standards supported by the inputs of a device can overlap. Just
assume the tuner and composite input in the example above both
exist on a device. An enumeration of "PAL-B/G", "PAL-H/I" suggests
a choice which does not exist. We cannot merge or omit sets, because
applications would be unable to find the standards reported by
VIDIOC_G_STD. That leaves separate enumerations
for each input. Also selecting a standard by v4l2_std_id can be
ambiguous. Advantage of this method is that applications need not
identify the standard indirectly, after enumerating.

So in
summary, the lookup itself is unavoidable. The difference is only
whether the lookup is necessary to find an enumerated standard or to
switch to a standard by v4l2_std_id.

[8] See Section 3.5, “Buffers” for a rationale. Probably
even USB cameras follow some well known video standard. It might have
been better to explicitly indicate elsewhere if a device cannot live
up to normal expectations, instead of this exception.

[9] It will be more convenient for applications if drivers
make use of the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED flag, but
that was never required.

[10] Applications could call an ioctl to request events.
After another process called VIDIOC_S_CTRL or another ioctl changing
shared properties the select() function would indicate
readability until any ioctl (querying the properties) is
called.

[11] Enumerating formats an application has no a-priori
knowledge of (otherwise it could explicitely ask for them and need not
enumerate) seems useless, but there are applications serving as proxy
between drivers and the actual video applications for which this is
useful.

Chapter 2. Image Formats

Table of Contents

2.1. Standard Image Formats
2.2. Colorspaces
2.3. Indexed Format
2.4. RGB Formats
2.5. YUV Formats
2.6. Compressed Formats
2.7. Reserved Format Identifiers

The V4L2 API was primarily designed for devices exchanging
image data with applications. The
v4l2_pix_format structure defines the format
and layout of an image in memory. Image formats are negotiated with
the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. (The explanations here focus on video
capturing and output, for overlay frame buffer formats see also
VIDIOC_G_FBUF.)

Table 2.1. struct v4l2_pix_format

__u32 width Image width in pixels.
__u32 height Image height in pixels.
Applications set these fields to
request an image size, drivers return the closest possible values. In
case of planar formats the width and
height applies to the largest plane. To
avoid ambiguities drivers must return values rounded up to a multiple
of the scale factor of any smaller planes. For example when the image
format is YUV 4:2:0, width and
height must be multiples of two.
__u32 pixelformat The pixel format or type of compression, set by the
application. This is a little endian four character code. V4L2 defines
standard RGB formats in Table 2.4, “Packed RGB Image Formats”, YUV formats in Section 2.5, “YUV Formats”, and reserved codes in Table 2.8, “Reserved Image Formats”
enum v4l2_field field Video images are typically interlaced. Applications
can request to capture or output only the top or bottom field, or both
fields interlaced or sequentially stored in one buffer or alternating
in separate buffers. Drivers return the actual field order selected.
For details see Section 3.6, “Field Order”.
__u32 bytesperline Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two
adjacent lines.

Both applications and drivers
can set this field to request padding bytes at the end of each line.
Drivers however may ignore the value requested by the application,
returning width times bytes per pixel or a
larger value required by the hardware. That implies applications can
just set this field to zero to get a reasonable
default.

Video hardware may access padding bytes,
therefore they must reside in accessible memory. Consider cases where
padding bytes after the last line of an image cross a system page
boundary. Input devices may write padding bytes, the value is
undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding
bytes.

When the image format is planar the
bytesperline value applies to the largest
plane and is divided by the same factor as the
width field for any smaller planes. For
example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many
padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities
drivers must return a bytesperline value
rounded up to a multiple of the scale factor.

__u32 sizeimage Size in bytes of the buffer to hold a complete image,
set by the driver. Usually this is
bytesperline times
height. When the image consists of variable
length compressed data this is the maximum number of bytes required to
hold an image.
enum v4l2_colorspace colorspace This information supplements the
pixelformat and must be set by the driver,
see Section 2.2, “Colorspaces”.
__u32 priv Reserved for custom (driver defined) additional
information about formats. When not used drivers and applications must
set this field to zero.

2.1. Standard Image Formats

In order to exchange images between drivers and
applications, it is necessary to have standard image data formats
which both sides will interpret the same way. V4L2 includes several
such formats, and this section is intended to be an unambiguous
specification of the standard image data formats in V4L2.

V4L2 drivers are not limited to these formats, however.
Driver-specific formats are possible. In that case the application may
depend on a codec to convert images to one of the standard formats
when needed. But the data can still be stored and retrieved in the
proprietary format. For example, a device may support a proprietary
compressed format. Applications can still capture and save the data in
the compressed format, saving much disk space, and later use a codec
to convert the images to the X Windows screen format when the video is
to be displayed.

Even so, ultimately, some standard formats are needed, so
the V4L2 specification would not be complete without well-defined
standard formats.

The V4L2 standard formats are mainly uncompressed formats. The
pixels are always arranged in memory from left to right, and from top
to bottom. The first byte of data in the image buffer is always for
the leftmost pixel of the topmost row. Following that is the pixel
immediately to its right, and so on until the end of the top row of
pixels. Following the rightmost pixel of the row there may be zero or
more bytes of padding to guarantee that each row of pixel data has a
certain alignment. Following the pad bytes, if any, is data for the
leftmost pixel of the second row from the top, and so on. The last row
has just as many pad bytes after it as the other rows.

In V4L2 each format has an identifier which looks like
PIX_FMT_XXX, defined in the videodev.h header file. These identifiers
represent four character codes
which are also listed below, however they are not the same as those
used in the Windows world.

2.2. Colorspaces

[intro]

 

Gamma Correction

[to do]

E'R = f(R)

E'G = f(G)

E'B = f(B)

Construction of luminance and color-difference
signals

[to do]

E'Y =
CoeffR E'R
+ CoeffG E'G
+ CoeffB E'B

(E'R - E'Y) = E'R
- CoeffR E'R
- CoeffG E'G
- CoeffB E'B

(E'B - E'Y) = E'B
- CoeffR E'R
- CoeffG E'G
- CoeffB E'B

Re-normalized color-difference signals

The color-difference signals are scaled back to unity
range [-0.5;+0.5]:

KB = 0.5 / (1 - CoeffB)

KR = 0.5 / (1 - CoeffR)

PB =
KB (E'B - E'Y) =
0.5 (CoeffR / CoeffB) E'R
+ 0.5 (CoeffG / CoeffB) E'G
+ 0.5 E'B

PR =
KR (E'R - E'Y) =
0.5 E'R
+ 0.5 (CoeffG / CoeffR) E'G
+ 0.5 (CoeffB / CoeffR) E'B

Quantization

[to do]

Y' = (Lum. Levels - 1) · E'Y + Lum. Offset

CB = (Chrom. Levels - 1)
· PB + Chrom. Offset

CR = (Chrom. Levels - 1)
· PR + Chrom. Offset

Rounding to the nearest integer and clamping to the range
[0;255] finally yields the digital color components Y'CbCr
stored in YUV images.

 

Example 2.1. ITU-R Rec. BT.601 color conversion

Forward Transformation

int ER, EG, EB;         /* gamma corrected RGB input [0;255] */
int Y1, Cb, Cr;         /* output [0;255] */

double r, g, b;         /* temporaries */
double y1, pb, pr;

int
clamp (double x)
{
	int r = x;      /* round to nearest */

	if (r < 0)         return 0;
	else if (r > 255)  return 255;
	else               return r;
}

r = ER / 255.0;
g = EG / 255.0;
b = EB / 255.0;

y1  =  0.299  * r + 0.587 * g + 0.114  * b;
pb  = -0.169  * r - 0.331 * g + 0.5    * b;
pr  =  0.5    * r - 0.419 * g - 0.081  * b;

Y1 = clamp (219 * y1 + 16);
Cb = clamp (224 * pb + 128);
Cr = clamp (224 * pr + 128);

/* or shorter */

y1 = 0.299 * ER + 0.587 * EG + 0.114 * EB;

Y1 = clamp ( (219 / 255.0)                    *       y1  + 16);
Cb = clamp (((224 / 255.0) / (2 - 2 * 0.114)) * (EB - y1) + 128);
Cr = clamp (((224 / 255.0) / (2 - 2 * 0.299)) * (ER - y1) + 128);
      

Inverse Transformation

int Y1, Cb, Cr;         /* gamma pre-corrected input [0;255] */
int ER, EG, EB;         /* output [0;255] */

double r, g, b;         /* temporaries */
double y1, pb, pr;

int
clamp (double x)
{
	int r = x;      /* round to nearest */

	if (r < 0)         return 0;
	else if (r > 255)  return 255;
	else               return r;
}

y1 = (255 / 219.0) * (Y1 - 16);
pb = (255 / 224.0) * (Cb - 128);
pr = (255 / 224.0) * (Cr - 128);

r = 1.0 * y1 + 0     * pb + 1.402 * pr;
g = 1.0 * y1 - 0.344 * pb - 0.714 * pr;
b = 1.0 * y1 + 1.772 * pb + 0     * pr;

ER = clamp (r * 255); /* [ok? one should prob. limit y1,pb,pr] */
EG = clamp (g * 255);
EB = clamp (b * 255);
      

Table 2.2. enum v4l2_colorspace

Identifier Value Description Chromaticities[a] White Point Gamma Correction Luminance E'Y Quantization
Red Green Blue Y' Cb, Cr
V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M 1 NTSC/PAL according to [SMPTE 170M],
[ITU BT.601]
x = 0.630, y = 0.340 x = 0.310, y = 0.595 x = 0.155, y = 0.070 x = 0.3127, y = 0.3290,
Illuminant D65
E' = 4.5 I for I ≤0.018,
1.099 I0.45 - 0.099 for 0.018 < I
0.299 E'R
+ 0.587 E'G
+ 0.114 E'B
219 E'Y + 16 224 PB,R + 128
V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M 2 1125-Line (US) HDTV, see [SMPTE 240M] x = 0.630, y = 0.340 x = 0.310, y = 0.595 x = 0.155, y = 0.070 x = 0.3127, y = 0.3290,
Illuminant D65
E' = 4 I for I ≤0.0228,
1.1115 I0.45 - 0.1115 for 0.0228 < I
0.212 E'R
+ 0.701 E'G
+ 0.087 E'B
219 E'Y + 16 224 PB,R + 128
V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709 3 HDTV and modern devices, see [ITU BT.709] x = 0.640, y = 0.330 x = 0.300, y = 0.600 x = 0.150, y = 0.060 x = 0.3127, y = 0.3290,
Illuminant D65
E' = 4.5 I for I ≤0.018,
1.099 I0.45 - 0.099 for 0.018 < I
0.2125 E'R
+ 0.7154 E'G
+ 0.0721 E'B
219 E'Y + 16 224 PB,R + 128
V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT878 4 Broken Bt878 extents[b], [ITU BT.601] ? ? ? ? ? 0.299 E'R
+ 0.587 E'G
+ 0.114 E'B
237 E'Y + 16 224 PB,R + 128 (probably)
V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M 5 M/NTSC[c] according to [ITU BT.470], [ITU BT.601] x = 0.67, y = 0.33 x = 0.21, y = 0.71 x = 0.14, y = 0.08 x = 0.310, y = 0.316, Illuminant C ? 0.299 E'R
+ 0.587 E'G
+ 0.114 E'B
219 E'Y + 16 224 PB,R + 128
V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG 6 625-line PAL and SECAM systems according to [ITU BT.470], [ITU BT.601] x = 0.64, y = 0.33 x = 0.29, y = 0.60 x = 0.15, y = 0.06 x = 0.313, y = 0.329,
Illuminant D65
? 0.299 E'R
+ 0.587 E'G
+ 0.114 E'B
219 E'Y + 16 224 PB,R + 128
V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG 7 JPEG Y'CbCr, see [JFIF], [ITU BT.601] ? ? ? ? ? 0.299 E'R
+ 0.587 E'G
+ 0.114 E'B
256 E'Y + 16[d] 256 PB,R + 128
V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB 8 [?] x = 0.640, y = 0.330 x = 0.300, y = 0.600 x = 0.150, y = 0.060 x = 0.3127, y = 0.3290,
Illuminant D65
E' = 4.5 I for I ≤0.018,
1.099 I0.45 - 0.099 for 0.018 < I
n/a

[a] The coordinates of the color primaries are
given in the CIE system (1931)

[b] The ubiquitous Bt878 video capture chip
quantizes E'Y to 238 levels, yielding a range
of Y' = 16 … 253, unlike Rec. 601 Y' = 16 …
235. This is not a typo in the Bt878 documentation, it has been
implemented in silicon. The chroma extents are unclear.

[c] No identifier exists for M/PAL which uses
the chromaticities of M/NTSC, the remaining parameters are equal to B and
G/PAL.

[d] Note JFIF quantizes
Y'PBPR in range [0;+1] and
[-0.5;+0.5] to 257 levels, however Y'CbCr signals
are still clamped to [0;255].

2.3. Indexed Format

In this format each pixel is represented by an 8 bit index
into a 256 entry ARGB palette. It is intended for Video Output Overlays only. There are no ioctls to
access the palette, this must be done with ioctls of the Linux framebuffer API.

Table 2.3. Indexed Image Format

Identifier Code   Byte 0                                                    
    Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0                                                    
V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8 'PAL8'   i7 i6 i5 i4 i3 i2 i1 i0                                                    

2.4. RGB Formats

Name

Packed RGB formats — Packed RGB formats

Description

These formats are designed to match the pixel formats of
typical PC graphics frame buffers. They occupy 8, 16, 24 or 32 bits
per pixel. These are all packed-pixel formats, meaning all the data
for a pixel lie next to each other in memory.

When one of these formats is used, drivers shall report the
colorspace V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB.

Table 2.4. Packed RGB Image Formats

Identifier Code   Byte 0 in memory   Byte 1   Byte 2   Byte 3
    Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0   7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0   7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0   7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB332 'RGB1'   b1 b0 g2 g1 g0 r2 r1 r0                                                    
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444 'R444'   g3 g2 g1 g0 b3 b2 b1 b0   a3 a2 a1 a0 r3 r2 r1 r0                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555 'RGBO'   g2 g1 g0 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0   a b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 g4 g3                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565 'RGBP'   g2 g1 g0 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0   b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 g5 g4 g3                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555X 'RGBQ'   a b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 g4 g3   g2 g1 g0 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X 'RGBR'   b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 g5 g4 g3   g2 g1 g0 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 'BGR3'   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0   g7 g6 g5 g4 g3 g2 g1 g0   r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0                
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24 'RGB3'   r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0   g7 g6 g5 g4 g3 g2 g1 g0   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0                
V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32 'BGR4'   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0   g7 g6 g5 g4 g3 g2 g1 g0   r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0   a7 a6 a5 a4 a3 a2 a1 a0
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32 'RGB4'   r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0   g7 g6 g5 g4 g3 g2 g1 g0   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0   a7 a6 a5 a4 a3 a2 a1 a0

Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of a = alpha
bits is undefined when reading from the driver, ignored when writing
to the driver, except when alpha blending has been negotiated for a
Video Overlay or Video Output Overlay.

Example 2.2. V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 4 × 4 pixel
image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: B00 G00 R00 B01 G01 R01 B02 G02 R02 B03 G03 R03
start + 12: B10 G10 R10 B11 G11 R11 B12 G12 R12 B13 G13 R13
start + 24: B20 G20 R20 B21 G21 R21 B22 G22 R22 B23 G23 R23
start + 36: B30 G30 R30 B31 G31 R31 B32 G32 R32 B33 G33 R33

 

Important

Drivers may interpret these formats differently.

Some RGB formats above are uncommon and were probably
defined in error. Drivers may interpret them as in Table 2.5, “Packed RGB Image Formats (corrected)”.

Table 2.5. Packed RGB Image Formats (corrected)

Identifier Code   Byte 0 in memory   Byte 1   Byte 2   Byte 3
    Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0   7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0   7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0   7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB332 'RGB1'   r2 r1 r0 g2 g1 g0 b1 b0                                                    
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444 'R444'   g3 g2 g1 g0 b3 b2 b1 b0   a3 a2 a1 a0 r3 r2 r1 r0                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555 'RGBO'   g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0   a r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g4 g3                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565 'RGBP'   g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0   r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555X 'RGBQ'   a r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g4 g3   g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X 'RGBR'   r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3   g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 'BGR3'   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0   g7 g6 g5 g4 g3 g2 g1 g0   r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0                
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24 'RGB3'   r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0   g7 g6 g5 g4 g3 g2 g1 g0   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0                
V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32 'BGR4'   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0   g7 g6 g5 g4 g3 g2 g1 g0   r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0   a7 a6 a5 a4 a3 a2 a1 a0
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32 'RGB4'   a7 a6 a5 a4 a3 a2 a1 a0   r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0   g7 g6 g5 g4 g3 g2 g1 g0   b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0

A test utility to determine which RGB formats a driver
actually supports is available from the LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository.
See https://linuxtv.org/repo/ for access instructions.


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8 — Bayer RGB format

Description

This is commonly the native format of digital cameras,
reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red,
green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must
be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first
row consists of a blue and green value, the second row of a green and
red value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two
columns and rows.

Example 2.3. V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: B00 G01 B02 G03
start + 4: G10 R11 G12 R13
start + 8: B20 G21 B22 G23
start + 12: G30 R31 G32 R33

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8 — Bayer RGB format

Description

This is commonly the native format of digital cameras,
reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red,
green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must
be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first
row consists of a green and blue value, the second row of a red and
green value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two
columns and rows.

Example 2.4. V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: G00 B01 G02 B03
start + 4: R10 G11 R12 G13
start + 8: G20 B21 G22 B23
start + 12: R30 G31 R32 G33

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8 — Bayer RGB format

Description

This is commonly the native format of digital cameras,
reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red,
green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must
be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first
row consists of a green and blue value, the second row of a red and
green value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two
columns and rows.

Example 2.5. V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8 4 ×
4 pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: G00 R01 G02 R03
start + 4: R10 B11 R12 B13
start + 8: G20 R21 G22 R23
start + 12: R30 B31 R32 B33

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 — Bayer RGB format

Description

This format is similar to V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8, except each pixel has
a depth of 16 bits. The least significant byte is stored at lower
memory addresses (little-endian). Note the actual sampling precision
may be lower than 16 bits, for example 10 bits per pixel with values
in range 0 to 1023.

Example 2.6. V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: B00low B00high G01low G01high B02low B02high G03low G03high
start + 8: G10low G10high R11low R11high G12low G12high R13low R13high
start + 16: B20low B20high G21low G21high B22low B22high G23low G23high
start + 24: G30low G30high R31low R31high G32low G32high R33low R33high

 

2.5. YUV Formats

YUV is the format native to TV broadcast and composite video
signals. It separates the brightness information (Y) from the color
information (U and V or Cb and Cr). The color information consists of
red and blue color difference signals, this way
the green component can be reconstructed by subtracting from the
brightness component. See Section 2.2, “Colorspaces” for conversion
examples. YUV was chosen because early television would only transmit
brightness information. To add color in a way compatible with existing
receivers a new signal carrier was added to transmit the color
difference signals. Secondary in the YUV format the U and V components
usually have lower resolution than the Y component. This is an analog
video compression technique taking advantage of a property of the
human visual system, being more sensitive to brightness
information.

Name

Packed YUV formats — Packed YUV formats

Description

Similar to the packed RGB formats these formats store
the Y, Cb and Cr component of each pixel in one 16 or 32 bit
word.

Table 2.6. Packed YUV Image Formats

Identifier Code   Byte 0 in memory   Byte 1   Byte 2   Byte 3
    Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0   7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0   7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0   7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444 'Y444'   Cb3 Cb2 Cb1 Cb0 Cr3 Cr2 Cr1 Cr0   a3 a2 a1 a0 Y'3 Y'2 Y'1 Y'0                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV555 'YUVO'   Cb2 Cb1 Cb0 Cr4 Cr3 Cr2 Cr1 Cr0   a Y'4 Y'3 Y'2 Y'1 Y'0 Cb4 Cb3                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV565 'YUVP'   Cb2 Cb1 Cb0 Cr4 Cr3 Cr2 Cr1 Cr0   Y'4 Y'3 Y'2 Y'1 Y'0 Cb5 Cb4 Cb3                                  
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV32 'YUV4'   a7 a6 a5 a4 a3 a2 a1 a0   Y'7 Y'6 Y'5 Y'4 Y'3 Y'2 Y'1 Y'0   Cb7 Cb6 Cb5 Cb4 Cb3 Cb2 Cb1 Cb0   Cr7 Cr6 Cr5 Cr4 Cr3 Cr2 Cr1 Cr0

Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of a = alpha
bits is undefined when reading from the driver, ignored when writing
to the driver, except when alpha blending has been negotiated for a
Video Overlay or Video Output Overlay.


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY — Grey-scale image

Description

This is a grey-scale image. It is really a degenerate
Y'CbCr format which simply contains no Cb or Cr data.

Example 2.7. V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00 Y'01 Y'02 Y'03
start + 4: Y'10 Y'11 Y'12 Y'13
start + 8: Y'20 Y'21 Y'22 Y'23
start + 12: Y'30 Y'31 Y'32 Y'33

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 — Grey-scale image

Description

This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 16 bits per
pixel. The least significant byte is stored at lower memory addresses
(little-endian). Note the actual sampling precision may be lower than
16 bits, for example 10 bits per pixel with values in range 0 to
1023.

Example 2.8. V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00low Y'00high Y'01low Y'01high Y'02low Y'02high Y'03low Y'03high
start + 8: Y'10low Y'10high Y'11low Y'11high Y'12low Y'12high Y'13low Y'13high
start + 16: Y'20low Y'20high Y'21low Y'21high Y'22low Y'22high Y'23low Y'23high
start + 24: Y'30low Y'30high Y'31low Y'31high Y'32low Y'32high Y'33low Y'33high

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV — Packed format with ½ horizontal chroma
resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:2

Description

In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four
bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and
the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb
components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y component.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV is known in the Windows
environment as YUY2.

Example 2.9. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00 Cb00 Y'01 Cr00 Y'02 Cb01 Y'03 Cr01
start + 8: Y'10 Cb10 Y'11 Cr10 Y'12 Cb11 Y'13 Cr11
start + 16: Y'20 Cb20 Y'21 Cr20 Y'22 Cb21 Y'23 Cr21
start + 24: Y'30 Cb30 Y'31 Cr30 Y'32 Cb31 Y'33 Cr31

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y C Y   Y C Y
1 Y C Y   Y C Y
2 Y C Y   Y C Y
3 Y C Y   Y C Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY — Variation of
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV with different order of samples
in memory

Description

In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four
bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and
the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb
components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y
component.

Example 2.10. V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Cb00 Y'00 Cr00 Y'01 Cb01 Y'02 Cr01 Y'03
start + 8: Cb10 Y'10 Cr10 Y'11 Cb11 Y'12 Cr11 Y'13
start + 16: Cb20 Y'20 Cr20 Y'21 Cb21 Y'22 Cr21 Y'23
start + 24: Cb30 Y'30 Cr30 Y'31 Cb31 Y'32 Cr31 Y'33

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y C Y   Y C Y
1 Y C Y   Y C Y
2 Y C Y   Y C Y
3 Y C Y   Y C Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU — Variation of
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV with different order of samples
in memory

Description

In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four
bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and
the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb
components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y
component.

Example 2.11. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00 Cr00 Y'01 Cb00 Y'02 Cr01 Y'03 Cb01
start + 8: Y'10 Cr10 Y'11 Cb10 Y'12 Cr11 Y'13 Cb11
start + 16: Y'20 Cr20 Y'21 Cb20 Y'22 Cr21 Y'23 Cb21
start + 24: Y'30 Cr30 Y'31 Cb30 Y'32 Cr31 Y'33 Cb31

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y C Y   Y C Y
1 Y C Y   Y C Y
2 Y C Y   Y C Y
3 Y C Y   Y C Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY — Variation of
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV with different order of samples
in memory

Description

In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four
bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and
the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb
components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y
component.

Example 2.12. V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Cr00 Y'00 Cb00 Y'01 Cr01 Y'02 Cb01 Y'03
start + 8: Cr10 Y'10 Cb10 Y'11 Cr11 Y'12 Cb11 Y'13
start + 16: Cr20 Y'20 Cb20 Y'21 Cr21 Y'22 Cb21 Y'23
start + 24: Cr30 Y'30 Cb30 Y'31 Cr31 Y'32 Cb31 Y'33

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y C Y   Y C Y
1 Y C Y   Y C Y
2 Y C Y   Y C Y
3 Y C Y   Y C Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P — Format with ¼ horizontal chroma
resolution, also known as YUV 4:1:1

Description

In this format each 12 bytes is eight pixels. In the
twelve bytes are two CbCr pairs and eight Y's. The first CbCr pair
goes with the first four Y's, and the second CbCr pair goes with the
other four Y's. The Cb and Cr components have one fourth the
horizontal resolution of the Y component.

Do not confuse this format with V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P.
Y41P is derived from "YUV 4:1:1 packed", while
YUV411P stands for "YUV 4:1:1 planar".

Example 2.13. V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P 8 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Cb00 Y'00 Cr00 Y'01 Cb01 Y'02 Cr01 Y'03 Y'04 Y'05 Y'06 Y'07
start + 12: Cb10 Y'10 Cr10 Y'11 Cb11 Y'12 Cr11 Y'13 Y'14 Y'15 Y'16 Y'17
start + 24: Cb20 Y'20 Cr20 Y'21 Cb21 Y'22 Cr21 Y'23 Y'24 Y'25 Y'26 Y'27
start + 36: Cb30 Y'30 Cr30 Y'31 Cb31 Y'32 Cr31 Y'33 Y'34 Y'35 Y'36 Y'37

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7
0 Y   Y C Y   Y   Y   Y C Y   Y
1 Y   Y C Y   Y   Y   Y C Y   Y
2 Y   Y C Y   Y   Y   Y C Y   Y
3 Y   Y C Y   Y   Y   Y C Y   Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420 — Planar formats with ½ horizontal and
vertical chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:0

Description

These are planar formats, as opposed to a packed format.
The three components are separated into three sub- images or planes.
The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420, the Cr plane immediately
follows the Y plane in memory. The Cr plane is half the width and half
the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs to four
pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example,
Cr0 belongs to Y'00,
Y'01, Y'10, and
Y'11. Following the Cr plane is the Cb plane,
just like the Cr plane. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420 is
the same except the Cb plane comes first, then the Cr plane.

If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
(including padding).

Example 2.14. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00 Y'01 Y'02 Y'03
start + 4: Y'10 Y'11 Y'12 Y'13
start + 8: Y'20 Y'21 Y'22 Y'23
start + 12: Y'30 Y'31 Y'32 Y'33
start + 16: Cr00 Cr01    
start + 18: Cr10 Cr11    
start + 20: Cb00 Cb01    
start + 22: Cb10 Cb11    

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y   Y   Y   Y
    C       C  
1 Y   Y   Y   Y
               
2 Y   Y   Y   Y
    C       C  
3 Y   Y   Y   Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410 — Planar formats with ¼ horizontal and
vertical chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:1:0

Description

These are planar formats, as opposed to a packed format.
The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.
The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410, the Cr plane immediately
follows the Y plane in memory. The Cr plane is ¼ the width and
¼ the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs
to 16 pixels, a four-by-four square of the image. Following the Cr
plane is the Cb plane, just like the Cr plane.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410 is the same, except the Cb
plane comes first, then the Cr plane.

If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
and Cb planes have ¼ as many pad bytes after their rows. In
other words, four Cx rows (including padding) are exactly as long as
one Y row (including padding).

Example 2.15. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00 Y'01 Y'02 Y'03
start + 4: Y'10 Y'11 Y'12 Y'13
start + 8: Y'20 Y'21 Y'22 Y'23
start + 12: Y'30 Y'31 Y'32 Y'33
start + 16: Cr00      
start + 17: Cb00      

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y   Y   Y   Y
               
1 Y   Y   Y   Y
        C      
2 Y   Y   Y   Y
               
3 Y   Y   Y   Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P — Format with ½ horizontal chroma resolution,
also known as YUV 4:2:2. Planar layout as opposed to
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV

Description

This format is not commonly used. This is a planar
version of the YUYV format. The three components are separated into
three sub-images or planes. The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one
byte per pixel. The Cb plane immediately follows the Y plane in
memory. The Cb plane is half the width of the Y plane (and of the
image). Each Cb belongs to two pixels. For example,
Cb0 belongs to Y'00,
Y'01. Following the Cb plane is the Cr plane,
just like the Cb plane.

If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
(including padding).

Example 2.16. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00 Y'01 Y'02 Y'03
start + 4: Y'10 Y'11 Y'12 Y'13
start + 8: Y'20 Y'21 Y'22 Y'23
start + 12: Y'30 Y'31 Y'32 Y'33
start + 16: Cb00 Cb01    
start + 18: Cb10 Cb11    
start + 20: Cb20 Cb21    
start + 22: Cb30 Cb31    
start + 24: Cr00 Cr01    
start + 26: Cr10 Cr11    
start + 28: Cr20 Cr21    
start + 30: Cr30 Cr31    

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y C Y   Y C Y
1 Y C Y   Y C Y
2 Y C Y   Y C Y
3 Y C Y   Y C Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P — Format with ¼ horizontal chroma resolution,
also known as YUV 4:1:1. Planar layout as opposed to
V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P

Description

This format is not commonly used. This is a planar
format similar to the 4:2:2 planar format except with half as many
chroma. The three components are separated into three sub-images or
planes. The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The
Cb plane immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The Cb plane is
¼ the width of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cb belongs
to 4 pixels all on the same row. For example,
Cb0 belongs to Y'00,
Y'01, Y'02 and
Y'03. Following the Cb plane is the Cr plane,
just like the Cb plane.

If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
and Cb planes have ¼ as many pad bytes after their rows. In
other words, four C x rows (including padding) is exactly as long as
one Y row (including padding).

Example 2.17. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00 Y'01 Y'02 Y'03
start + 4: Y'10 Y'11 Y'12 Y'13
start + 8: Y'20 Y'21 Y'22 Y'23
start + 12: Y'30 Y'31 Y'32 Y'33
start + 16: Cb00      
start + 17: Cb10      
start + 18: Cb20      
start + 19: Cb30      
start + 20: Cr00      
start + 21: Cr10      
start + 22: Cr20      
start + 23: Cr30      

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y   Y C Y   Y
1 Y   Y C Y   Y
2 Y   Y C Y   Y
3 Y   Y C Y   Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12, V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21 — Formats with ½ horizontal and vertical
chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:0. One luminance and one
chrominance plane with alternating chroma samples as opposed to
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420

Description

These are two-plane versions of the YUV 4:2:0 format.
The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes. The
Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For
V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12, a combined CbCr plane
immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The CbCr plane is the same
width, in bytes, as the Y plane (and of the image), but is half as
tall in pixels. Each CbCr pair belongs to four pixels. For example,
Cb0/Cr0 belongs to
Y'00, Y'01,
Y'10, Y'11.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21 is the same except the Cb and
Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte.

If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the
CbCr plane has as many pad bytes after its rows.

Example 2.18. V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00 Y'01 Y'02 Y'03
start + 4: Y'10 Y'11 Y'12 Y'13
start + 8: Y'20 Y'21 Y'22 Y'23
start + 12: Y'30 Y'31 Y'32 Y'33
start + 16: Cb00 Cr00 Cb01 Cr01
start + 20: Cb10 Cr10 Cb11 Cr11

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y   Y   Y   Y
    C       C  
1 Y   Y   Y   Y
               
2 Y   Y   Y   Y
    C       C  
3 Y   Y   Y   Y

 


Name

V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16, V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61 — Formats with ½ horizontal
chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:2. One luminance and one
chrominance plane with alternating chroma samples as opposed to
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420

Description

These are two-plane versions of the YUV 4:2:2 format.
The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes. The
Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For
V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16, a combined CbCr plane
immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The CbCr plane is the same
width and height, in bytes, as the Y plane (and of the image).
Each CbCr pair belongs to two pixels. For example,
Cb0/Cr0 belongs to
Y'00, Y'01.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61 is the same except the Cb and
Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte.

If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the
CbCr plane has as many pad bytes after its rows.

Example 2.19. V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16 4 × 4
pixel image

Byte Order. Each cell is one byte.

start + 0: Y'00 Y'01 Y'02 Y'03
start + 4: Y'10 Y'11 Y'12 Y'13
start + 8: Y'20 Y'21 Y'22 Y'23
start + 12: Y'30 Y'31 Y'32 Y'33
start + 16: Cb00 Cr00 Cb01 Cr01
start + 20: Cb10 Cr10 Cb11 Cr11
start + 24: Cb20 Cr20 Cb21 Cr21
start + 28: Cb30 Cr30 Cb31 Cr31

 

Color Sample Location. 

  0   1   2   3
0 Y   Y   Y   Y
    C       C  
1 Y   Y   Y   Y
    C       C  
               
2 Y   Y   Y   Y
    C       C  
3 Y   Y   Y   Y
    C       C  

 

2.6. Compressed Formats

Table 2.7. Compressed Image Formats

Identifier Code Details
V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPEG 'JPEG' TBD. See also VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP,
VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG 'MPEG' MPEG stream. The actual format is determined by
extended control V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE, see
Table 1.2, “MPEG Control IDs”.

2.7. Reserved Format Identifiers

These formats are not defined by this specification, they
are just listed for reference and to avoid naming conflicts. If you
want to register your own format, send an e-mail to the linux-media mailing
list https://linuxtv.org/lists.php for inclusion in the videodev2.h
file. If you want to share your format with other developers add a
link to your documentation and send a copy to the linux-media mailing list
for inclusion in this section. If you think your format should be listed
in a standard format section please make a proposal on the linux-media mailing
list.

Table 2.8. Reserved Image Formats

Identifier Code Details
V4L2_PIX_FMT_DV 'dvsd' unknown
V4L2_PIX_FMT_ET61X251 'E625' Compressed format of the ET61X251 driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_HI240 'HI24'
8 bit RGB format used by the BTTV driver.

V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12 'HM12'
YUV 4:2:0 format used by the
IVTV driver, http://www.ivtvdriver.org/

The format is documented in the
kernel sources in the file Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm12

V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA501 'S501' YUYV per line used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA505 'S505' YYUV per line used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA508 'S508' YUVY per line used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA561 'S561' Compressed GBRG Bayer format used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10 'DA10' 10 bit raw Bayer, expanded to 16 bits.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8 'DB10' 10 bit raw Bayer DPCM compressed to 8 bits.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207 'P207' Compressed BGGR Bayer format used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_MR97310A 'M310' Compressed BGGR Bayer format used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV511 'O511' OV511 JPEG format used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV518 'O518' OV518 JPEG format used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG 'PJPG' Pixart 73xx JPEG format used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SQ905C '905C' Compressed RGGB bayer format used by the gspca driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_MJPEG 'MJPG' Compressed format used by the Zoran driver
V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC1 'PWC1' Compressed format of the PWC driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC2 'PWC2' Compressed format of the PWC driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C10X 'S910' Compressed format of the SN9C102 driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C20X_I420 'S920' YUV 4:2:0 format of the gspca sn9c20x driver.
V4L2_PIX_FMT_WNVA 'WNVA'
Used by the Winnov Videum driver, http://www.thedirks.org/winnov/

V4L2_PIX_FMT_YYUV 'YYUV' unknown

Chapter 3. Input/Output

Table of Contents

3.1. Read/Write
3.2. Streaming I/O (Memory Mapping)
3.3. Streaming I/O (User Pointers)
3.4. Asynchronous I/O
3.5. Buffers
3.5.1. Timecodes
3.6. Field Order

The V4L2 API defines several different methods to read from or
write to a device. All drivers exchanging data with applications must
support at least one of them.

The classic I/O method using the read()
and write() function is automatically selected
after opening a V4L2 device. When the driver does not support this
method attempts to read or write will fail at any time.

Other methods must be negotiated. To select the streaming I/O
method with memory mapped or user buffers applications call the
VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl. The asynchronous I/O method is not defined
yet.

Video overlay can be considered another I/O method, although
the application does not directly receive the image data. It is
selected by initiating video overlay with the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl.
For more information see Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface”.

Generally exactly one I/O method, including overlay, is
associated with each file descriptor. The only exceptions are
applications not exchanging data with a driver ("panel applications",
see Section 1.1, “Opening and Closing Devices”) and drivers permitting simultaneous video capturing
and overlay using the same file descriptor, for compatibility with V4L
and earlier versions of V4L2.

VIDIOC_S_FMT and
VIDIOC_REQBUFS would permit this to some degree,
but for simplicity drivers need not support switching the I/O method
(after first switching away from read/write) other than by closing
and reopening the device.

The following sections describe the various I/O methods in
more detail.

3.1. Read/Write

Input and output devices support the
read() and write() function,
respectively, when the V4L2_CAP_READWRITE flag in
the capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability
returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl is set.

Drivers may need the CPU to copy the data, but they may also
support DMA to or from user memory, so this I/O method is not
necessarily less efficient than other methods merely exchanging buffer
pointers. It is considered inferior though because no meta-information
like frame counters or timestamps are passed. This information is
necessary to recognize frame dropping and to synchronize with other
data streams. However this is also the simplest I/O method, requiring
little or no setup to exchange data. It permits command line stunts
like this (the vidctrl tool is
fictitious):

> vidctrl /dev/video --input=0 --format=YUYV --size=352x288
> dd if=/dev/video of=myimage.422 bs=202752 count=1

To read from the device applications use the read() function, to write the write() function. Drivers must implement one I/O method if they exchange data with applications, but it need not be this.[12] When reading or writing is supported, the driver must also support the select() and poll() function.[13]

3.2. Streaming I/O (Memory Mapping)

Input and output devices support this I/O method when the V4L2_CAP_STREAMING flag in the capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl is set. There are two streaming methods, to determine if the memory mapping flavor is supported applications must call the VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl.

Streaming is an I/O method where only pointers to buffers are exchanged between application and driver, the data itself is not copied. Memory mapping is primarily intended to map buffers in device memory into the application's address space. Device memory can be for example the video memory on a graphics card with a video capture add-on. However, being the most efficient I/O method available for a long time, many other drivers support streaming as well, allocating buffers in DMA-able main memory.

A driver can support many sets of buffers. Each set is identified by a unique buffer type value. The sets are independent and each set can hold a different type of data. To access different sets at the same time different file descriptors must be used.[14]

To allocate device buffers applications call the VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl with the desired number of buffers and buffer type, for example V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE. This ioctl can also be used to change the number of buffers or to free the allocated memory, provided none of the buffers are still mapped.

Before applications can access the buffers they must map them into their address space with the mmap() function. The location of the buffers in device memory can be determined with the VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl. The m.offset and length returned in a struct v4l2_buffer are passed as sixth and second parameter to the mmap() function. The offset and length values must not be modified. Remember the buffers are allocated in physical memory, as opposed to virtual memory which can be swapped out to disk. Applications should free the buffers as soon as possible with the munmap() function.

Example 3.1. Mapping buffers

struct v4l2_requestbuffers reqbuf;
struct {
	void *start;
	size_t length;
} *buffers;
unsigned int i;

memset (&reqbuf, 0, sizeof (reqbuf));
reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
reqbuf.count = 20;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, &reqbuf)) {
	if (errno == EINVAL)
		printf ("Video capturing or mmap-streaming is not supported\n");
	else
		perror ("VIDIOC_REQBUFS");

	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

/* We want at least five buffers. */

if (reqbuf.count < 5) {
	/* You may need to free the buffers here. */
	printf ("Not enough buffer memory\n");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

buffers = calloc (reqbuf.count, sizeof (*buffers));
assert (buffers != NULL);

for (i = 0; i < reqbuf.count; i++) {
	struct v4l2_buffer buffer;

	memset (&buffer, 0, sizeof (buffer));
	buffer.type = reqbuf.type;
	buffer.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
	buffer.index = i;

	if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, &buffer)) {
		perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYBUF");
		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
	}

	buffers[i].length = buffer.length; /* remember for munmap() */

	buffers[i].start = mmap (NULL, buffer.length,
				 PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, /* recommended */
				 MAP_SHARED,             /* recommended */
				 fd, buffer.m.offset);

	if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[i].start) {
		/* If you do not exit here you should unmap() and free()
		   the buffers mapped so far. */
		perror ("mmap");
		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
	}
}

/* Cleanup. */

for (i = 0; i < reqbuf.count; i++)
	munmap (buffers[i].start, buffers[i].length);
      

Conceptually streaming drivers maintain two buffer queues, an incoming
and an outgoing queue. They separate the synchronous capture or output
operation locked to a video clock from the application which is
subject to random disk or network delays and preemption by
other processes, thereby reducing the probability of data loss.
The queues are organized as FIFOs, buffers will be
output in the order enqueued in the incoming FIFO, and were
captured in the order dequeued from the outgoing FIFO.

The driver may require a minimum number of buffers enqueued
at all times to function, apart of this no limit exists on the number
of buffers applications can enqueue in advance, or dequeue and
process. They can also enqueue in a different order than buffers have
been dequeued, and the driver can fill enqueued
empty buffers in any order. [15] The index number of a buffer (struct v4l2_buffer
index) plays no role here, it only
identifies the buffer.

Initially all mapped buffers are in dequeued state,
inaccessible by the driver. For capturing applications it is customary
to first enqueue all mapped buffers, then to start capturing and enter
the read loop. Here the application waits until a filled buffer can be
dequeued, and re-enqueues the buffer when the data is no longer
needed. Output applications fill and enqueue buffers, when enough
buffers are stacked up the output is started with
VIDIOC_STREAMON. In the write loop, when
the application runs out of free buffers, it must wait until an empty
buffer can be dequeued and reused.

To enqueue and dequeue a buffer applications use the
VIDIOC_QBUF and VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl. The status of a buffer being
mapped, enqueued, full or empty can be determined at any time using the
VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl. Two methods exist to suspend execution of the
application until one or more buffers can be dequeued. By default
VIDIOC_DQBUF blocks when no buffer is in the
outgoing queue. When the O_NONBLOCK flag was
given to the open() function, VIDIOC_DQBUF
returns immediately with an EAGAIN error code when no buffer is available. The
select() or poll() function are always available.

To start and stop capturing or output applications call the
VIDIOC_STREAMON and VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl. Note
VIDIOC_STREAMOFF removes all buffers from both
queues as a side effect. Since there is no notion of doing anything
"now" on a multitasking system, if an application needs to synchronize
with another event it should examine the struct v4l2_buffer
timestamp of captured buffers, or set the
field before enqueuing buffers for output.

Drivers implementing memory mapping I/O must
support the VIDIOC_REQBUFS,
VIDIOC_QUERYBUF,
VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF,
VIDIOC_STREAMON and
VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl, the
mmap(), munmap(),
select() and poll()
function.[16]

[capture example]

3.3. Streaming I/O (User Pointers)

Input and output devices support this I/O method when the
V4L2_CAP_STREAMING flag in the
capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability
returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl is set. If the particular user
pointer method (not only memory mapping) is supported must be
determined by calling the VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl.

This I/O method combines advantages of the read/write and
memory mapping methods. Buffers are allocated by the application
itself, and can reside for example in virtual or shared memory. Only
pointers to data are exchanged, these pointers and meta-information
are passed in struct v4l2_buffer. The driver must be switched
into user pointer I/O mode by calling the VIDIOC_REQBUFS with the
desired buffer type. No buffers are allocated beforehands,
consequently they are not indexed and cannot be queried like mapped
buffers with the VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl.

Example 3.2. Initiating streaming I/O with user pointers

struct v4l2_requestbuffers reqbuf;

memset (&reqbuf, 0, sizeof (reqbuf));
reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR;

if (ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, &reqbuf) == -1) {
	if (errno == EINVAL)
		printf ("Video capturing or user pointer streaming is not supported\n");
	else
		perror ("VIDIOC_REQBUFS");

	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
      

Buffer addresses and sizes are passed on the fly with the
VIDIOC_QBUF ioctl. Although buffers are commonly cycled,
applications can pass different addresses and sizes at each
VIDIOC_QBUF call. If required by the hardware the
driver swaps memory pages within physical memory to create a
continuous area of memory. This happens transparently to the
application in the virtual memory subsystem of the kernel. When buffer
pages have been swapped out to disk they are brought back and finally
locked in physical memory for DMA.[17]

Filled or displayed buffers are dequeued with the
VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl. The driver can unlock the memory pages at any
time between the completion of the DMA and this ioctl. The memory is
also unlocked when VIDIOC_STREAMOFF is called, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, or
when the device is closed. Applications must take care not to free
buffers without dequeuing. For once, the buffers remain locked until
further, wasting physical memory. Second the driver will not be
notified when the memory is returned to the application's free list
and subsequently reused for other purposes, possibly completing the
requested DMA and overwriting valuable data.

For capturing applications it is customary to enqueue a
number of empty buffers, to start capturing and enter the read loop.
Here the application waits until a filled buffer can be dequeued, and
re-enqueues the buffer when the data is no longer needed. Output
applications fill and enqueue buffers, when enough buffers are stacked
up output is started. In the write loop, when the application
runs out of free buffers it must wait until an empty buffer can be
dequeued and reused. Two methods exist to suspend execution of the
application until one or more buffers can be dequeued. By default
VIDIOC_DQBUF blocks when no buffer is in the
outgoing queue. When the O_NONBLOCK flag was
given to the open() function, VIDIOC_DQBUF
returns immediately with an EAGAIN error code when no buffer is available. The
select() or poll() function are always available.

To start and stop capturing or output applications call the
VIDIOC_STREAMON and VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl. Note
VIDIOC_STREAMOFF removes all buffers from both
queues and unlocks all buffers as a side effect. Since there is no
notion of doing anything "now" on a multitasking system, if an
application needs to synchronize with another event it should examine
the struct v4l2_buffer timestamp of captured
buffers, or set the field before enqueuing buffers for output.

Drivers implementing user pointer I/O must
support the VIDIOC_REQBUFS,
VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF,
VIDIOC_STREAMON and
VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl, the
select() and poll() function.[18]

3.4. Asynchronous I/O

This method is not defined yet.

3.5. Buffers

A buffer contains data exchanged by application and
driver using one of the Streaming I/O methods. Only pointers to
buffers are exchanged, the data itself is not copied. These pointers,
together with meta-information like timestamps or field parity, are
stored in a struct v4l2_buffer, argument to
the VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, VIDIOC_QBUF and VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl.

Nominally timestamps refer to the first data byte transmitted.
In practice however the wide range of hardware covered by the V4L2 API
limits timestamp accuracy. Often an interrupt routine will
sample the system clock shortly after the field or frame was stored
completely in memory. So applications must expect a constant
difference up to one field or frame period plus a small (few scan
lines) random error. The delay and error can be much
larger due to compression or transmission over an external bus when
the frames are not properly stamped by the sender. This is frequently
the case with USB cameras. Here timestamps refer to the instant the
field or frame was received by the driver, not the capture time. These
devices identify by not enumerating any video standards, see Section 1.7, “Video Standards”.

Similar limitations apply to output timestamps. Typically
the video hardware locks to a clock controlling the video timing, the
horizontal and vertical synchronization pulses. At some point in the
line sequence, possibly the vertical blanking, an interrupt routine
samples the system clock, compares against the timestamp and programs
the hardware to repeat the previous field or frame, or to display the
buffer contents.

Apart of limitations of the video device and natural
inaccuracies of all clocks, it should be noted system time itself is
not perfectly stable. It can be affected by power saving cycles,
warped to insert leap seconds, or even turned back or forth by the
system administrator affecting long term measurements. [19]

Table 3.1. struct v4l2_buffer

__u32 index   Number of the buffer, set by the application. This
field is only used for memory mapping I/O
and can range from zero to the number of buffers allocated
with the VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl (struct v4l2_requestbuffers count) minus one.
enum v4l2_buf_type type   Type of the buffer, same as struct v4l2_format
type or struct v4l2_requestbuffers
type, set by the application.
__u32 bytesused   The number of bytes occupied by the data in the
buffer. It depends on the negotiated data format and may change with
each buffer for compressed variable size data like JPEG images.
Drivers must set this field when type
refers to an input stream, applications when an output stream.
__u32 flags   Flags set by the application or driver, see Table 3.3, “Buffer Flags”.
enum v4l2_field field   Indicates the field order of the image in the
buffer, see Table 3.8, “enum v4l2_field”. This field is not used when
the buffer contains VBI data. Drivers must set it when
type refers to an input stream,
applications when an output stream.
struct timeval timestamp  
For input streams this is the
system time (as returned by the gettimeofday()
function) when the first data byte was captured. For output streams
the data will not be displayed before this time, secondary to the
nominal frame rate determined by the current video standard in
enqueued order. Applications can for example zero this field to
display frames as soon as possible. The driver stores the time at
which the first data byte was actually sent out in the
timestamp field. This permits
applications to monitor the drift between the video and system
clock.

struct v4l2_timecode timecode   When type is
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE and the
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMECODE flag is set in
flags, this structure contains a frame
timecode. In V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE
mode the top and bottom field contain the same timecode.
Timecodes are intended to help video editing and are typically recorded on
video tapes, but also embedded in compressed formats like MPEG. This
field is independent of the timestamp and
sequence fields.
__u32 sequence   Set by the driver, counting the frames in the
sequence.

In V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE mode the top and
bottom field have the same sequence number. The count starts at zero
and includes dropped or repeated frames. A dropped frame was received
by an input device but could not be stored due to lack of free buffer
space. A repeated frame was displayed again by an output device
because the application did not pass new data in
time.

Note this may count the frames received
e.g. over USB, without taking into account the frames dropped by the
remote hardware due to limited compression throughput or bus
bandwidth. These devices identify by not enumerating any video
standards, see Section 1.7, “Video Standards”.

enum v4l2_memory memory   This field must be set by applications and/or drivers
in accordance with the selected I/O method.
union m    
  __u32 offset When memory is
V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP this is the offset of the buffer
from the start of the device memory. The value is returned by the
driver and apart of serving as parameter to the mmap() function
not useful for applications. See Section 3.2, “Streaming I/O (Memory Mapping)” for details.
  unsigned long userptr When memory is
V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR this is a pointer to the
buffer (casted to unsigned long type) in virtual memory, set by the
application. See Section 3.3, “Streaming I/O (User Pointers)” for details.
__u32 length   Size of the buffer (not the payload) in bytes.
__u32 input   Some video capture drivers support rapid and
synchronous video input changes, a function useful for example in
video surveillance applications. For this purpose applications set the
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT flag, and this field to the
number of a video input as in struct v4l2_input field
index.
__u32 reserved   A place holder for future extensions and custom
(driver defined) buffer types
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE and higher.

Table 3.2. enum v4l2_buf_type

V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE 1 Buffer of a video capture stream, see Section 4.1, “Video Capture Interface”.
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT 2 Buffer of a video output stream, see Section 4.3, “Video Output Interface”.
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY 3 Buffer for video overlay, see Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface”.
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE 4 Buffer of a raw VBI capture stream, see Section 4.7, “Raw VBI Data Interface”.
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT 5 Buffer of a raw VBI output stream, see Section 4.7, “Raw VBI Data Interface”.
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE 6 Buffer of a sliced VBI capture stream, see Section 4.8, “Sliced VBI Data Interface”.
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT 7 Buffer of a sliced VBI output stream, see Section 4.8, “Sliced VBI Data Interface”.
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY 8 Buffer for video output overlay (OSD), see Section 4.4, “Video Output Overlay Interface”. Status: Experimental.
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE 0x80 This and higher values are reserved for custom
(driver defined) buffer types.

Table 3.3. Buffer Flags

V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED 0x0001 The buffer resides in device memory and has been mapped
into the application's address space, see Section 3.2, “Streaming I/O (Memory Mapping)” for details.
Drivers set or clear this flag when the
VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, VIDIOC_QBUF or VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl is called. Set by the driver.
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED 0x0002 Internally drivers maintain two buffer queues, an
incoming and outgoing queue. When this flag is set, the buffer is
currently on the incoming queue. It automatically moves to the
outgoing queue after the buffer has been filled (capture devices) or
displayed (output devices). Drivers set or clear this flag when the
VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl is called. After
(successful) calling the VIDIOC_QBUF ioctl it is
always set and after VIDIOC_DQBUF always
cleared.
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE 0x0004 When this flag is set, the buffer is currently on
the outgoing queue, ready to be dequeued from the driver. Drivers set
or clear this flag when the VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl
is called. After calling the VIDIOC_QBUF or
VIDIOC_DQBUF it is always cleared. Of course a
buffer cannot be on both queues at the same time, the
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED and
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE flag are mutually exclusive.
They can be both cleared however, then the buffer is in "dequeued"
state, in the application domain to say so.
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME 0x0008 Drivers set or clear this flag when calling the
VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl. It may be set by video
capture devices when the buffer contains a compressed image which is a
key frame (or field), i. e. can be decompressed on its own.
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PFRAME 0x0010 Similar to V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME
this flags predicted frames or fields which contain only differences to a
previous key frame.
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_BFRAME 0x0020 Similar to V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PFRAME
this is a bidirectional predicted frame or field. [ooc tbd]
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMECODE 0x0100 The timecode field is valid.
Drivers set or clear this flag when the VIDIOC_DQBUF
ioctl is called.
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT 0x0200 The input field is valid.
Applications set or clear this flag before calling the
VIDIOC_QBUF ioctl.

Table 3.4. enum v4l2_memory

V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP 1 The buffer is used for memory
mapping
I/O.
V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR 2 The buffer is used for user
pointer
I/O.
V4L2_MEMORY_OVERLAY 3 [to do]

3.5.1. Timecodes

The v4l2_timecode structure is
designed to hold a [SMPTE 12M] or similar timecode.
(struct timeval timestamps are stored in
struct v4l2_buffer field timestamp.)

Table 3.5. struct v4l2_timecode

__u32 type Frame rate the timecodes are based on, see Table 3.6, “Timecode Types”.
__u32 flags Timecode flags, see Table 3.7, “Timecode Flags”.
__u8 frames Frame count, 0 ... 23/24/29/49/59, depending on the
type of timecode.
__u8 seconds Seconds count, 0 ... 59. This is a binary, not BCD number.
__u8 minutes Minutes count, 0 ... 59. This is a binary, not BCD number.
__u8 hours Hours count, 0 ... 29. This is a binary, not BCD number.
__u8 userbits[4] The "user group" bits from the timecode.

Table 3.6. Timecode Types

V4L2_TC_TYPE_24FPS 1 24 frames per second, i. e. film.
V4L2_TC_TYPE_25FPS 2 25 frames per second, i. e. PAL or SECAM video.
V4L2_TC_TYPE_30FPS 3 30 frames per second, i. e. NTSC video.
V4L2_TC_TYPE_50FPS 4  
V4L2_TC_TYPE_60FPS 5  

Table 3.7. Timecode Flags

V4L2_TC_FLAG_DROPFRAME 0x0001 Indicates "drop frame" semantics for counting frames
in 29.97 fps material. When set, frame numbers 0 and 1 at the start of
each minute, except minutes 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 are omitted from the
count.
V4L2_TC_FLAG_COLORFRAME 0x0002 The "color frame" flag.
V4L2_TC_USERBITS_field 0x000C Field mask for the "binary group flags".
V4L2_TC_USERBITS_USERDEFINED 0x0000 Unspecified format.
V4L2_TC_USERBITS_8BITCHARS 0x0008 8-bit ISO characters.

3.6. Field Order

We have to distinguish between progressive and interlaced
video. Progressive video transmits all lines of a video image
sequentially. Interlaced video divides an image into two fields,
containing only the odd and even lines of the image, respectively.
Alternating the so called odd and even field are transmitted, and due
to a small delay between fields a cathode ray TV displays the lines
interleaved, yielding the original frame. This curious technique was
invented because at refresh rates similar to film the image would
fade out too quickly. Transmitting fields reduces the flicker without
the necessity of doubling the frame rate and with it the bandwidth
required for each channel.

It is important to understand a video camera does not expose
one frame at a time, merely transmitting the frames separated into
fields. The fields are in fact captured at two different instances in
time. An object on screen may well move between one field and the
next. For applications analysing motion it is of paramount importance
to recognize which field of a frame is older, the temporal
order
.

When the driver provides or accepts images field by field
rather than interleaved, it is also important applications understand
how the fields combine to frames. We distinguish between top and
bottom fields, the spatial order: The first line
of the top field is the first line of an interlaced frame, the first
line of the bottom field is the second line of that frame.

However because fields were captured one after the other,
arguing whether a frame commences with the top or bottom field is
pointless. Any two successive top and bottom, or bottom and top fields
yield a valid frame. Only when the source was progressive to begin
with, e. g. when transferring film to video, two fields may come from
the same frame, creating a natural order.

Counter to intuition the top field is not necessarily the
older field. Whether the older field contains the top or bottom lines
is a convention determined by the video standard. Hence the
distinction between temporal and spatial order of fields. The diagrams
below should make this clearer.

All video capture and output devices must report the current
field order. Some drivers may permit the selection of a different
order, to this end applications initialize the
field field of struct v4l2_pix_format before
calling the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. If this is not desired it should
have the value V4L2_FIELD_ANY (0).

Table 3.8. enum v4l2_field

V4L2_FIELD_ANY 0 Applications request this field order when any
one of the V4L2_FIELD_NONE,
V4L2_FIELD_TOP,
V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM, or
V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED formats is acceptable.
Drivers choose depending on hardware capabilities or e. g. the
requested image size, and return the actual field order. struct v4l2_buffer
field can never be
V4L2_FIELD_ANY.
V4L2_FIELD_NONE 1 Images are in progressive format, not interlaced.
The driver may also indicate this order when it cannot distinguish
between V4L2_FIELD_TOP and
V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM.
V4L2_FIELD_TOP 2 Images consist of the top field only.
V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM 3 Images consist of the bottom field only.
Applications may wish to prevent a device from capturing interlaced
images because they will have "comb" or "feathering" artefacts around
moving objects.
V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED 4 Images contain both fields, interleaved line by
line. The temporal order of the fields (whether the top or bottom
field is first transmitted) depends on the current video standard.
M/NTSC transmits the bottom field first, all other standards the top
field first.
V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB 5 Images contain both fields, the top field lines
are stored first in memory, immediately followed by the bottom field
lines. Fields are always stored in temporal order, the older one first
in memory. Image sizes refer to the frame, not fields.
V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT 6 Images contain both fields, the bottom field
lines are stored first in memory, immediately followed by the top
field lines. Fields are always stored in temporal order, the older one
first in memory. Image sizes refer to the frame, not fields.
V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE 7 The two fields of a frame are passed in separate
buffers, in temporal order, i. e. the older one first. To indicate the field
parity (whether the current field is a top or bottom field) the driver
or application, depending on data direction, must set struct v4l2_buffer
field to
V4L2_FIELD_TOP or
V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM. Any two successive fields pair
to build a frame. If fields are successive, without any dropped fields
between them (fields can drop individually), can be determined from
the struct v4l2_buffer sequence field. Image
sizes refer to the frame, not fields. This format cannot be selected
when using the read/write I/O method.
V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB 8 Images contain both fields, interleaved line by
line, top field first. The top field is transmitted first.
V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT 9 Images contain both fields, interleaved line by
line, top field first. The bottom field is transmitted first.

Figure 3.1. Field Order, Top Field First Transmitted

Figure 3.2. Field Order, Bottom Field First Transmitted


[12] It would be desirable if applications could depend on
drivers supporting all I/O interfaces, but as much as the complex
memory mapping I/O can be inadequate for some devices we have no
reason to require this interface, which is most useful for simple
applications capturing still images.

[13] At the driver level select() and
poll() are the same, and
select() is too important to be optional.

[14] One could use one file descriptor and set the buffer
type field accordingly when calling VIDIOC_QBUF etc., but it makes
the select() function ambiguous. We also like the
clean approach of one file descriptor per logical stream. Video
overlay for example is also a logical stream, although the CPU is not
needed for continuous operation.

[15] Random enqueue order permits applications processing
images out of order (such as video codecs) to return buffers earlier,
reducing the probability of data loss. Random fill order allows
drivers to reuse buffers on a LIFO-basis, taking advantage of caches
holding scatter-gather lists and the like.

[16] At the driver level select() and
poll() are the same, and
select() is too important to be optional. The
rest should be evident.

[17] We expect that frequently used buffers are typically not
swapped out. Anyway, the process of swapping, locking or generating
scatter-gather lists may be time consuming. The delay can be masked by
the depth of the incoming buffer queue, and perhaps by maintaining
caches assuming a buffer will be soon enqueued again. On the other
hand, to optimize memory usage drivers can limit the number of buffers
locked in advance and recycle the most recently used buffers first. Of
course, the pages of empty buffers in the incoming queue need not be
saved to disk. Output buffers must be saved on the incoming and
outgoing queue because an application may share them with other
processes.

[18] At the driver level select() and
poll() are the same, and
select() is too important to be optional. The
rest should be evident.

[19] Since no other Linux multimedia
API supports unadjusted time it would be foolish to introduce here. We
must use a universally supported clock to synchronize different media,
hence time of day.

Chapter 4. Interfaces

Table of Contents

4.1. Video Capture Interface
4.1.1. Querying Capabilities
4.1.2. Supplemental Functions
4.1.3. Image Format Negotiation
4.1.4. Reading Images
4.2. Video Overlay Interface
4.2.1. Querying Capabilities
4.2.2. Supplemental Functions
4.2.3. Setup
4.2.4. Overlay Window
4.2.5. Enabling Overlay
4.3. Video Output Interface
4.3.1. Querying Capabilities
4.3.2. Supplemental Functions
4.3.3. Image Format Negotiation
4.3.4. Writing Images
4.4. Video Output Overlay Interface
4.4.1. Querying Capabilities
4.4.2. Framebuffer
4.4.3. Overlay Window and Scaling
4.4.4. Enabling Overlay
4.5. Codec Interface
4.6. Effect Devices Interface
4.7. Raw VBI Data Interface
4.7.1. Querying Capabilities
4.7.2. Supplemental Functions
4.7.3. Raw VBI Format Negotiation
4.7.4. Reading and writing VBI images
4.8. Sliced VBI Data Interface
4.8.1. Querying Capabilities
4.8.2. Supplemental Functions
4.8.3. Sliced VBI Format Negotiation
4.8.4. Reading and writing sliced VBI data
4.8.5. Sliced VBI Data in MPEG Streams
4.8.5.1. MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: NONE
4.8.5.2. MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: IVTV
4.9. Teletext Interface
4.10. Radio Interface
4.10.1. Querying Capabilities
4.10.2. Supplemental Functions
4.10.3. Programming
4.11. RDS Interface
4.11.1. Querying Capabilities
4.11.2. Reading RDS data

4.1. Video Capture Interface

Video capture devices sample an analog video signal and store
the digitized images in memory. Today nearly all devices can capture
at full 25 or 30 frames/second. With this interface applications can
control the capture process and move images from the driver into user
space.

Conventionally V4L2 video capture devices are accessed through
character device special files named /dev/video
and /dev/video0 to
/dev/video63 with major number 81 and minor
numbers 0 to 63. /dev/video is typically a
symbolic link to the preferred video device. Note the same device
files are used for video output devices.

4.1.1. Querying Capabilities

Devices supporting the video capture interface set the
V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE flag in the
capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability
returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl. As secondary device functions
they may also support the video overlay
(V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY) and the raw VBI capture
(V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE) interface. At least one of
the read/write or streaming I/O methods must be supported. Tuners and
audio inputs are optional.

4.1.2. Supplemental Functions

Video capture devices shall support audio input, tuner, controls,
cropping and scaling and streaming parameter ioctls as needed.
The video input and video standard ioctls must be supported by
all video capture devices.

4.1.3. Image Format Negotiation

The result of a capture operation is determined by
cropping and image format parameters. The former select an area of the
video picture to capture, the latter how images are stored in memory,
i. e. in RGB or YUV format, the number of bits per pixel or width and
height. Together they also define how images are scaled in the
process.

As usual these parameters are not reset
at open() time to permit Unix tool chains, programming a device
and then reading from it as if it was a plain file. Well written V4L2
applications ensure they really get what they want, including cropping
and scaling.

Cropping initialization at minimum requires to reset the
parameters to defaults. An example is given in Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling”.

To query the current image format applications set the
type field of a struct v4l2_format to
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE and call the
VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill
the struct v4l2_pix_format pix member of the
fmt union.

To request different parameters applications set the
type field of a struct v4l2_format as above and
initialize all fields of the struct v4l2_pix_format
vbi member of the
fmt union, or better just modify the
results of VIDIOC_G_FMT, and call the
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers may
adjust the parameters and finally return the actual parameters as
VIDIOC_G_FMT does.

Like VIDIOC_S_FMT the
VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctl can be used to learn about hardware limitations
without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware
preparations.

The contents of struct v4l2_pix_format are discussed in Chapter 2, Image Formats. See also the specification of the
VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT
and VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctls for details. Video
capture devices must implement both the
VIDIOC_G_FMT and
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl, even if
VIDIOC_S_FMT ignores all requests and always
returns default parameters as VIDIOC_G_FMT does.
VIDIOC_TRY_FMT is optional.

4.1.4. Reading Images

A video capture device may support the read() function and/or streaming (memory mapping or user pointer) I/O. See Chapter 3, Input/Output for details.

4.2. Video Overlay Interface

Also known as Framebuffer Overlay or Previewing

Video overlay devices have the ability to genlock (TV-)video
into the (VGA-)video signal of a graphics card, or to store captured
images directly in video memory of a graphics card, typically with
clipping. This can be considerable more efficient than capturing
images and displaying them by other means. In the old days when only
nuclear power plants needed cooling towers this used to be the only
way to put live video into a window.

Video overlay devices are accessed through the same character
special files as video capture devices.
Note the default function of a /dev/video device
is video capturing. The overlay function is only available after
calling the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl.

The driver may support simultaneous overlay and capturing
using the read/write and streaming I/O methods. If so, operation at
the nominal frame rate of the video standard is not guaranteed. Frames
may be directed away from overlay to capture, or one field may be used
for overlay and the other for capture if the capture parameters permit
this.

Applications should use different file descriptors for
capturing and overlay. This must be supported by all drivers capable
of simultaneous capturing and overlay. Optionally these drivers may
also permit capturing and overlay with a single file descriptor for
compatibility with V4L and earlier versions of V4L2.[20]

4.2.1. Querying Capabilities

Devices supporting the video overlay interface set the
V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY flag in the
capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability
returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl. The overlay I/O method specified
below must be supported. Tuners and audio inputs are optional.

4.2.2. Supplemental Functions

Video overlay devices shall support audio input, tuner, controls,
cropping and scaling and streaming parameter ioctls as needed.
The video input and video standard ioctls must be supported by
all video overlay devices.

4.2.3. Setup

Before overlay can commence applications must program the
driver with frame buffer parameters, namely the address and size of
the frame buffer and the image format, for example RGB 5:6:5. The
VIDIOC_G_FBUF and VIDIOC_S_FBUF ioctls are available to get
and set these parameters, respectively. The
VIDIOC_S_FBUF ioctl is privileged because it
allows to set up DMA into physical memory, bypassing the memory
protection mechanisms of the kernel. Only the superuser can change the
frame buffer address and size. Users are not supposed to run TV
applications as root or with SUID bit set. A small helper application
with suitable privileges should query the graphics system and program
the V4L2 driver at the appropriate time.

Some devices add the video overlay to the output signal
of the graphics card. In this case the frame buffer is not modified by
the video device, and the frame buffer address and pixel format are
not needed by the driver. The VIDIOC_S_FBUF ioctl
is not privileged. An application can check for this type of device by
calling the VIDIOC_G_FBUF ioctl.

A driver may support any (or none) of five clipping/blending
methods:

  1. Chroma-keying displays the overlaid image only where
    pixels in the primary graphics surface assume a certain color.
  2. A bitmap can be specified where each bit corresponds
    to a pixel in the overlaid image. When the bit is set, the
    corresponding video pixel is displayed, otherwise a pixel of the
    graphics surface.
  3. A list of clipping rectangles can be specified. In
    these regions no video is displayed, so the
    graphics surface can be seen here.
  4. The framebuffer has an alpha channel that can be used
    to clip or blend the framebuffer with the video.
  5. A global alpha value can be specified to blend the
    framebuffer contents with video images.

When simultaneous capturing and overlay is supported and
the hardware prohibits different image and frame buffer formats, the
format requested first takes precedence. The attempt to capture
(VIDIOC_S_FMT) or overlay (VIDIOC_S_FBUF) may fail with an
EBUSY error code or return accordingly modified parameters..

4.2.4. Overlay Window

The overlaid image is determined by cropping and overlay
window parameters. The former select an area of the video picture to
capture, the latter how images are overlaid and clipped. Cropping
initialization at minimum requires to reset the parameters to
defaults. An example is given in Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling”.

The overlay window is described by a struct v4l2_window. It
defines the size of the image, its position over the graphics surface
and the clipping to be applied. To get the current parameters
applications set the type field of a
struct v4l2_format to V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY and
call the VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl. The driver fills the
v4l2_window substructure named
win. It is not possible to retrieve a
previously programmed clipping list or bitmap.

To program the overlay window applications set the
type field of a struct v4l2_format to
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY, initialize the
win substructure and call the
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. The driver adjusts the parameters against
hardware limits and returns the actual parameters as
VIDIOC_G_FMT does. Like
VIDIOC_S_FMT, the VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctl can be
used to learn about driver capabilities without actually changing
driver state. Unlike VIDIOC_S_FMT this also works
after the overlay has been enabled.

The scaling factor of the overlaid image is implied by the
width and height given in struct v4l2_window and the size of the cropping
rectangle. For more information see Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling”.

When simultaneous capturing and overlay is supported and
the hardware prohibits different image and window sizes, the size
requested first takes precedence. The attempt to capture or overlay as
well (VIDIOC_S_FMT) may fail with an EBUSY error code or return accordingly
modified parameters.

Table 4.1. struct v4l2_window

struct v4l2_rect w Size and position of the window relative to the
top, left corner of the frame buffer defined with VIDIOC_S_FBUF. The
window can extend the frame buffer width and height, the
x and y
coordinates can be negative, and it can lie completely outside the
frame buffer. The driver clips the window accordingly, or if that is
not possible, modifies its size and/or position.
enum v4l2_field field Applications set this field to determine which
video field shall be overlaid, typically one of
V4L2_FIELD_ANY (0),
V4L2_FIELD_TOP,
V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM or
V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED. Drivers may have to choose
a different field order and return the actual setting here.
__u32 chromakey When chroma-keying has been negotiated with
VIDIOC_S_FBUF applications set this field to the desired pixel value
for the chroma key. The format is the same as the pixel format of the
framebuffer (struct v4l2_framebuffer
fmt.pixelformat field), with bytes in host
order. E. g. for V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24
the value should be 0xRRGGBB on a little endian, 0xBBGGRR on a big
endian host.
struct v4l2_clip * clips When chroma-keying has not
been negotiated and VIDIOC_G_FBUF indicated this capability,
applications can set this field to point to an array of
clipping rectangles.
    Like the window coordinates
w, clipping rectangles are defined relative
to the top, left corner of the frame buffer. However clipping
rectangles must not extend the frame buffer width and height, and they
must not overlap. If possible applications should merge adjacent
rectangles. Whether this must create x-y or y-x bands, or the order of
rectangles, is not defined. When clip lists are not supported the
driver ignores this field. Its contents after calling VIDIOC_S_FMT
are undefined.
__u32 clipcount When the application set the
clips field, this field must contain the
number of clipping rectangles in the list. When clip lists are not
supported the driver ignores this field, its contents after calling
VIDIOC_S_FMT are undefined. When clip lists are
supported but no clipping is desired this field must be set to
zero.
void * bitmap When chroma-keying has
not been negotiated and VIDIOC_G_FBUF indicated
this capability, applications can set this field to point to a
clipping bit mask.

It must be of the same size
as the window, w.width and
w.height. Each bit corresponds to a pixel
in the overlaid image, which is displayed only when the bit is
set. Pixel coordinates translate to bits like:

((__u8 *) bitmap)[w.width * y + x / 8] & (1 << (x & 7))

where 0 ≤ x < w.width and 0 ≤ y <w.height.[a]

When a clipping bit mask is not supported the driver ignores this field, its contents after calling VIDIOC_S_FMT are undefined. When a bit mask is supported but no clipping is desired this field must be set to NULL.

Applications need not create a clip list or bit mask. When they pass both, or despite negotiating chroma-keying, the results are undefined. Regardless of the chosen method, the clipping abilities of the hardware may be limited in quantity or quality. The results when these limits are exceeded are undefined.[b]

__u8 global_alpha The global alpha value used to blend the framebuffer with video images, if global alpha blending has been negotiated (V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_GLOBAL_ALPHA, see VIDIOC_S_FBUF, Table 83, “Frame Buffer Flags”).
    Note this field was added in Linux 2.6.23, extending the structure. However the VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_FMT ioctls, which take a pointer to a v4l2_format parent structure with padding bytes at the end, are not affected.

[a] Should we require w.width to be a multiple of eight?

[b] When the image is written into frame buffer memory it will be undesirable if the driver clips out less pixels than expected, because the application and graphics system are not aware these regions need to be refreshed. The driver should clip out more pixels or not write the image at all.

Table 4.2. struct v4l2_clip[21]

struct v4l2_rect c Coordinates of the clipping rectangle, relative to
the top, left corner of the frame buffer. Only window pixels
outside all clipping rectangles are
displayed.
struct v4l2_clip * next Pointer to the next clipping rectangle, NULL when
this is the last rectangle. Drivers ignore this field, it cannot be
used to pass a linked list of clipping rectangles.

Table 4.3. struct v4l2_rect

__s32 left Horizontal offset of the top, left corner of the
rectangle, in pixels.
__s32 top Vertical offset of the top, left corner of the
rectangle, in pixels. Offsets increase to the right and down.
__s32 width Width of the rectangle, in pixels.
__s32 height Height of the rectangle, in pixels. Width and
height cannot be negative, the fields are signed for hysterical
reasons.

4.2.5. Enabling Overlay

To start or stop the frame buffer overlay applications call
the VIDIOC_OVERLAY ioctl.

4.3. Video Output Interface

Video output devices encode stills or image sequences as
analog video signal. With this interface applications can
control the encoding process and move images from user space to
the driver.

Conventionally V4L2 video output devices are accessed through
character device special files named /dev/video
and /dev/video0 to
/dev/video63 with major number 81 and minor
numbers 0 to 63. /dev/video is typically a
symbolic link to the preferred video device. Note the same device
files are used for video capture devices.

4.3.1. Querying Capabilities

Devices supporting the video output interface set the
V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT flag in the
capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability
returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl. As secondary device functions
they may also support the raw VBI
output
(V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT) interface. At
least one of the read/write or streaming I/O methods must be
supported. Modulators and audio outputs are optional.

4.3.2. Supplemental Functions

Video output devices shall support audio output, modulator, controls,
cropping and scaling and streaming parameter ioctls as needed.
The video output and video standard ioctls must be supported by
all video output devices.

4.3.3. Image Format Negotiation

The output is determined by cropping and image format
parameters. The former select an area of the video picture where the
image will appear, the latter how images are stored in memory, i. e. in
RGB or YUV format, the number of bits per pixel or width and height.
Together they also define how images are scaled in the process.

As usual these parameters are not reset
at open() time to permit Unix tool chains, programming a device
and then writing to it as if it was a plain file. Well written V4L2
applications ensure they really get what they want, including cropping
and scaling.

Cropping initialization at minimum requires to reset the
parameters to defaults. An example is given in Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling”.

To query the current image format applications set the
type field of a struct v4l2_format to
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT and call the
VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill
the struct v4l2_pix_format pix member of the
fmt union.

To request different parameters applications set the
type field of a struct v4l2_format as above and
initialize all fields of the struct v4l2_pix_format
vbi member of the
fmt union, or better just modify the
results of VIDIOC_G_FMT, and call the
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers may
adjust the parameters and finally return the actual parameters as
VIDIOC_G_FMT does.

Like VIDIOC_S_FMT the
VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctl can be used to learn about hardware limitations
without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware
preparations.

The contents of struct v4l2_pix_format are discussed in Chapter 2, Image Formats. See also the specification of the
VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT
and VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctls for details. Video
output devices must implement both the
VIDIOC_G_FMT and
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl, even if
VIDIOC_S_FMT ignores all requests and always
returns default parameters as VIDIOC_G_FMT does.
VIDIOC_TRY_FMT is optional.

4.3.4. Writing Images

A video output device may support the write() function and/or streaming (memory mapping or user pointer) I/O. See Chapter 3, Input/Output for details.

4.4. Video Output Overlay Interface

Also known as On-Screen Display (OSD)

Experimental

This is an experimental
interface and may change in the future.

Some video output devices can overlay a framebuffer image onto
the outgoing video signal. Applications can set up such an overlay
using this interface, which borrows structures and ioctls of the Video Overlay interface.

The OSD function is accessible through the same character
special file as the Video Output function.
Note the default function of such a /dev/video device
is video capturing or output. The OSD function is only available after
calling the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl.

4.4.1. Querying Capabilities

Devices supporting the Video Output
Overlay
interface set the
V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY flag in the
capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability
returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl.

4.4.2. Framebuffer

Contrary to the Video Overlay
interface the framebuffer is normally implemented on the TV card and
not the graphics card. On Linux it is accessible as a framebuffer
device (/dev/fbN). Given a V4L2 device,
applications can find the corresponding framebuffer device by calling
the VIDIOC_G_FBUF ioctl. It returns, amongst other information, the
physical address of the framebuffer in the
base field of struct v4l2_framebuffer. The
framebuffer device ioctl FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO
returns the same address in the smem_start
field of struct fb_fix_screeninfo. The
FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO ioctl and struct
fb_fix_screeninfo are defined in the
linux/fb.h header file.

The width and height of the framebuffer depends on the
current video standard. A V4L2 driver may reject attempts to change
the video standard (or any other ioctl which would imply a framebuffer
size change) with an EBUSY error code until all applications closed the
framebuffer device.

Example 4.1. Finding a framebuffer device for OSD

#include <linux/fb.h>

struct v4l2_framebuffer fbuf;
unsigned int i;
int fb_fd;

if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_FBUF, &fbuf)) {
	perror ("VIDIOC_G_FBUF");
	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}

for (i = 0; i > 30; ++i) {
	char dev_name[16];
	struct fb_fix_screeninfo si;

	snprintf (dev_name, sizeof (dev_name), "/dev/fb%u", i);

	fb_fd = open (dev_name, O_RDWR);
	if (-1 == fb_fd) {
		switch (errno) {
		case ENOENT: /* no such file */
		case ENXIO:  /* no driver */
			continue;

		default:
			perror ("open");
			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
		}
	}

	if (0 == ioctl (fb_fd, FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO, &si)) {
		if (si.smem_start == (unsigned long) fbuf.base)
			break;
	} else {
		/* Apparently not a framebuffer device. */
	}

	close (fb_fd);
	fb_fd = -1;
}

/* fb_fd is the file descriptor of the framebuffer device
   for the video output overlay, or -1 if no device was found. */

4.4.3. Overlay Window and Scaling

The overlay is controlled by source and target rectangles. The source rectangle selects a subsection of the framebuffer image to be overlaid, the target rectangle an area in the outgoing video signal where the image will appear. Drivers may or may not support scaling, and arbitrary sizes and positions of these rectangles. Further drivers may support any (or none) of the clipping/blending methods defined for the Video Overlay interface.

A struct v4l2_window defines the size of the source rectangle, its position in the framebuffer and the clipping/blending method to be used for the overlay. To get the current parameters applications set the type field of a struct v4l2_format to V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY and call the VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl. The driver fills the v4l2_window substructure named win. It is not possible to retrieve a previously programmed clipping list or bitmap.

To program the source rectangle applications set the type field of a struct v4l2_format to V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY, initialize the win substructure and call the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. The driver adjusts the parameters against hardware limits and returns the actual parameters as VIDIOC_G_FMT does. Like VIDIOC_S_FMT, the VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctl can be used to learn about driver capabilities without actually changing driver state. Unlike VIDIOC_S_FMT this also works after the overlay has been enabled.

A struct v4l2_crop defines the size and position of the target rectangle. The scaling factor of the overlay is implied by the width and height given in struct v4l2_window and struct v4l2_crop. The cropping API applies to Video Output and Video Output Overlay devices in the same way as to Video Capture and Video Overlay devices, merely reversing the direction of the data flow. For more information see Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling”.

4.4.4. Enabling Overlay

There is no V4L2 ioctl to enable or disable the overlay, however the framebuffer interface of the driver may support the FBIOBLANK ioctl.

4.5. Codec Interface

Suspended

This interface has been be suspended from the V4L2 API implemented in Linux 2.6 until we have more experience with codec device interfaces.

A V4L2 codec can compress, decompress, transform, or otherwise convert video data from one format into another format, in memory. Applications send data to be converted to the driver through a write() call, and receive the converted data through a read() call. For efficiency a driver may also support streaming I/O.

[to do]

4.6. Effect Devices Interface

Suspended

This interface has been be suspended from the V4L2 API implemented in Linux 2.6 until we have more experience with effect device interfaces.

A V4L2 video effect device can do image effects, filtering, or combine two or more images or image streams. For example video transitions or wipes. Applications send data to be processed and receive the result data either with read() and write() functions, or through the streaming I/O mechanism.

[to do]

4.7. Raw VBI Data Interface

VBI is an abbreviation of Vertical Blanking Interval, a gap in the sequence of lines of an analog video signal. During VBI no picture information is transmitted, allowing some time while the electron beam of a cathode ray tube TV returns to the top of the screen. Using an oscilloscope you will find here the vertical synchronization pulses and short data packages ASK modulated[22] onto the video signal. These are transmissions of services such as Teletext or Closed Caption.

Subject of this interface type is raw VBI data, as sampled off a video signal, or to be added to a signal for output. The data format is similar to uncompressed video images, a number of lines times a number of samples per line, we call this a VBI image.

Conventionally V4L2 VBI devices are accessed through character device special files named /dev/vbi and /dev/vbi0 to /dev/vbi31 with major number 81 and minor numbers 224 to 255. /dev/vbi is typically a symbolic link to the preferred VBI device. This convention applies to both input and output devices.

To address the problems of finding related video and VBI devices VBI capturing and output is also available as device function under /dev/video. To capture or output raw VBI data with these devices applications must call the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. Accessed as /dev/vbi, raw VBI capturing or output is the default device function.

4.7.1. Querying Capabilities

Devices supporting the raw VBI capturing or output API set the V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE or V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT flags, respectively, in the capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl. At least one of the read/write, streaming or asynchronous I/O methods must be supported. VBI devices may or may not have a tuner or modulator.

4.7.2. Supplemental Functions

VBI devices shall support video input or output, tuner or modulator, and controls ioctls as needed. The video standard ioctls provide information vital to program a VBI device, therefore must be supported.

4.7.3. Raw VBI Format Negotiation

Raw VBI sampling abilities can vary, in particular the sampling frequency. To properly interpret the data V4L2 specifies an ioctl to query the sampling parameters. Moreover, to allow for some flexibility applications can also suggest different parameters.

As usual these parameters are not reset at open() time to permit Unix tool chains, programming a device and then reading from it as if it was a plain file. Well written V4L2 applications should always ensure they really get what they want, requesting reasonable parameters and then checking if the actual parameters are suitable.

To query the current raw VBI capture parameters applications set the type field of a struct v4l2_format to V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE or V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT, and call the VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the struct v4l2_vbi_format vbi member of the fmt union.

To request different parameters applications set the type field of a struct v4l2_format as above and initialize all fields of the struct v4l2_vbi_format vbi member of the fmt union, or better just modify the results of VIDIOC_G_FMT, and call the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers return an EINVAL error code only when the given parameters are ambiguous, otherwise they modify the parameters according to the hardware capabilites and return the actual parameters. When the driver allocates resources at this point, it may return an EBUSY error code to indicate the returned parameters are valid but the required resources are currently not available. That may happen for instance when the video and VBI areas to capture would overlap, or when the driver supports multiple opens and another process already requested VBI capturing or output. Anyway, applications must expect other resource allocation points which may return EBUSY, at the VIDIOC_STREAMON ioctl and the first read(), write() and select() call.

VBI devices must implement both the VIDIOC_G_FMT and VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl, even if VIDIOC_S_FMT ignores all requests and always returns default parameters as VIDIOC_G_FMT does. VIDIOC_TRY_FMT is optional.

Table 4.4. struct v4l2_vbi_format

__u32 sampling_rate Samples per second, i. e. unit 1 Hz.
__u32 offset
Horizontal offset of the VBI image, relative to the leading edge of the line synchronization pulse and counted in samples: The first sample in the VBI image will be located offset / sampling_rate seconds following the leading edge. See also Figure 4.1, “Line synchronization”.

__u32 samples_per_line  
__u32 sample_format
Defines the sample format as in Chapter 2, Image Formats, a four-character-code.[a] Usually this is V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY, i. e. each sample consists of 8 bits with lower values oriented towards the black level. Do not assume any other correlation of values with the signal level. For example, the MSB does not necessarily indicate if the signal is 'high' or 'low' because 128 may not be the mean value of the signal. Drivers shall not convert the sample format by software.

__u32 start[2] This is the scanning system line number associated with the first line of the VBI image, of the first and the second field respectively. See Figure 4.2, “ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)” and Figure 4.3, “ITU-R 625 line numbering” for valid values. VBI input drivers can return start values 0 if the hardware cannot reliable identify scanning lines, VBI acquisition may not require this information.
__u32 count[2] The number of lines in the first and second field image, respectively.

Drivers should be as flexibility as possible. For example, it may be possible to extend or move the VBI capture window down to the picture area, implementing a 'full field mode' to capture data service transmissions embedded in the picture.

An application can set the first or second count value to zero if no data is required from the respective field; count[1] if the scanning system is progressive, i. e. not interlaced. The corresponding start value shall be ignored by the application and driver. Anyway, drivers may not support single field capturing and return both count values non-zero.

Both count values set to zero, or line numbers outside the bounds depicted in Figure 4.2, “ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)” and Figure 4.3, “ITU-R 625 line numbering”, or a field image covering lines of two fields, are invalid and shall not be returned by the driver.

To initialize the start and count fields, applications must first determine the current video standard selection. The v4l2_std_id or the framelines field of struct v4l2_standard can be evaluated for this purpose.

__u32 flags See Table 4.5, “Raw VBI Format Flags” below. Currently only drivers set flags, applications must set this field to zero.
__u32 reserved[2] This array is reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set it to zero.

[a] A few devices may be unable to sample VBI data at all but can extend the video capture window to the VBI region.

Table 4.5. Raw VBI Format Flags

V4L2_VBI_UNSYNC 0x0001
This flag indicates hardware which does not
properly distinguish between fields. Normally the VBI image stores the
first field (lower scanning line numbers) first in memory. This may be
a top or bottom field depending on the video standard. When this flag
is set the first or second field may be stored first, however the
fields are still in correct temporal order with the older field first
in memory.[a]

V4L2_VBI_INTERLACED 0x0002 By default the two field images will be passed
sequentially; all lines of the first field followed by all lines of
the second field (compare Section 3.6, “Field Order”
V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB and
V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT, whether the top or bottom
field is first in memory depends on the video standard). When this
flag is set, the two fields are interlaced (cf.
V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED). The first line of the
first field followed by the first line of the second field, then the
two second lines, and so on. Such a layout may be necessary when the
hardware has been programmed to capture or output interlaced video
images and is unable to separate the fields for VBI capturing at
the same time. For simplicity setting this flag implies that both
count values are equal and non-zero.

[a] Most VBI services transmit on both fields, but
some have different semantics depending on the field number. These
cannot be reliable decoded or encoded when
V4L2_VBI_UNSYNC is set.

Figure 4.1. Line synchronization

Figure 4.2. ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)

(1) For the purpose of this specification field 2
starts in line 264 and not 263.5 because half line capturing is not
supported.

Figure 4.3. ITU-R 625 line numbering

(1) For the purpose of this specification field 2
starts in line 314 and not 313.5 because half line capturing is not
supported.

Remember the VBI image format depends on the selected
video standard, therefore the application must choose a new standard or
query the current standard first. Attempts to read or write data ahead
of format negotiation, or after switching the video standard which may
invalidate the negotiated VBI parameters, should be refused by the
driver. A format change during active I/O is not permitted.

4.7.4. Reading and writing VBI images

To assure synchronization with the field number and easier
implementation, the smallest unit of data passed at a time is one
frame, consisting of two fields of VBI images immediately following in
memory.

The total size of a frame computes as follows:

(count[0] + count[1]) *
samples_per_line * sample size in bytes

The sample size is most likely always one byte, applications must check the sample_format field though, to function properly with other drivers.

A VBI device may support read/write and/or streaming (memory mapping or user pointer) I/O. The latter bears the possibility of synchronizing video and VBI data by using buffer timestamps.

Remember the VIDIOC_STREAMON ioctl and the first read(), write() and select() call can be resource allocation points returning an EBUSY error code if the required hardware resources are temporarily unavailable, for example the device is already in use by another process.

4.8. Sliced VBI Data Interface

VBI stands for Vertical Blanking Interval, a gap in the sequence of lines of an analog video signal. During VBI no picture information is transmitted, allowing some time while the electron beam of a cathode ray tube TV returns to the top of the screen.

Sliced VBI devices use hardware to demodulate data transmitted in the VBI. V4L2 drivers shall not do this by software, see also the raw VBI interface. The data is passed as short packets of fixed size, covering one scan line each. The number of packets per video frame is variable.

Sliced VBI capture and output devices are accessed through the same character special files as raw VBI devices. When a driver supports both interfaces, the default function of a /dev/vbi device is raw VBI capturing or output, and the sliced VBI function is only available after calling the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl as defined below. Likewise a /dev/video device may support the sliced VBI API, however the default function here is video capturing or output. Different file descriptors must be used to pass raw and sliced VBI data simultaneously, if this is supported by the driver.

4.8.1. Querying Capabilities

Devices supporting the sliced VBI capturing or output API set the V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE or V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT flag respectively, in the capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl. At least one of the read/write, streaming or asynchronous I/O methods must be supported. Sliced VBI devices may have a tuner or modulator.

4.8.2. Supplemental Functions

Sliced VBI devices shall support video input or output and tuner or modulator ioctls if they have these capabilities, and they may support control ioctls. The video standard ioctls provide information vital to program a sliced VBI device, therefore must be supported.

4.8.3. Sliced VBI Format Negotiation

To find out which data services are supported by the hardware applications can call the VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP ioctl. All drivers implementing the sliced VBI interface must support this ioctl. The results may differ from those of the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl when the number of VBI lines the hardware can capture or output per frame, or the number of services it can identify on a given line are limited. For example on PAL line 16 the hardware may be able to look for a VPS or Teletext signal, but not both at the same time.

To determine the currently selected services applications set the type field of struct v4l2_format to V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE or V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT, and the VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl fills the fmt.sliced member, a struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format.

Applications can request different parameters by initializing or modifying the fmt.sliced member and calling the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl with a pointer to the v4l2_format structure.

The sliced VBI API is more complicated than the raw VBI API because the hardware must be told which VBI service to expect on each scan line. Not all services may be supported by the hardware on all lines (this is especially true for VBI output where Teletext is often unsupported and other services can only be inserted in one specific line). In many cases, however, it is sufficient to just set the service_set field to the required services and let the driver fill the service_lines array according to hardware capabilities. Only if more precise control is needed should the programmer set the service_lines array explicitly.

The VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl modifies the parameters according to hardware capabilities. When the driver allocates resources at this point, it may return an EBUSY error code if the required resources are temporarily unavailable. Other resource allocation points which may return EBUSY can be the VIDIOC_STREAMON ioctl and the first read(), write() and select() call.

Table 4.6. struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format

__u32 service_set
If service_set is non-zero when passed with VIDIOC_S_FMT or VIDIOC_TRY_FMT, the service_lines array will be filled by the driver according to the services specified in this field. For example, if service_set is initialized with V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B | V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625, a driver for the cx25840 video decoder sets lines 7-22 of both fields[a] to V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B and line 23 of the first field to V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625. If service_set is set to zero, then the values of service_lines will be used instead.

On return the driver sets this field to the union of all elements of the returned service_lines array. It may contain less services than requested, perhaps just one, if the hardware cannot handle more services simultaneously. It may be empty (zero) if none of the requested services are supported by the hardware.

__u16 service_lines[2][24]
Applications initialize this array with sets of data services the driver shall look for or insert on the respective scan line. Subject to hardware capabilities drivers return the requested set, a subset, which may be just a single service, or an empty set. When the hardware cannot handle multiple services on the same line the driver shall choose one. No assumptions can be made on which service the driver chooses.

Data services are defined in Table 4.7, “Sliced VBI services”. Array indices map to ITU-R line numbers (see also Figure 4.2, “ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)” and Figure 4.3, “ITU-R 625 line numbering”) as follows:

    Element 525 line systems 625 line systems
    service_lines[0][1] 1 1
    service_lines[0][23] 23 23
    service_lines[1][1] 264 314
    service_lines[1][23] 286 336
    Drivers must set service_lines[0][0] and service_lines[1][0] to zero.
__u32 io_size Maximum number of bytes passed by one read() or write() call, and the buffer size in bytes for the VIDIOC_QBUF and VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl. Drivers set this field to the size of struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data times the number of non-zero elements in the returned service_lines array (that is the number of lines potentially carrying data).
__u32 reserved[2] This array is reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must set it to zero.

[a] According to ETS 300 706 lines 6-22 of the first field and lines 5-22 of the second field may carry Teletext data.

Table 4.7. Sliced VBI services

Symbol Value Reference Lines, usually Payload
V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B
(Teletext System B)
0x0001 [ETS 300 706], [ITU BT.653] PAL/SECAM line 7-22, 320-335 (second field 7-22) Last 42 of the 45 byte Teletext packet, that is
without clock run-in and framing code, lsb first transmitted.
V4L2_SLICED_VPS 0x0400 [ETS 300 231] PAL line 16 Byte number 3 to 15 according to Figure 9 of
ETS 300 231, lsb first transmitted.
V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525 0x1000 [EIA 608-B] NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21) Two bytes in transmission order, including parity
bit, lsb first transmitted.
V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625 0x4000 [ITU BT.1119], [EN 300 294] PAL/SECAM line 23
Byte         0                 1
      msb         lsb  msb           lsb
 Bit  7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0  x x 13 12 11 10 9
V4L2_SLICED_VBI_525 0x1000 Set of services applicable to 525 line systems.
V4L2_SLICED_VBI_625 0x4401 Set of services applicable to 625 line systems.

Drivers may return an EINVAL error code when applications attempt to
read or write data without prior format negotiation, after switching
the video standard (which may invalidate the negotiated VBI
parameters) and after switching the video input (which may change the
video standard as a side effect). The VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl may return
an EBUSY error code when applications attempt to change the format while i/o is
in progress (between a VIDIOC_STREAMON and VIDIOC_STREAMOFF call,
and after the first read() or write() call).

4.8.4. Reading and writing sliced VBI data

A single read() or write() call must pass all data
belonging to one video frame. That is an array of
v4l2_sliced_vbi_data structures with one or
more elements and a total size not exceeding
io_size bytes. Likewise in streaming I/O
mode one buffer of io_size bytes must
contain data of one video frame. The id of
unused v4l2_sliced_vbi_data elements must be
zero.

Table 4.8. struct
v4l2_sliced_vbi_data

__u32 id A flag from Table 97, “Sliced VBI services”
identifying the type of data in this packet. Only a single bit must be
set. When the id of a captured packet is
zero, the packet is empty and the contents of other fields are
undefined. Applications shall ignore empty packets. When the
id of a packet for output is zero the
contents of the data field are undefined
and the driver must no longer insert data on the requested
field and
line.
__u32 field The video field number this data has been captured
from, or shall be inserted at. 0 for the first
field, 1 for the second field.
__u32 line The field (as opposed to frame) line number this
data has been captured from, or shall be inserted at. See Figure 4.2, “ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)” and Figure 4.3, “ITU-R 625 line numbering” for valid
values. Sliced VBI capture devices can set the line number of all
packets to 0 if the hardware cannot reliably
identify scan lines. The field number must always be valid.
__u32 reserved This field is reserved for future extensions.
Applications and drivers must set it to zero.
__u8 data[48] The packet payload. See Table 97, “Sliced VBI services” for the contents and number of
bytes passed for each data type. The contents of padding bytes at the
end of this array are undefined, drivers and applications shall ignore
them.

Packets are always passed in ascending line number order,
without duplicate line numbers. The write() function and the
VIDIOC_QBUF ioctl must return an EINVAL error code when applications violate
this rule. They must also return an EINVAL error code when applications pass an
incorrect field or line number, or a combination of
field, line and
id which has not been negotiated with the
VIDIOC_G_FMT or VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. When the line numbers are
unknown the driver must pass the packets in transmitted order. The
driver can insert empty packets with id set
to zero anywhere in the packet array.

To assure synchronization and to distinguish from frame
dropping, when a captured frame does not carry any of the requested
data services drivers must pass one or more empty packets. When an
application fails to pass VBI data in time for output, the driver
must output the last VPS and WSS packet again, and disable the output
of Closed Caption and Teletext data, or output data which is ignored
by Closed Caption and Teletext decoders.

A sliced VBI device may support read/write and/or streaming (memory mapping and/or user
pointer
) I/O. The latter bears the possibility of synchronizing
video and VBI data by using buffer timestamps.

4.8.5. Sliced VBI Data in MPEG Streams

If a device can produce an MPEG output stream, it may be
capable of providing negotiated sliced VBI
services
as data embedded in the MPEG stream. Users or
applications control this sliced VBI data insertion with the V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT
control.

If the driver does not provide the V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT
control, or only allows that control to be set to
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE
, then the device
cannot embed sliced VBI data in the MPEG stream.

The V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT control does not implicitly set
the device driver to capture nor cease capturing sliced VBI data. The
control only indicates to embed sliced VBI data in the MPEG stream, if
an application has negotiated sliced VBI service be captured.

It may also be the case that a device can embed sliced VBI
data in only certain types of MPEG streams: for example in an MPEG-2
PS but not an MPEG-2 TS. In this situation, if sliced VBI data
insertion is requested, the sliced VBI data will be embedded in MPEG
stream types when supported, and silently omitted from MPEG stream
types where sliced VBI data insertion is not supported by the device.

The following subsections specify the format of the
embedded sliced VBI data.

4.8.5.1. MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: NONE

The
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE
embedded sliced VBI
format shall be interpreted by drivers as a control to cease
embedding sliced VBI data in MPEG streams. Neither the device nor
driver shall insert "empty" embedded sliced VBI data packets in the
MPEG stream when this format is set. No MPEG stream data structures
are specified for this format.

4.8.5.2. MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: IVTV

The
V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV
embedded sliced VBI
format, when supported, indicates to the driver to embed up to 36
lines of sliced VBI data per frame in an MPEG-2 Private
Stream 1 PES
packet encapsulated in an MPEG-2
Program Pack
in the MPEG stream.

Historical context: This format
specification originates from a custom, embedded, sliced VBI data
format used by the ivtv driver. This format
has already been informally specified in the kernel sources in the
file Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi
. The maximum size of the payload and other aspects of this format
are driven by the CX23415 MPEG decoder's capabilities and limitations
with respect to extracting, decoding, and displaying sliced VBI data
embedded within an MPEG stream.

This format's use is not exclusive to
the ivtv driver nor
exclusive to CX2341x devices, as the sliced VBI data packet insertion
into the MPEG stream is implemented in driver software. At least the
cx18 driver provides sliced VBI data insertion
into an MPEG-2 PS in this format as well.

The following definitions specify the payload of the
MPEG-2 Private Stream 1 PES packets that contain
sliced VBI data when V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV is set.
(The MPEG-2 Private Stream 1 PES packet header
and encapsulating MPEG-2 Program Pack header are
not detailed here. Please refer to the MPEG-2 specifications for
details on those packet headers.)

The payload of the MPEG-2 Private Stream 1 PES
packets that contain sliced VBI data is specified by
struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv. The payload is variable
length, depending on the actual number of lines of sliced VBI data
present in a video frame. The payload may be padded at the end with
unspecified fill bytes to align the end of the payload to a 4-byte
boundary. The payload shall never exceed 1552 bytes (2 fields with
18 lines/field with 43 bytes of data/line and a 4 byte magic number).

Table 4.9. struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv

__u8 magic[4]   A "magic" constant from Table 4.10, “Magic Constants for struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv
magic field”
that indicates
this is a valid sliced VBI data payload and also indicates which
member of the anonymous union, itv0 or
ITV0, to use for the payload data.
union (anonymous)    
  struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0 itv0 The primary form of the sliced VBI data payload
that contains anywhere from 1 to 35 lines of sliced VBI data.
Line masks are provided in this form of the payload indicating
which VBI lines are provided.
  struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0 ITV0 An alternate form of the sliced VBI data payload
used when 36 lines of sliced VBI data are present. No line masks are
provided in this form of the payload; all valid line mask bits are
implcitly set.

Table 4.10. Magic Constants for struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv
magic field

Defined Symbol Value Description
V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC0 "itv0" Indicates the itv0
member of the union in struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv is valid.
V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC1 "ITV0" Indicates the ITV0
member of the union in struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv is valid and
that 36 lines of sliced VBI data are present.

Table 4.11. struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0

__le32 linemask[2]
Bitmasks indicating the VBI service lines
present. These linemask values are stored
in little endian byte order in the MPEG stream. Some reference
linemask bit positions with their
corresponding VBI line number and video field are given below.
b0 indicates the least significant bit of a
linemask value:

linemask[0] b

0

:		line  6		first field
linemask[0] b

17

:		line 23		first field
linemask[0] b

18

:		line  6		second field
linemask[0] b

31

:		line 19		second field
linemask[1] b

0

:		line 20		second field
linemask[1] b

3

:		line 23		second field
linemask[1] b

4

-b

31

:	unused and set to 0
struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line line[35] This is a variable length array that holds from 1 to 35 lines of sliced VBI data. The sliced VBI data lines present correspond to the bits set in the linemask array, starting from b0 of linemask[0] up through b31 of linemask[0], and from b0 of linemask[1] up through b 3 of linemask[1]. line[0] corresponds to the first bit found set in the linemask array, line[1] corresponds to the second bit found set in the linemask array, etc. If no linemask array bits are set, then line[0] may contain one line of unspecified data that should be ignored by applications.

Table 4.12. struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0

struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line line[36] A fixed length array of 36 lines of sliced VBI
data. line[0] through line
[17] correspond to lines 6 through 23 of the
first field. line[18] through
line[35] corresponds to lines 6
through 23 of the second field.

Table 4.13. struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line

__u8 id A line identifier value from
Table 4.14, “Line Identifiers for struct
v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line id
field”
that indicates
the type of sliced VBI data stored on this line.
__u8 data[42] The sliced VBI data for the line.

Table 4.14. Line Identifiers for struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line id
field

Defined Symbol Value Description
V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_TELETEXT_B 1 Refer to Sliced VBI services for a description of the line payload.
V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_CAPTION_525 4 Refer to Sliced VBI services for a description of the line payload.
V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_WSS_625 5 Refer to Sliced VBI services for a description of the line payload.
V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_VPS 7 Refer to Sliced VBI services for a description of the line payload.

4.9. Teletext Interface

This interface aims at devices receiving and demodulating
Teletext data [[ETS 300 706], [ITU BT.653]], evaluating the
Teletext packages and storing formatted pages in cache memory. Such
devices are usually implemented as microcontrollers with serial
interface (I2C) and can be found on older
TV cards, dedicated Teletext decoding cards and home-brew devices
connected to the PC parallel port.

The Teletext API was designed by Martin Buck. It is defined in
the kernel header file linux/videotext.h, the
specification is available from http://home.pages.de/~videotext/. (Videotext is the name of
the German public television Teletext service.) Conventional character
device file names are /dev/vtx and
/dev/vttuner, with device number 83, 0 and 83, 16
respectively. A similar interface exists for the Philips SAA5249
Teletext decoder [specification?] with character device file names
/dev/tlkN, device number 102, N.

Eventually the Teletext API was integrated into the V4L API
with character device file names /dev/vtx0 to
/dev/vtx31, device major number 81, minor numbers
192 to 223. For reference the V4L Teletext API specification is
reproduced here in full: "Teletext interfaces talk the existing VTX
API." Teletext devices with major number 83 and 102 will be removed in
Linux 2.6.

There are no plans to replace the Teletext API or to integrate
it into V4L2. Please write to the linux-media mailing list: https://linuxtv.org/lists.php
when the need arises.

4.10. Radio Interface

This interface is intended for AM and FM (analog) radio
receivers and transmitters.

Conventionally V4L2 radio devices are accessed through
character device special files named /dev/radio
and /dev/radio0 to
/dev/radio63 with major number 81 and minor
numbers 64 to 127.

4.10.1. Querying Capabilities

Devices supporting the radio interface set the
V4L2_CAP_RADIO and
V4L2_CAP_TUNER or
V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR flag in the
capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability
returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl. Other combinations of
capability flags are reserved for future extensions.

4.10.2. Supplemental Functions

Radio devices can support controls, and must support the tuner or modulator ioctls.

They do not support the video input or output, audio input
or output, video standard, cropping and scaling, compression and
streaming parameter, or overlay ioctls. All other ioctls and I/O
methods are reserved for future extensions.

4.10.3. Programming

Radio devices may have a couple audio controls (as discussed
in Section 1.8, “User Controls”) such as a volume control, possibly custom
controls. Further all radio devices have one tuner or modulator (these are
discussed in Section 1.6, “Tuners and Modulators”) with index number zero to select
the radio frequency and to determine if a monaural or FM stereo
program is received/emitted. Drivers switch automatically between AM and FM
depending on the selected frequency. The VIDIOC_G_TUNER or
VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR ioctl
reports the supported frequency range.

4.11. RDS Interface

The Radio Data System transmits supplementary
information in binary format, for example the station name or travel
information, on an inaudible audio subcarrier of a radio program. This
interface is aimed at devices capable of receiving and decoding RDS
information.

For more information see the core RDS standard [EN 50067]
and the RBDS standard [NRSC-4].

Note that the RBDS standard as is used in the USA is almost identical
to the RDS standard. Any RDS decoder can also handle RBDS. Only some of the fields
have slightly different meanings. See the RBDS standard for more information.

The RBDS standard also specifies support for MMBS (Modified Mobile Search).
This is a proprietary format which seems to be discontinued. The RDS interface does not
support this format. Should support for MMBS (or the so-called 'E blocks' in general)
be needed, then please contact the linux-media mailing list: https://linuxtv.org/lists.php.

4.11.1. Querying Capabilities

Devices supporting the RDS capturing API
set the V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE flag in
the capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability
returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl.
Any tuner that supports RDS will set the
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS flag in the capability
field of struct v4l2_tuner.
Whether an RDS signal is present can be detected by looking at
the rxsubchans field of struct v4l2_tuner: the
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS will be set if RDS data was detected.

Devices supporting the RDS output API
set the V4L2_CAP_RDS_OUTPUT flag in
the capabilities field of struct v4l2_capability
returned by the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl.
Any modulator that supports RDS will set the
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS flag in the capability
field of struct v4l2_modulator.
In order to enable the RDS transmission one must set the V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS
bit in the txsubchans field of struct v4l2_modulator.

4.11.2. Reading RDS data

RDS data can be read from the radio device
with the read() function. The data is packed in groups of three bytes,
as follows:

Table 4.15. struct
v4l2_rds_data

__u8 lsb Least Significant Byte of RDS Block
__u8 msb Most Significant Byte of RDS Block
__u8 block Block description

Table 4.16. Block description

Bits 0-2 Block (aka offset) of the received data.
Bits 3-5 Deprecated. Currently identical to bits 0-2. Do not use these bits.
Bit 6 Corrected bit. Indicates that an error was corrected for this data block.
Bit 7 Error bit. Indicates that an uncorrectable error occurred during reception of this block.

Table 4.17. Block defines

V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_MSK 7 Mask for bits 0-2 to get the block ID.
V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_A 0 Block A.
V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_B 1 Block B.
V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C 2 Block C.
V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_D 3 Block D.
V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C_ALT 4 Block C'.
V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_INVALID 7 An invalid block.
V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_CORRECTED 0x40 A bit error was detected but corrected.
V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_ERROR 0x80 An incorrectable error occurred.

[20] A common application of two file descriptors is the
XFree86 Xv/V4L interface driver and
a V4L2 application. While the X server controls video overlay, the
application can take advantage of memory mapping and DMA.

In the opinion of the designers of this API, no driver
writer taking the efforts to support simultaneous capturing and
overlay will restrict this ability by requiring a single file
descriptor, as in V4L and earlier versions of V4L2. Making this
optional means applications depending on two file descriptors need
backup routines to be compatible with all drivers, which is
considerable more work than using two fds in applications which do
not. Also two fd's fit the general concept of one file descriptor for
each logical stream. Hence as a complexity trade-off drivers
must support two file descriptors and
may support single fd operation.

[21] The X Window system defines "regions" which are
vectors of struct BoxRec { short x1, y1, x2, y2; } with width = x2 -
x1 and height = y2 - y1, so one cannot pass X11 clip lists
directly.

[22] ASK: Amplitude-Shift Keying. A high signal
level represents a '1' bit, a low level a '0' bit.

Function Reference


Table of Contents

V4L2 close() — Close a V4L2 device
V4L2 ioctl() — Program a V4L2 device
ioctl VIDIOC_CROPCAP — Information about the video cropping and scaling abilities
ioctl VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT — Identify the chips on a TV card
ioctl VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER, VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER — Read or write hardware registers
ioctl VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD — Execute an encoder command
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO — Enumerate audio inputs
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT — Enumerate audio outputs
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT — Enumerate image formats
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES — Enumerate frame sizes
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS — Enumerate frame intervals
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT — Enumerate video inputs
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT — Enumerate video outputs
ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMSTD — Enumerate supported video standards
ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO — Query or select the current audio input and its
attributes
ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT, VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT — Query or select the current audio output
ioctl VIDIOC_G_CROP, VIDIOC_S_CROP — Get or set the current cropping rectangle
ioctl VIDIOC_G_CTRL, VIDIOC_S_CTRL — Get or set the value of a control
ioctl VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX — Get meta data about a compressed video stream
ioctl VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS,
VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS
— Get or set the value of several controls, try control
values
ioctl VIDIOC_G_FBUF, VIDIOC_S_FBUF — Get or set frame buffer overlay parameters
ioctl VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT,
VIDIOC_TRY_FMT
— Get or set the data format, try a format
ioctl VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY, VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY — Get or set tuner or modulator radio
frequency
ioctl VIDIOC_G_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_INPUT — Query or select the current video input
ioctl VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP, VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP
ioctl VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR, VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR — Get or set modulator attributes
ioctl VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT — Query or select the current video output
ioctl VIDIOC_G_PARM, VIDIOC_S_PARM — Get or set streaming parameters
ioctl VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY, VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY — Query or request the access priority associated with a
file descriptor
ioctl VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP — Query sliced VBI capabilities
ioctl VIDIOC_G_STD, VIDIOC_S_STD — Query or select the video standard of the current input
ioctl VIDIOC_G_TUNER, VIDIOC_S_TUNER — Get or set tuner attributes
ioctl VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS — Log driver status information
ioctl VIDIOC_OVERLAY — Start or stop video overlay
ioctl VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF — Exchange a buffer with the driver
ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYBUF — Query the status of a buffer
ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCAP — Query device capabilities
ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU — Enumerate controls and menu control items
ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYSTD — Sense the video standard received by the current
input
ioctl VIDIOC_REQBUFS — Initiate Memory Mapping or User Pointer I/O
ioctl VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK — Perform a hardware frequency seek
ioctl VIDIOC_STREAMON, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF — Start or stop streaming I/O
V4L2 mmap() — Map device memory into application address space
V4L2 munmap() — Unmap device memory
V4L2 open() — Open a V4L2 device
V4L2 poll() — Wait for some event on a file descriptor
V4L2 read() — Read from a V4L2 device
V4L2 select() — Synchronous I/O multiplexing
V4L2 write() — Write to a V4L2 device

Name

v4l2-close — Close a V4L2 device

Synopsis

#include <unistd.h>
int close( int   fd);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

Description

Closes the device. Any I/O in progress is terminated and resources associated with the file descriptor are freed. However data format parameters, current input or output, control values or other properties remain unchanged.

Return Value

The function returns 0 on success, -1 on failure and the errno is set appropriately. Possible error codes:

EBADF

fd is not a valid open file descriptor.


Name

v4l2-ioctl — Program a V4L2 device

Synopsis

#include <sys/ioctl.h>
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  void *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

V4L2 ioctl request code as defined in the videodev.h header file, for example VIDIOC_QUERYCAP.

argp

Pointer to a function parameter, usually a structure.

Description

The ioctl() function is used to program V4L2 devices. The argument fd must be an open file descriptor. An ioctl request has encoded in it whether the argument is an input, output or read/write parameter, and the size of the argument argp in bytes. Macros and defines specifying V4L2 ioctl requests are located in the videodev.h header file. Applications should use their own copy, not include the version in the kernel sources on the system they compile on. All V4L2 ioctl requests, their respective function and parameters are specified in Function Reference.

Return Value

On success the ioctl() function returns 0 and does not reset the errno variable. On failure -1 is returned, when the ioctl takes an output or read/write parameter it remains unmodified, and the errno variable is set appropriately. See below for possible error codes. Generic errors like EBADF or EFAULT are not listed in the sections discussing individual ioctl requests.

Note ioctls may return undefined error codes. Since errors may have side effects such as a driver reset applications should abort on unexpected errors.

EBADF

fd is not a valid open file descriptor.

EBUSY

The property cannot be changed right now. Typically this error code is returned when I/O is in progress or the driver supports multiple opens and another process locked the property.

EFAULT

argp references an inaccessible memory area.

ENOTTY

fd is not associated with a character special device.

EINVAL

The request or the data pointed to by argp is not valid. This is a very common error code, see the individual ioctl requests listed in Function Reference for actual causes.

ENOMEM

Not enough physical or virtual memory was available to complete the request.

ERANGE

The application attempted to set a control with the VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctl to a value which is out of bounds.


Name

VIDIOC_CROPCAP — Information about the video cropping and scaling abilities

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_cropcap *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_CROPCAP

argp

Description

Applications use this function to query the cropping limits, the pixel aspect of images and to calculate scale factors. They set the type field of a v4l2_cropcap structure to the respective buffer (stream) type and call the VIDIOC_CROPCAP ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure. The results are constant except when switching the video standard. Remember this switch can occur implicit when switching the video input or output.

Table 39. struct v4l2_cropcap

enum v4l2_buf_type type Type of the data stream, set by the application. Only these types are valid here: V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE, V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT, V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY, and custom (driver defined) types with code V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE and higher.
struct v4l2_rect bounds Defines the window within capturing or output is possible, this may exclude for example the horizontal and vertical blanking areas. The cropping rectangle cannot exceed these limits. Width and height are defined in pixels, the driver writer is free to choose origin and units of the coordinate system in the analog domain.
struct v4l2_rect defrect Default cropping rectangle, it shall cover the "whole picture". Assuming pixel aspect 1/1 this could be for example a 640 × 480 rectangle for NTSC, a 768 × 576 rectangle for PAL and SECAM centered over the active picture area. The same co-ordinate system as for bounds is used.
struct v4l2_fract pixelaspect
This is the pixel aspect (y / x) when no scaling is applied, the ratio of the actual sampling frequency and the frequency required to get square pixels.

When cropping coordinates refer to square pixels, the driver sets pixelaspect to 1/1. Other common values are 54/59 for PAL and SECAM, 11/10 for NTSC sampled according to [[ITU BT.601]].

Table 40. struct v4l2_rect

__s32 left Horizontal offset of the top, left corner of the
rectangle, in pixels.
__s32 top Vertical offset of the top, left corner of the
rectangle, in pixels.
__s32 width Width of the rectangle, in pixels.
__s32 height Height of the rectangle, in pixels. Width
and height cannot be negative, the fields are signed for
hysterical reasons.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_cropcap type is
invalid or the ioctl is not supported. This is not permitted for
video capture, output and overlay devices, which must support
VIDIOC_CROPCAP.


Name

VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT — Identify the chips on a TV card

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT

argp

Description

Experimental

This is an experimental interface and may change in
the future.

For driver debugging purposes this ioctl allows test
applications to query the driver about the chips present on the TV
card. Regular applications must not use it. When you found a chip
specific bug, please contact the linux-media mailing list (https://linuxtv.org/lists.php)
so it can be fixed.

To query the driver applications must initialize the
match.type and
match.addr or match.name
fields of a struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident
and call VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT with a pointer to
this structure. On success the driver stores information about the
selected chip in the ident and
revision fields. On failure the structure
remains unchanged.

When match.type is
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST,
match.addr selects the nth non-I2C chip
on the TV card. You can enumerate all chips by starting at zero and
incrementing match.addr by one until
VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT fails with an EINVAL error code.
The number zero always selects the host chip, e. g. the chip connected
to the PCI or USB bus.

When match.type is
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER,
match.name contains the I2C driver name.
For instance
"saa7127" will match any chip
supported by the saa7127 driver, regardless of its I2C bus address.
When multiple chips supported by the same driver are present, the
ioctl will return V4L2_IDENT_AMBIGUOUS in the
ident field.

When match.type is
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR,
match.addr selects a chip by its 7 bit
I2C bus address.

When match.type is
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97,
match.addr selects the nth AC97 chip
on the TV card. You can enumerate all chips by starting at zero and
incrementing match.addr by one until
VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT fails with an EINVAL error code.

On success, the ident field will
contain a chip ID from the Linux
media/v4l2-chip-ident.h header file, and the
revision field will contain a driver
specific value, or zero if no particular revision is associated with
this chip.

When the driver could not identify the selected chip,
ident will contain
V4L2_IDENT_UNKNOWN. When no chip matched
the ioctl will succeed but the
ident field will contain
V4L2_IDENT_NONE. If multiple chips matched,
ident will contain
V4L2_IDENT_AMBIGUOUS. In all these cases the
revision field remains unchanged.

This ioctl is optional, not all drivers may support it. It
was introduced in Linux 2.6.21, but the API was changed to the
one described here in 2.6.29.

We recommended the v4l2-dbg
utility over calling this ioctl directly. It is available from the
LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository; see https://linuxtv.org/repo/ for
access instructions.

Table 41. struct v4l2_dbg_match

__u32 type See Table 43, “Chip Match Types” for a list of
possible types.
 
union (anonymous)    
  __u32 addr Match a chip by this number, interpreted according
to the type field.
  char name[32] Match a chip by this name, interpreted according
to the type field.

Table 42. struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident

struct v4l2_dbg_match match How to match the chip, see Table 41, “struct v4l2_dbg_match”.
__u32 ident A chip identifier as defined in the Linux
media/v4l2-chip-ident.h header file, or one of
the values from Table 44, “Chip Identifiers”.
__u32 revision A chip revision, chip and driver specific.

Table 43. Chip Match Types

V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST 0 Match the nth chip on the card, zero for the
host chip. Does not match I2C chips.
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER 1 Match an I2C chip by its driver name.
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR 2 Match a chip by its 7 bit I2C bus address.
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97 3 Match the nth anciliary AC97 chip.

Table 44. Chip Identifiers

V4L2_IDENT_NONE 0 No chip matched.
V4L2_IDENT_AMBIGUOUS 1 Multiple chips matched.
V4L2_IDENT_UNKNOWN 2 A chip is present at this address, but the driver
could not identify it.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The driver does not support this ioctl, or the
match_type is invalid.


Name

VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER, VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER — Read or write hardware registers

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_dbg_register *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const struct v4l2_dbg_register
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER, VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER

argp

Description

Experimental

This is an experimental
interface and may change in the future.

For driver debugging purposes these ioctls allow test
applications to access hardware registers directly. Regular
applications must not use them.

Since writing or even reading registers can jeopardize the
system security, its stability and damage the hardware, both ioctls
require superuser privileges. Additionally the Linux kernel must be
compiled with the CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG option
to enable these ioctls.

To write a register applications must initialize all fields
of a struct v4l2_dbg_register and call
VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER with a pointer to this
structure. The match.type and
match.addr or match.name
fields select a chip on the TV
card, the reg field specifies a register
number and the val field the value to be
written into the register.

To read a register applications must initialize the
match.type,
match.chip or match.name and
reg fields, and call
VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER with a pointer to this
structure. On success the driver stores the register value in the
val field. On failure the structure remains
unchanged.

When match.type is
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST,
match.addr selects the nth non-I2C chip
on the TV card. The number zero always selects the host chip, e. g. the
chip connected to the PCI or USB bus. You can find out which chips are
present with the VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT ioctl.

When match.type is
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER,
match.name contains the I2C driver name.
For instance
"saa7127" will match any chip
supported by the saa7127 driver, regardless of its I2C bus address.
When multiple chips supported by the same driver are present, the
effect of these ioctls is undefined. Again with the
VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT ioctl you can find out which I2C chips are
present.

When match.type is
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR,
match.addr selects a chip by its 7 bit I2C
bus address.

When match.type is
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97,
match.addr selects the nth AC97 chip
on the TV card.

Success not guaranteed

Due to a flaw in the Linux I2C bus driver these ioctls may
return successfully without actually reading or writing a register. To
catch the most likely failure we recommend a VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT
call confirming the presence of the selected I2C chip.

These ioctls are optional, not all drivers may support them.
However when a driver supports these ioctls it must also support
VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT. Conversely it may support
VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT but not these ioctls.

VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER and
VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER were introduced in Linux
2.6.21, but their API was changed to the one described here in kernel 2.6.29.

We recommended the v4l2-dbg
utility over calling these ioctls directly. It is available from the
LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository; see https://linuxtv.org/repo/ for
access instructions.

Table 45. struct v4l2_dbg_match

__u32 type See Table 43, “Chip Match Types” for a list of
possible types.
 
union (anonymous)    
  __u32 addr Match a chip by this number, interpreted according
to the type field.
  char name[32] Match a chip by this name, interpreted according
to the type field.

Table 46. struct v4l2_dbg_register

struct v4l2_dbg_match match How to match the chip, see Table 45, “struct v4l2_dbg_match”.  
__u64 reg A register number.  
__u64 val The value read from, or to be written into the
register.
 

Table 47. Chip Match Types

V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST 0 Match the nth chip on the card, zero for the
host chip. Does not match I2C chips.
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER 1 Match an I2C chip by its driver name.
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR 2 Match a chip by its 7 bit I2C bus address.
V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97 3 Match the nth anciliary AC97 chip.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The driver does not support this ioctl, or the kernel
was not compiled with the CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG
option, or the match_type is invalid, or the
selected chip or register does not exist.

EPERM

Insufficient permissions. Root privileges are required
to execute these ioctls.


Name

VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD — Execute an encoder command

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD

argp

Description

Experimental

This is an experimental
interface and may change in the future.

These ioctls control an audio/video (usually MPEG-) encoder.
VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD sends a command to the
encoder, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD can be used to
try a command without actually executing it.

To send a command applications must initialize all fields of a
struct v4l2_encoder_cmd and call
VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD or
VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD with a pointer to this
structure.

The cmd field must contain the
command code. The flags field is currently
only used by the STOP command and contains one bit: If the
V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END flag is set,
encoding will continue until the end of the current Group
Of Pictures
, otherwise it will stop immediately.

A read() call sends a START command to
the encoder if it has not been started yet. After a STOP command,
read() calls will read the remaining data
buffered by the driver. When the buffer is empty,
read() will return zero and the next
read() call will restart the encoder.

A close() call sends an immediate STOP
to the encoder, and all buffered data is discarded.

These ioctls are optional, not all drivers may support
them. They were introduced in Linux 2.6.21.

Table 48. struct v4l2_encoder_cmd

__u32 cmd The encoder command, see Table 49, “Encoder Commands”.
__u32 flags Flags to go with the command, see Table 50, “Encoder Command Flags”. If no flags are defined for
this command, drivers and applications must set this field to
zero.
__u32 data[8] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.

Table 49. Encoder Commands

V4L2_ENC_CMD_START 0 Start the encoder. When the encoder is already
running or paused, this command does nothing. No flags are defined for
this command.
V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP 1 Stop the encoder. When the
V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END flag is set,
encoding will continue until the end of the current Group
Of Pictures
, otherwise encoding will stop immediately.
When the encoder is already stopped, this command does
nothing.
V4L2_ENC_CMD_PAUSE 2 Pause the encoder. When the encoder has not been
started yet, the driver will return an EPERM error code. When the encoder is
already paused, this command does nothing. No flags are defined for
this command.
V4L2_ENC_CMD_RESUME 3 Resume encoding after a PAUSE command. When the
encoder has not been started yet, the driver will return an EPERM error code.
When the encoder is already running, this command does nothing. No
flags are defined for this command.

Table 50. Encoder Command Flags

V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END 0x0001 Stop encoding at the end of the current Group Of
Pictures
, rather than immediately.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The driver does not support this ioctl, or the
cmd field is invalid.

EPERM

The application sent a PAUSE or RESUME command when
the encoder was not running.


Name

VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO — Enumerate audio inputs

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_audio *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO

argp

Description

To query the attributes of an audio input applications
initialize the index field and zero out the
reserved array of a struct v4l2_audio
and call the VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO ioctl with a pointer
to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
EINVAL error code when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all audio
inputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one
until the driver returns EINVAL.

See ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO(2) for a description of
struct v4l2_audio.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The number of the audio input is out of bounds, or
there are no audio inputs at all and this ioctl is not
supported.


Name

VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT — Enumerate audio outputs

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_audioout *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT

argp

Description

To query the attributes of an audio output applications
initialize the index field and zero out the
reserved array of a struct v4l2_audioout and
call the VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT ioctl with a pointer
to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
EINVAL error code when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all audio
outputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one
until the driver returns EINVAL.

Note connectors on a TV card to loop back the received audio
signal to a sound card are not audio outputs in this sense.

See ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT, VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT(2) for a description of
struct v4l2_audioout.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The number of the audio output is out of bounds, or
there are no audio outputs at all and this ioctl is not
supported.


Name

VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT — Enumerate image formats

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_fmtdesc
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT

argp

Description

To enumerate image formats applications initialize the
type and index
field of struct v4l2_fmtdesc and call the
VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this
structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
EINVAL error code. All formats are enumerable by beginning at index zero and
incrementing by one until EINVAL is
returned.

Table 51. struct v4l2_fmtdesc

__u32 index Number of the format in the enumeration, set by
the application. This is in no way related to the
pixelformat
field.
enum v4l2_buf_type type Type of the data stream, set by the application.
Only these types are valid here:
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE,
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT,
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY, and custom (driver
defined) types with code V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE
and higher.
__u32 flags See Table 52, “Image Format Description Flags”
__u8 description[32] Description of the format, a NUL-terminated ASCII
string. This information is intended for the user, for example: "YUV
4:2:2".
__u32 pixelformat The image format identifier. This is a
four character code as computed by the v4l2_fourcc()
macro:
#define v4l2_fourcc(a,b,c,d) (((__u32)(a)<<0)|((__u32)(b)<<8)|((__u32)(c)<<16)|((__u32)(d)<<24))

Several image formats are already defined by this specification in Chapter 2, Image Formats. Note these codes are not the same as those used in the Windows world.

__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.

Table 52. Image Format Description Flags

V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMPRESSED 0x0001 This is a compressed format.
V4L2_FMT_FLAG_EMULATED 0x0002 This format is not native to the device but emulated
through software (usually libv4l2), where possible try to use a native format
instead for better performance.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_fmtdesc type
is not supported or the index is out of
bounds.


Name

VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES — Enumerate frame sizes

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES

argp

Pointer to a struct v4l2_frmsizeenum that contains an index
and pixel format and receives a frame width and height.

Description

Experimental

This is an experimental
interface and may change in the future.

This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame sizes
(i. e. width and height in pixels) that the device supports for the
given pixel format.

The supported pixel formats can be obtained by using the
VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT function.

The return value and the content of the
v4l2_frmsizeenum.type field depend on the
type of frame sizes the device supports. Here are the semantics of the
function for the different cases:

  • Discrete: The function
    returns success if the given index value (zero-based) is valid. The
    application should increase the index by one for each call until
    EINVAL is returned. The
    v4l2_frmsizeenum.type field is set to
    V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE by the driver. Of the
    union only the discrete member is
    valid.
  • Step-wise: The function
    returns success if the given index value is zero and
    EINVAL for any other index value. The
    v4l2_frmsizeenum.type field is set to
    V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_STEPWISE by the driver. Of the
    union only the stepwise member is
    valid.
  • Continuous: This is a
    special case of the step-wise type above. The function returns success
    if the given index value is zero and EINVAL for
    any other index value. The
    v4l2_frmsizeenum.type field is set to
    V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_CONTINUOUS by the driver. Of
    the union only the stepwise member is valid
    and the step_width and
    step_height values are set to 1.

When the application calls the function with index zero, it
must check the type field to determine the
type of frame size enumeration the device supports. Only for the
V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE type does it make
sense to increase the index value to receive more frame sizes.

Note that the order in which the frame sizes are returned
has no special meaning. In particular does it not say anything about
potential default format sizes.

Applications can assume that the enumeration data does not
change without any interaction from the application itself. This means
that the enumeration data is consistent if the application does not
perform any other ioctl calls while it runs the frame size
enumeration.

Structs

In the structs below, IN denotes a
value that has to be filled in by the application,
OUT denotes values that the driver fills in. The
application should zero out all members except for the
IN fields.

Table 53. struct v4l2_frmsize_discrete

__u32 width Width of the frame [pixel].
__u32 height Height of the frame [pixel].

Table 54. struct v4l2_frmsize_stepwise

__u32 min_width Minimum frame width [pixel].
__u32 max_width Maximum frame width [pixel].
__u32 step_width Frame width step size [pixel].
__u32 min_height Minimum frame height [pixel].
__u32 max_height Maximum frame height [pixel].
__u32 step_height Frame height step size [pixel].

Table 55. struct v4l2_frmsizeenum

__u32 index   IN: Index of the given frame size in the enumeration.
__u32 pixel_format   IN: Pixel format for which the frame sizes are enumerated.
__u32 type   OUT: Frame size type the device supports.
union     OUT: Frame size with the given index.
  struct v4l2_frmsize_discrete discrete  
  struct v4l2_frmsize_stepwise stepwise  
__u32 reserved[2]   Reserved space for future use.

Enums

Table 56. enum v4l2_frmsizetypes

V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE 1 Discrete frame size.
V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_CONTINUOUS 2 Continuous frame size.
V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_STEPWISE 3 Step-wise defined frame size.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

See the description section above for a list of return
values that errno can have.


Name

VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS — Enumerate frame intervals

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_frmivalenum *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS

argp

Pointer to a struct v4l2_frmivalenum structure that
contains a pixel format and size and receives a frame interval.

Description

This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame
intervals that the device supports for the given pixel format and
frame size.

The supported pixel formats and frame sizes can be obtained
by using the VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT and VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES
functions.

The return value and the content of the
v4l2_frmivalenum.type field depend on the
type of frame intervals the device supports. Here are the semantics of
the function for the different cases:

  • Discrete: The function
    returns success if the given index value (zero-based) is valid. The
    application should increase the index by one for each call until
    EINVAL is returned. The `v4l2_frmivalenum.type`
    field is set to `V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE` by the driver. Of the
    union only the `discrete` member is valid.
  • Step-wise: The function
    returns success if the given index value is zero and
    EINVAL for any other index value. The
    v4l2_frmivalenum.type field is set to
    V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_STEPWISE by the driver. Of the
    union only the stepwise member is
    valid.
  • Continuous: This is a
    special case of the step-wise type above. The function returns success
    if the given index value is zero and EINVAL for
    any other index value. The
    v4l2_frmivalenum.type field is set to
    V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_CONTINUOUS by the driver. Of
    the union only the stepwise member is valid
    and the step value is set to 1.

When the application calls the function with index zero, it
must check the type field to determine the
type of frame interval enumeration the device supports. Only for the
V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE type does it make
sense to increase the index value to receive more frame
intervals.

Note that the order in which the frame intervals are
returned has no special meaning. In particular does it not say
anything about potential default frame intervals.

Applications can assume that the enumeration data does not
change without any interaction from the application itself. This means
that the enumeration data is consistent if the application does not
perform any other ioctl calls while it runs the frame interval
enumeration.

Notes

  • Frame intervals and frame
    rates:
    The V4L2 API uses frame intervals instead of frame
    rates. Given the frame interval the frame rate can be computed as
    follows:

    frame_rate = 1 / frame_interval

Structs

In the structs below, IN denotes a value that has to be filled in by the application, OUT denotes values that the driver fills in. The application should zero out all members except for the IN fields.

Table 57. struct v4l2_frmival_stepwise

struct v4l2_fract min Minimum frame interval [s].
struct v4l2_fract max Maximum frame interval [s].
struct v4l2_fract step Frame interval step size [s].

Table 58. struct v4l2_frmivalenum

__u32 index   IN: Index of the given frame interval in the
enumeration.
__u32 pixel_format   IN: Pixel format for which the frame intervals are
enumerated.
__u32 width   IN: Frame width for which the frame intervals are
enumerated.
__u32 height   IN: Frame height for which the frame intervals are
enumerated.
__u32 type   OUT: Frame interval type the device supports.
union     OUT: Frame interval with the given index.
  struct v4l2_fract discrete Frame interval [s].
  struct v4l2_frmival_stepwise stepwise  
__u32 reserved[2]   Reserved space for future use.

Enums

Table 59. enum v4l2_frmivaltypes

V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE 1 Discrete frame interval.
V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_CONTINUOUS 2 Continuous frame interval.
V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_STEPWISE 3 Step-wise defined frame interval.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

See the description section above for a list of return
values that errno can have.


Name

VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT — Enumerate video inputs

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_input
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT

argp

Description

To query the attributes of a video input applications
initialize the index field of struct v4l2_input
and call the VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT ioctl with a
pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or
return an EINVAL error code when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all
inputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one
until the driver returns EINVAL.

Table 60. struct v4l2_input

__u32 index Identifies the input, set by the
application.
__u8 name[32] Name of the video input, a NUL-terminated ASCII
string, for example: "Vin (Composite 2)". This information is intended
for the user, preferably the connector label on the device itself.
__u32 type Type of the input, see Table 61, “Input Types”.
__u32 audioset
Drivers can enumerate up to 32 video and
audio inputs. This field shows which audio inputs were selectable as
audio source if this was the currently selected video input. It is a
bit mask. The LSB corresponds to audio input 0, the MSB to input 31.
Any number of bits can be set, or none.

When the driver
does not enumerate audio inputs no bits must be set. Applications
shall not interpret this as lack of audio support. Some drivers
automatically select audio sources and do not enumerate them since
there is no choice anyway.

For details on audio inputs and
how to select the current input see Section 1.5, “Audio Inputs and Outputs”.

__u32 tuner Capture devices can have zero or more tuners (RF
demodulators). When the type is set to
V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER this is an RF connector and
this field identifies the tuner. It corresponds to
struct v4l2_tuner field index. For details on
tuners see Section 1.6, “Tuners and Modulators”.
v4l2_std_id std Every video input supports one or more different
video standards. This field is a set of all supported standards. For
details on video standards and how to switch see Section 1.7, “Video Standards”.
__u32 status This field provides status information about the
input. See Table 62, “Input Status Flags” for flags.
With the exception of the sensor orientation bits status is only valid when this is the
current input.
__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
the array to zero.

Table 61. Input Types

V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER 1 This input uses a tuner (RF demodulator).
V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_CAMERA 2 Analog baseband input, for example CVBS /
Composite Video, S-Video, RGB.

Table 62. Input Status Flags

General
V4L2_IN_ST_NO_POWER 0x00000001 Attached device is off.
V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SIGNAL 0x00000002  
V4L2_IN_ST_NO_COLOR 0x00000004 The hardware supports color decoding, but does not
detect color modulation in the signal.
Sensor Orientation
V4L2_IN_ST_HFLIP 0x00000010 The input is connected to a device that produces a signal
that is flipped horizontally and does not correct this before passing the
signal to userspace.
V4L2_IN_ST_VFLIP 0x00000020 The input is connected to a device that produces a signal
that is flipped vertically and does not correct this before passing the
signal to userspace. Note that a 180 degree rotation is the same as HFLIP | VFLIP
Analog Video
V4L2_IN_ST_NO_H_LOCK 0x00000100 No horizontal sync lock.
V4L2_IN_ST_COLOR_KILL 0x00000200 A color killer circuit automatically disables color
decoding when it detects no color modulation. When this flag is set
the color killer is enabled and has shut off
color decoding.
Digital Video
V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SYNC 0x00010000 No synchronization lock.
V4L2_IN_ST_NO_EQU 0x00020000 No equalizer lock.
V4L2_IN_ST_NO_CARRIER 0x00040000 Carrier recovery failed.
VCR and Set-Top Box
V4L2_IN_ST_MACROVISION 0x01000000 Macrovision is an analog copy prevention system
mangling the video signal to confuse video recorders. When this
flag is set Macrovision has been detected.
V4L2_IN_ST_NO_ACCESS 0x02000000 Conditional access denied.
V4L2_IN_ST_VTR 0x04000000 VTR time constant. [?]

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_input index is
out of bounds.


Name

VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT — Enumerate video outputs

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_output *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT

argp

Description

To query the attributes of a video outputs applications
initialize the index field of struct v4l2_output
and call the VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT ioctl with a
pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or
return an EINVAL error code when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all
outputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one
until the driver returns EINVAL.

Table 63. struct v4l2_output

__u32 index Identifies the output, set by the
application.
__u8 name[32] Name of the video output, a NUL-terminated ASCII
string, for example: "Vout". This information is intended for the
user, preferably the connector label on the device itself.
__u32 type Type of the output, see Table 64, “Output Type”.
__u32 audioset
Drivers can enumerate up to 32 video and
audio outputs. This field shows which audio outputs were
selectable as the current output if this was the currently selected
video output. It is a bit mask. The LSB corresponds to audio output 0,
the MSB to output 31. Any number of bits can be set, or
none.

When the driver does not enumerate audio outputs no
bits must be set. Applications shall not interpret this as lack of
audio support. Drivers may automatically select audio outputs without
enumerating them.

For details on audio outputs and how to
select the current output see Section 1.5, “Audio Inputs and Outputs”.

__u32 modulator Output devices can have zero or more RF modulators.
When the type is
V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR this is an RF
connector and this field identifies the modulator. It corresponds to
struct v4l2_modulator field index. For details
on modulators see Section 1.6, “Tuners and Modulators”.
v4l2_std_id std Every video output supports one or more different
video standards. This field is a set of all supported standards. For
details on video standards and how to switch see Section 1.7, “Video Standards”.
__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
the array to zero.

Table 64. Output Type

V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR 1 This output is an analog TV modulator.
V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOG 2 Analog baseband output, for example Composite /
CVBS, S-Video, RGB.
V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOGVGAOVERLAY 3 [?]

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_output index
is out of bounds.


Name

VIDIOC_ENUMSTD — Enumerate supported video standards

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_standard *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_ENUMSTD

argp

Description

To query the attributes of a video standard,
especially a custom (driver defined) one, applications initialize the
index field of struct v4l2_standard and call the
VIDIOC_ENUMSTD ioctl with a pointer to this
structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
EINVAL error code when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all standards
applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
driver returns EINVAL. Drivers may enumerate a
different set of standards after switching the video input or
output.[23]

Table 65. struct v4l2_standard

__u32 index Number of the video standard, set by the
application.
v4l2_std_id id The bits in this field identify the standard as
one of the common standards listed in Table 67, “typedef v4l2_std_id”,
or if bits 32 to 63 are set as custom standards. Multiple bits can be
set if the hardware does not distinguish between these standards,
however separate indices do not indicate the opposite. The
id must be unique. No other enumerated
v4l2_standard structure, for this input or
output anyway, can contain the same set of bits.
__u8 name[24] Name of the standard, a NUL-terminated ASCII
string, for example: "PAL-B/G", "NTSC Japan". This information is
intended for the user.
struct v4l2_fract frameperiod The frame period (not field period) is numerator
/ denominator. For example M/NTSC has a frame period of 1001 /
30000 seconds.
__u32 framelines Total lines per frame including blanking,
e. g. 625 for B/PAL.
__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
the array to zero.

Table 66. struct v4l2_fract

__u32 numerator  
__u32 denominator  

Table 67. typedef v4l2_std_id

__u64 v4l2_std_id This type is a set, each bit representing another
video standard as listed below and in Table 68, “Video Standards (based on [])”. The 32 most significant bits are reserved
for custom (driver defined) video standards.
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000001)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B1         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000002)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_G          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000004)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_H          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000008)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_I          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000010)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000020)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D1         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000040)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_K          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000080)

#define V4L2_STD_PAL_M          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000100)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_N          ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000200)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000400)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_60         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000800)

V4L2_STD_PAL_60 is a hybrid standard with 525 lines, 60 Hz refresh rate, and PAL color modulation with a 4.43 MHz color subcarrier. Some PAL video recorders can play back NTSC tapes in this mode for display on a 50/60 Hz agnostic PAL TV.

#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M         ((v4l2_std_id)0x00001000)
#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP      ((v4l2_std_id)0x00002000)
#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_443       ((v4l2_std_id)0x00004000)

V4L2_STD_NTSC_443 is a hybrid standard with 525 lines, 60 Hz refresh rate, and NTSC color modulation with a 4.43 MHz color subcarrier.

#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR      ((v4l2_std_id)0x00008000)

#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_B        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00010000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_D        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00020000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_G        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00040000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_H        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00080000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00100000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1       ((v4l2_std_id)0x00200000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_L        ((v4l2_std_id)0x00400000)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC       ((v4l2_std_id)0x00800000)

/* ATSC/HDTV */
#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB     ((v4l2_std_id)0x01000000)
#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB    ((v4l2_std_id)0x02000000)

V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB and V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB are U.S. terrestrial digital TV standards. Presently the V4L2 API does not support digital TV. See also the Linux DVB API at https://linuxtv.org.

#define V4L2_STD_PAL_BG         (V4L2_STD_PAL_B         |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_B1        |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_G)
#define V4L2_STD_B              (V4L2_STD_PAL_B         |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_B1        |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_B)
#define V4L2_STD_GH             (V4L2_STD_PAL_G         |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_H         |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_G       |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_H)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL_DK         (V4L2_STD_PAL_D         |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_D1        |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_K)
#define V4L2_STD_PAL            (V4L2_STD_PAL_BG        |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_DK        |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_H         |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_I)
#define V4L2_STD_NTSC           (V4L2_STD_NTSC_M        |\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP     |\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR)
#define V4L2_STD_MN             (V4L2_STD_PAL_M         |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_N         |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc        |\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC)
#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK       (V4L2_STD_SECAM_D       |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_K       |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1)
#define V4L2_STD_DK             (V4L2_STD_PAL_DK        |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK)

#define V4L2_STD_SECAM          (V4L2_STD_SECAM_B       |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_G       |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_H       |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK      |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_L       |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC)

#define V4L2_STD_525_60         (V4L2_STD_PAL_M         |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_60        |\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC          |\
				 V4L2_STD_NTSC_443)
#define V4L2_STD_625_50         (V4L2_STD_PAL           |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_N         |\
				 V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc        |\
				 V4L2_STD_SECAM)

#define V4L2_STD_UNKNOWN        0
#define V4L2_STD_ALL            (V4L2_STD_525_60        |\
				 V4L2_STD_625_50)

Table 68. Video Standards (based on [[ITU BT.470]])

Characteristics
M/NTSC[a]

M/PAL
N/PAL[b]

B, B1, G/PAL D, D1, K/PAL H/PAL I/PAL B, G/SECAM D, K/SECAM K1/SECAM L/SECAM
Frame lines 525 625
Frame period (s) 1001/30000 1/25
Chrominance sub-carrier frequency (Hz) 3579545 ± 10 3579611.49 ± 10 4433618.75 ± 5 (3582056.25 ± 5) 4433618.75 ± 5 4433618.75 ± 1 fOR = 4406250 ± 2000, fOB = 4250000 ± 2000
Nominal radio-frequency channel bandwidth (MHz) 6 6 6 B: 7; B1, G: 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Sound carrier relative to vision carrier (MHz) + 4.5 + 4.5 + 4.5
+ 5.5 ± 0.001 [c][d][e][f]

+ 6.5 ± 0.001 + 5.5 + 5.9996 ± 0.0005 + 5.5 ± 0.001 + 6.5 ± 0.001 + 6.5
+ 6.5 [g]

[a] Japan uses a standard similar to M/NTSC (V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP).

[b] The values in brackets apply to the combination N/PAL a.k.a. NC used in Argentina (V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc).

[c] In the Federal Republic of Germany, Austria, Italy, the Netherlands, Slovakia and Switzerland a system of two sound carriers is used, the frequency of the second carrier being 242.1875 kHz above the frequency of the first sound carrier. For stereophonic sound transmissions a similar system is used in Australia.

[d] New Zealand uses a sound carrier displaced 5.4996 ± 0.0005 MHz from the vision carrier.

[e] In Denmark, Finland, New Zealand, Sweden and Spain a system of two sound carriers is used. In Iceland, Norway and Poland the same system is being introduced. The second carrier is 5.85 MHz above the vision carrier and is DQPSK modulated with 728 kbit/s sound and data multiplex. (NICAM system)

[f] In the United Kingdom, a system of two sound carriers is used. The second sound carrier is 6.552 MHz above the vision carrier and is DQPSK modulated with a 728 kbit/s sound and data multiplex able to carry two sound channels. (NICAM system)

[g] In France, a digital carrier 5.85 MHz away from the vision carrier may be used in addition to the main sound carrier. It is modulated in differentially encoded QPSK with a 728 kbit/s sound and data multiplexer capable of carrying two sound channels. (NICAM system)

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_standard index is out of bounds.


[23] The supported standards may overlap and we need an
unambiguous set to find the current standard returned by
VIDIOC_G_STD.


Name

VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO — Query or select the current audio input and its
attributes

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_audio *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const struct v4l2_audio *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO

argp

Description

To query the current audio input applications zero out the
reserved array of a struct v4l2_audio
and call the VIDIOC_G_AUDIO ioctl with a pointer
to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
EINVAL error code when the device has no audio inputs, or none which combine
with the current video input.

Audio inputs have one writable property, the audio mode. To
select the current audio input and change the
audio mode, applications initialize the
index and mode
fields, and the
reserved array of a
v4l2_audio structure and call the
VIDIOC_S_AUDIO ioctl. Drivers may switch to a
different audio mode if the request cannot be satisfied. However, this
is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual new audio
mode.

Table 69. struct v4l2_audio

__u32 index Identifies the audio input, set by the
driver or application.
__u8 name[32] Name of the audio input, a NUL-terminated ASCII
string, for example: "Line In". This information is intended for the
user, preferably the connector label on the device itself.
__u32 capability Audio capability flags, see Table 70, “Audio Capability Flags”.
__u32 mode Audio mode flags set by drivers and applications (on
VIDIOC_S_AUDIO ioctl), see Table 71, “Audio Mode Flags”.
__u32 reserved[2] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.

Table 70. Audio Capability Flags

V4L2_AUDCAP_STEREO 0x00001 This is a stereo input. The flag is intended to
automatically disable stereo recording etc. when the signal is always
monaural. The API provides no means to detect if stereo is
received, unless the audio input belongs to a
tuner.
V4L2_AUDCAP_AVL 0x00002 Automatic Volume Level mode is supported.

Table 71. Audio Mode Flags

V4L2_AUDMODE_AVL 0x00001 AVL mode is on.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

No audio inputs combine with the current video input,
or the number of the selected audio input is out of bounds or it does
not combine, or there are no audio inputs at all and the ioctl is not
supported.

EBUSY

I/O is in progress, the input cannot be
switched.


Name

VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT, VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT — Query or select the current audio output

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_audioout *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const struct v4l2_audioout *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT, VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT

argp

Description

To query the current audio output applications zero out the
reserved array of a struct v4l2_audioout and
call the VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT ioctl with a pointer
to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
EINVAL error code when the device has no audio inputs, or none which combine
with the current video output.

Audio outputs have no writable properties. Nevertheless, to
select the current audio output applications can initialize the
index field and
reserved array (which in the future may
contain writable properties) of a
v4l2_audioout structure and call the
VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT ioctl. Drivers switch to the
requested output or return the EINVAL error code when the index is out of
bounds. This is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the current
audio output attributes as VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT
does.

Note connectors on a TV card to loop back the received audio
signal to a sound card are not audio outputs in this sense.

Table 72. struct v4l2_audioout

__u32 index Identifies the audio output, set by the
driver or application.
__u8 name[32] Name of the audio output, a NUL-terminated ASCII
string, for example: "Line Out". This information is intended for the
user, preferably the connector label on the device itself.
__u32 capability Audio capability flags, none defined yet. Drivers
must set this field to zero.
__u32 mode Audio mode, none defined yet. Drivers and
applications (on VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT) must set this
field to zero.
__u32 reserved[2] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

No audio outputs combine with the current video
output, or the number of the selected audio output is out of bounds or
it does not combine, or there are no audio outputs at all and the
ioctl is not supported.

EBUSY

I/O is in progress, the output cannot be
switched.


Name

VIDIOC_G_CROP, VIDIOC_S_CROP — Get or set the current cropping rectangle

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_crop *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const struct v4l2_crop *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_CROP, VIDIOC_S_CROP

argp

Description

To query the cropping rectangle size and position
applications set the type field of a
v4l2_crop structure to the respective buffer
(stream) type and call the VIDIOC_G_CROP ioctl
with a pointer to this structure. The driver fills the rest of the
structure or returns the EINVAL error code if cropping is not supported.

To change the cropping rectangle applications initialize the
type and struct v4l2_rect substructure named
c of a v4l2_crop structure and call the
VIDIOC_S_CROP ioctl with a pointer to this
structure.

The driver first adjusts the requested dimensions against
hardware limits, i. e. the bounds given by the capture/output window,
and it rounds to the closest possible values of horizontal and
vertical offset, width and height. In particular the driver must round
the vertical offset of the cropping rectangle to frame lines modulo
two, such that the field order cannot be confused.

Second the driver adjusts the image size (the opposite
rectangle of the scaling process, source or target depending on the
data direction) to the closest size possible while maintaining the
current horizontal and vertical scaling factor.

Finally the driver programs the hardware with the actual
cropping and image parameters. VIDIOC_S_CROP is a
write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual parameters. To query
them applications must call VIDIOC_G_CROP and
VIDIOC_G_FMT. When the parameters are unsuitable the application may
modify the cropping or image parameters and repeat the cycle until
satisfactory parameters have been negotiated.

When cropping is not supported then no parameters are
changed and VIDIOC_S_CROP returns the
EINVAL error code.

Table 73. struct v4l2_crop

enum v4l2_buf_type type Type of the data stream, set by the application.
Only these types are valid here: V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE,
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT,
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY, and custom (driver
defined) types with code V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE
and higher.
struct v4l2_rect c Cropping rectangle. The same co-ordinate system as
for struct v4l2_cropcap bounds is used.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

Cropping is not supported.


Name

VIDIOC_G_CTRL, VIDIOC_S_CTRL — Get or set the value of a control

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_control
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_CTRL, VIDIOC_S_CTRL

argp

Description

To get the current value of a control applications
initialize the id field of a struct
v4l2_control and call the
VIDIOC_G_CTRL ioctl with a pointer to this
structure. To change the value of a control applications initialize
the id and value
fields of a struct v4l2_control and call the
VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctl.

When the id is invalid drivers
return an EINVAL error code. When the value is out
of bounds drivers can choose to take the closest valid value or return
an ERANGE error code, whatever seems more appropriate. However,
VIDIOC_S_CTRL is a write-only ioctl, it does not
return the actual new value.

These ioctls work only with user controls. For other
control classes the VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS or
VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS must be used.

Table 74. struct v4l2_control

__u32 id Identifies the control, set by the
application.
__s32 value New value or current value.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_control id is
invalid.

ERANGE

The struct v4l2_control value
is out of bounds.

EBUSY

The control is temporarily not changeable, possibly
because another applications took over control of the device function
this control belongs to.


Name

VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX — Get meta data about a compressed video stream

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_enc_idx *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX

argp

Description

Experimental

This is an experimental
interface and may change in the future.

The VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX ioctl provides
meta data about a compressed video stream the same or another
application currently reads from the driver, which is useful for
random access into the stream without decoding it.

To read the data applications must call
VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX with a pointer to a
struct v4l2_enc_idx. On success the driver fills the
entry array, stores the number of elements
written in the entries field, and
initializes the entries_cap field.

Each element of the entry array
contains meta data about one picture. A
VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX call reads up to
V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES entries from a driver
buffer, which can hold up to entries_cap
entries. This number can be lower or higher than
V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES, but not zero. When the
application fails to read the meta data in time the oldest entries
will be lost. When the buffer is empty or no capturing/encoding is in
progress, entries will be zero.

Currently this ioctl is only defined for MPEG-2 program
streams and video elementary streams.

Table 75. struct v4l2_enc_idx

__u32 entries The number of entries the driver stored in the
entry array.
__u32 entries_cap The number of entries the driver can
buffer. Must be greater than zero.
__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions.
Drivers must set the array to zero.
struct v4l2_enc_idx_entry entry[V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES] Meta data about a compressed video stream. Each
element of the array corresponds to one picture, sorted in ascending
order by their offset.
   

Table 76. struct v4l2_enc_idx_entry

__u64 offset The offset in bytes from the beginning of the
compressed video stream to the beginning of this picture, that is a
PES packet header as defined in [ISO 13818-1] or a picture
header
as defined in [ISO 13818-2]. When
the encoder is stopped, the driver resets the offset to zero.
__u64 pts The 33 bit Presentation Time
Stamp
of this picture as defined in [ISO 13818-1].
__u32 length The length of this picture in bytes.
__u32 flags Flags containing the coding type of this picture, see Table 77, “Index Entry Flags”.
__u32 reserved[2] Reserved for future extensions.
Drivers must set the array to zero.

Table 77. Index Entry Flags

V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_I 0x00 This is an Intra-coded picture.
V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_P 0x01 This is a Predictive-coded picture.
V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_B 0x02 This is a Bidirectionally predictive-coded
picture.
V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_MASK 0x0F AND the flags field with
this mask to obtain the picture coding type.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The driver does not support this ioctl.


Name

VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS — Get or set the value of several controls, try control
values

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_ext_controls
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS,
VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS

argp

Description

These ioctls allow the caller to get or set multiple
controls atomically. Control IDs are grouped into control classes (see
Table 80, “Control classes”) and all controls in the control array
must belong to the same control class.

Applications must always fill in the
count,
ctrl_class,
controls and
reserved fields of struct v4l2_ext_controls, and
initialize the struct v4l2_ext_control array pointed to by the
controls fields.

To get the current value of a set of controls applications
initialize the id,
size and reserved2 fields
of each struct v4l2_ext_control and call the
VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS ioctl. String controls controls
must also set the string field.

If the size is too small to
receive the control result (only relevant for pointer-type controls
like strings), then the driver will set size
to a valid value and return an ENOSPC error code. You should re-allocate the
string memory to this new size and try again. It is possible that the
same issue occurs again if the string has grown in the meantime. It is
recommended to call VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL first and use
maximum+1 as the new size
value. It is guaranteed that that is sufficient memory.

To change the value of a set of controls applications
initialize the id, size,
reserved2 and
value/string fields of each struct v4l2_ext_control and
call the VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS ioctl. The controls
will only be set if all control values are
valid.

To check if a set of controls have correct values applications
initialize the id, size,
reserved2 and
value/string fields of each struct v4l2_ext_control and
call the VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS ioctl. It is up to
the driver whether wrong values are automatically adjusted to a valid
value or if an error is returned.

When the id or
ctrl_class is invalid drivers return an
EINVAL error code. When the value is out of bounds drivers can choose to take
the closest valid value or return an ERANGE error code, whatever seems more
appropriate. In the first case the new value is set in
struct v4l2_ext_control.

The driver will only set/get these controls if all control
values are correct. This prevents the situation where only some of the
controls were set/get. Only low-level errors (e. g. a failed i2c
command) can still cause this situation.

Table 78. struct v4l2_ext_control

__u32 id   Identifies the control, set by the
application.
__u32 size   The total size in bytes of the payload of this
control. This is normally 0, but for pointer controls this should be
set to the size of the memory containing the payload, or that will
receive the payload. If VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS finds
that this value is less than is required to store
the payload result, then it is set to a value large enough to store the
payload result and ENOSPC is returned. Note that for string controls
this size field should not be confused with the length of the string.
This field refers to the size of the memory that contains the string.
The actual length of the string may well be much smaller.

__u32 reserved2[1]   Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.
union (anonymous)    
  __s32 value New value or current value.
  __s64 value64 New value or current value.
  char * string A pointer to a string.

Table 79. struct v4l2_ext_controls

__u32 ctrl_class The control class to which all controls belong, see
Table 80, “Control classes”.
__u32 count The number of controls in the controls array. May
also be zero.
__u32 error_idx Set by the driver in case of an error. It is the
index of the control causing the error or equal to 'count' when the
error is not associated with a particular control. Undefined when the
ioctl returns 0 (success).
__u32 reserved[2] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.
struct v4l2_ext_control * controls Pointer to an array of
count v4l2_ext_control structures. Ignored
if count equals zero.

Table 80. Control classes

V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER 0x980000 The class containing user controls. These controls
are described in Section 1.8, “User Controls”. All controls that can be set
using the VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL ioctl belong to this
class.
V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG 0x990000 The class containing MPEG compression controls.
These controls are described in Section 1.9.5, “MPEG Control Reference”.
V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_CAMERA 0x9a0000 The class containing camera controls.
These controls are described in Section 1.9.6, “Camera Control Reference”.
V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX 0x9b0000 The class containing FM Transmitter (FM TX) controls.
These controls are described in Section 1.9.7, “FM Transmitter Control Reference”.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_ext_control id
is invalid or the struct v4l2_ext_controls
ctrl_class is invalid. This error code is
also returned by the VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS and
VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS ioctls if two or more
control values are in conflict.

ERANGE

The struct v4l2_ext_control value
is out of bounds.

EBUSY

The control is temporarily not changeable, possibly
because another applications took over control of the device function
this control belongs to.

ENOSPC

The space reserved for the control's payload is insufficient.
The field size is set to a value that is enough
to store the payload and this error code is returned.


Name

VIDIOC_G_FBUF, VIDIOC_S_FBUF — Get or set frame buffer overlay parameters

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_framebuffer *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const struct v4l2_framebuffer *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_FBUF, VIDIOC_S_FBUF

argp

Description

Applications can use the VIDIOC_G_FBUF and
VIDIOC_S_FBUF ioctl to get and set the
framebuffer parameters for a Video
Overlay
or Video Output Overlay
(OSD). The type of overlay is implied by the device type (capture or
output device) and can be determined with the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl.
One /dev/videoN device must not support both
kinds of overlay.

The V4L2 API distinguishes destructive and non-destructive
overlays. A destructive overlay copies captured video images into the
video memory of a graphics card. A non-destructive overlay blends
video images into a VGA signal or graphics into a video signal.
Video Output Overlays are always
non-destructive.

To get the current parameters applications call the
VIDIOC_G_FBUF ioctl with a pointer to a
v4l2_framebuffer structure. The driver fills
all fields of the structure or returns an EINVAL error code when overlays are
not supported.

To set the parameters for a Video Output
Overlay
, applications must initialize the
flags field of a struct
v4l2_framebuffer. Since the framebuffer is
implemented on the TV card all other parameters are determined by the
driver. When an application calls VIDIOC_S_FBUF
with a pointer to this structure, the driver prepares for the overlay
and returns the framebuffer parameters as
VIDIOC_G_FBUF does, or it returns an error
code.

To set the parameters for a non-destructive
Video Overlay
, applications must initialize the
flags field, the
fmt substructure, and call
VIDIOC_S_FBUF. Again the driver prepares for the
overlay and returns the framebuffer parameters as
VIDIOC_G_FBUF does, or it returns an error
code.

For a destructive Video Overlay
applications must additionally provide a
base address. Setting up a DMA to a
random memory location can jeopardize the system security, its
stability or even damage the hardware, therefore only the superuser
can set the parameters for a destructive video overlay.

Table 81. struct v4l2_framebuffer

__u32 capability   Overlay capability flags set by the driver, see
Table 82, “Frame Buffer Capability Flags”.
__u32 flags   Overlay control flags set by application and
driver, see Table 83, “Frame Buffer Flags”
void * base   Physical base address of the framebuffer,
that is the address of the pixel in the top left corner of the
framebuffer.[a]
      This field is irrelevant to
non-destructive Video Overlays. For
destructive Video Overlays applications must
provide a base address. The driver may accept only base addresses
which are a multiple of two, four or eight bytes. For
Video Output Overlays the driver must return
a valid base address, so applications can find the corresponding Linux
framebuffer device (see Section 4.4, “Video Output Overlay Interface”).
struct v4l2_pix_format fmt   Layout of the frame buffer. The
v4l2_pix_format structure is defined in Chapter 2, Image Formats, for clarification the fields and acceptable values
are listed below:
  __u32 width Width of the frame buffer in pixels.
  __u32 height Height of the frame buffer in pixels.
  __u32 pixelformat The pixel format of the
framebuffer.
      For non-destructive Video
Overlays
this field only defines a format for the
struct v4l2_window chromakey field.
      For destructive Video
Overlays
applications must initialize this field. For
Video Output Overlays the driver must return
a valid format.
      Usually this is an RGB format (for example
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565)
but YUV formats (only packed YUV formats when chroma keying is used,
not including V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV and
V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY) and the
V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8 format are also permitted. The
behavior of the driver when an application requests a compressed
format is undefined. See Chapter 2, Image Formats for information on
pixel formats.
  enum v4l2_field field Drivers and applications shall ignore this field.
If applicable, the field order is selected with the VIDIOC_S_FMT
ioctl, using the field field of
struct v4l2_window.
  __u32 bytesperline Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in
two adjacent lines.

This field is irrelevant to
non-destructive Video
Overlays
.

For destructive Video
Overlays
both applications and drivers can set this field
to request padding bytes at the end of each line. Drivers however may
ignore the requested value, returning width
times bytes-per-pixel or a larger value required by the hardware. That
implies applications can just set this field to zero to get a
reasonable default.

For Video Output
Overlays
the driver must return a valid
value.

Video hardware may access padding bytes, therefore
they must reside in accessible memory. Consider for example the case
where padding bytes after the last line of an image cross a system
page boundary. Capture devices may write padding bytes, the value is
undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding
bytes.

When the image format is planar the
bytesperline value applies to the largest
plane and is divided by the same factor as the
width field for any smaller planes. For
example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many
padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities
drivers must return a bytesperline value
rounded up to a multiple of the scale factor.

  __u32 sizeimage
This field is irrelevant to
non-destructive Video Overlays. For
destructive Video Overlays applications must
initialize this field. For Video Output
Overlays
the driver must return a valid
format.

Together with base it
defines the framebuffer memory accessible by the
driver.

  enum v4l2_colorspace colorspace This information supplements the
pixelformat and must be set by the driver,
see Section 2.2, “Colorspaces”.
  __u32 priv Reserved for additional information about custom
(driver defined) formats. When not used drivers and applications must
set this field to zero.

[a] A physical base address may not suit all
platforms. GK notes in theory we should pass something like PCI device
+ memory region + offset instead. If you encounter problems please
discuss on the linux-media mailing list: https://linuxtv.org/lists.php.

Table 82. Frame Buffer Capability Flags

V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY 0x0001 The device is capable of non-destructive overlays.
When the driver clears this flag, only destructive overlays are
supported. There are no drivers yet which support both destructive and
non-destructive overlays.
V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY 0x0002 The device supports clipping by chroma-keying the
images. That is, image pixels replace pixels in the VGA or video
signal only where the latter assume a certain color. Chroma-keying
makes no sense for destructive overlays.
V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING 0x0004 The device supports clipping using a list of clip
rectangles.
V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING 0x0008 The device supports clipping using a bit mask.
V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_ALPHA 0x0010 The device supports clipping/blending using the
alpha channel of the framebuffer or VGA signal. Alpha blending makes
no sense for destructive overlays.
V4L2_FBUF_CAP_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x0020 The device supports alpha blending using a global
alpha value. Alpha blending makes no sense for destructive overlays.
V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA 0x0040 The device supports clipping/blending using the
inverted alpha channel of the framebuffer or VGA signal. Alpha
blending makes no sense for destructive overlays.

Table 83. Frame Buffer Flags

V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_PRIMARY 0x0001 The framebuffer is the primary graphics surface.
In other words, the overlay is destructive. [?]
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY 0x0002 The frame buffer is an overlay surface the same
size as the capture. [?]
The purpose of
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_PRIMARY and
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY was never quite clear.
Most drivers seem to ignore these flags. For compatibility with the
bttv driver applications should set the
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY flag.
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_CHROMAKEY 0x0004 Use chroma-keying. The chroma-key color is
determined by the chromakey field of
struct v4l2_window and negotiated with the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl, see Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface”
and
Section 4.4, “Video Output Overlay Interface”.
There are no flags to enable
clipping using a list of clip rectangles or a bitmap. These methods
are negotiated with the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl, see Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface” and Section 4.4, “Video Output Overlay Interface”.
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_ALPHA 0x0008 Use the alpha channel of the framebuffer to clip or
blend framebuffer pixels with video images. The blend
function is: output = framebuffer pixel * alpha + video pixel * (1 -
alpha). The actual alpha depth depends on the framebuffer pixel
format.
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x0010 Use a global alpha value to blend the framebuffer
with video images. The blend function is: output = (framebuffer pixel
* alpha + video pixel * (255 - alpha)) / 255. The alpha value is
determined by the global_alpha field of
struct v4l2_window and negotiated with the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl, see Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface”
and Section 4.4, “Video Output Overlay Interface”.
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA 0x0020 Like
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_ALPHA, use the alpha channel
of the framebuffer to clip or blend framebuffer pixels with video
images, but with an inverted alpha value. The blend function is:
output = framebuffer pixel * (1 - alpha) + video pixel * alpha. The
actual alpha depth depends on the framebuffer pixel format.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EPERM

VIDIOC_S_FBUF can only be called
by a privileged user to negotiate the parameters for a destructive
overlay.

EBUSY

The framebuffer parameters cannot be changed at this
time because overlay is already enabled, or capturing is enabled
and the hardware cannot capture and overlay simultaneously.

EINVAL

The ioctl is not supported or the
VIDIOC_S_FBUF parameters are unsuitable.


Name

VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT, VIDIOC_TRY_FMT — Get or set the data format, try a format

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_format
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT, VIDIOC_TRY_FMT

argp

Description

These ioctls are used to negotiate the format of data
(typically image format) exchanged between driver and
application.

To query the current parameters applications set the
type field of a struct
v4l2_format to the respective buffer (stream)
type. For example video capture devices use
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE. When the application
calls the VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl with a pointer to
this structure the driver fills the respective member of the
fmt union. In case of video capture devices
that is the struct v4l2_pix_format pix member.
When the requested buffer type is not supported drivers return an
EINVAL error code.

To change the current format parameters applications
initialize the type field and all
fields of the respective fmt
union member. For details see the documentation of the various devices
types in Chapter 4, Interfaces. Good practice is to query the
current parameters first, and to
modify only those parameters not suitable for the application. When
the application calls the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl
with a pointer to a v4l2_format structure
the driver checks
and adjusts the parameters against hardware abilities. Drivers
should not return an error code unless the input is ambiguous, this is
a mechanism to fathom device capabilities and to approach parameters
acceptable for both the application and driver. On success the driver
may program the hardware, allocate resources and generally prepare for
data exchange.
Finally the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl returns the
current format parameters as VIDIOC_G_FMT does.
Very simple, inflexible devices may even ignore all input and always
return the default parameters. However all V4L2 devices exchanging
data with the application must implement the
VIDIOC_G_FMT and
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. When the requested buffer
type is not supported drivers return an EINVAL error code on a
VIDIOC_S_FMT attempt. When I/O is already in
progress or the resource is not available for other reasons drivers
return the EBUSY error code.

The VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctl is equivalent
to VIDIOC_S_FMT with one exception: it does not
change driver state. It can also be called at any time, never
returning EBUSY. This function is provided to
negotiate parameters, to learn about hardware limitations, without
disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware preparations.
Although strongly recommended drivers are not required to implement
this ioctl.

Table 84. struct v4l2_format

enum v4l2_buf_type type   Type of the data stream, see Table 3.2, “enum v4l2_buf_type”.
union fmt    
  struct v4l2_pix_format pix Definition of an image format, see Chapter 2, Image Formats, used by video capture and output
devices.
  struct v4l2_window win Definition of an overlaid image, see Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface”, used by video overlay devices.
  struct v4l2_vbi_format vbi Raw VBI capture or output parameters. This is
discussed in more detail in Section 4.7, “Raw VBI Data Interface”. Used by raw VBI
capture and output devices.
  struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format sliced Sliced VBI capture or output parameters. See
Section 4.8, “Sliced VBI Data Interface” for details. Used by sliced VBI
capture and output devices.
  __u8 raw_data[200] Place holder for future extensions and custom
(driver defined) formats with type
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE and higher.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EBUSY

The data format cannot be changed at this
time, for example because I/O is already in progress.

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_format type
field is invalid, the requested buffer type not supported, or
VIDIOC_TRY_FMT was called and is not
supported with this buffer type.


Name

VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY, VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY — Get or set tuner or modulator radio
frequency

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_frequency
argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const struct v4l2_frequency
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY, VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY

argp

Description

To get the current tuner or modulator radio frequency
applications set the tuner field of a
struct v4l2_frequency to the respective tuner or modulator number (only
input devices have tuners, only output devices have modulators), zero
out the reserved array and
call the VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY ioctl with a pointer
to this structure. The driver stores the current frequency in the
frequency field.

To change the current tuner or modulator radio frequency
applications initialize the tuner,
type and
frequency fields, and the
reserved array of a struct v4l2_frequency and
call the VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY ioctl with a pointer
to this structure. When the requested frequency is not possible the
driver assumes the closest possible value. However
VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY is a write-only ioctl, it does
not return the actual new frequency.

Table 85. struct v4l2_frequency

__u32 tuner The tuner or modulator index number. This is the
same value as in the struct v4l2_input tuner
field and the struct v4l2_tuner index field, or
the struct v4l2_output modulator field and the
struct v4l2_modulator index field.
enum v4l2_tuner_type type The tuner type. This is the same value as in the
struct v4l2_tuner type field. The field is not
applicable to modulators, i. e. ignored by drivers.
__u32 frequency Tuning frequency in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the
struct v4l2_tuner or struct v4l2_modulator capabilities flag
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5
Hz.
__u32 reserved[8] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The tuner index is out of
bounds or the value in the type field is
wrong.


Name

VIDIOC_G_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_INPUT — Query or select the current video input

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  int *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_INPUT

argp

Description

To query the current video input applications call the
VIDIOC_G_INPUT ioctl with a pointer to an integer
where the driver stores the number of the input, as in the
struct v4l2_input index field. This ioctl will
fail only when there are no video inputs, returning
EINVAL.

To select a video input applications store the number of the
desired input in an integer and call the
VIDIOC_S_INPUT ioctl with a pointer to this
integer. Side effects are possible. For example inputs may support
different video standards, so the driver may implicitly switch the
current standard. It is good practice to select an input before
querying or negotiating any other parameters.

Information about video inputs is available using the
VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT ioctl.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The number of the video input is out of bounds, or
there are no video inputs at all and this ioctl is not
supported.

EBUSY

I/O is in progress, the input cannot be
switched.


Name

VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP, VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  v4l2_jpegcompression *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const v4l2_jpegcompression *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP, VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP

argp

Description

[to do]

Ronald Bultje elaborates:

APP is some application-specific information. The
application can set it itself, and it'll be stored in the JPEG-encoded
fields (eg; interlacing information for in an AVI or so). COM is the
same, but it's comments, like 'encoded by me' or so.

jpeg_markers describes whether the huffman tables,
quantization tables and the restart interval information (all
JPEG-specific stuff) should be stored in the JPEG-encoded fields.
These define how the JPEG field is encoded. If you omit them,
applications assume you've used standard encoding. You usually do want
to add them.

Table 86. struct v4l2_jpegcompression

int quality  
int APPn  
int APP_len  
char APP_data[60]  
int COM_len  
char COM_data[60]  
__u32 jpeg_markers See Table 87, “JPEG Markers Flags”.

Table 87. JPEG Markers Flags

V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DHT (1<<3) Define Huffman Tables
V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DQT (1<<4) Define Quantization Tables
V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DRI (1<<5) Define Restart Interval
V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_COM (1<<6) Comment segment
V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_APP (1<<7) App segment, driver will always use APP0

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

This ioctl is not supported.


Name

VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR, VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR — Get or set modulator attributes

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_modulator
argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const struct v4l2_modulator
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR, VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR

argp

Description

To query the attributes of a modulator applications initialize
the index field and zero out the
reserved array of a struct v4l2_modulator and
call the VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR ioctl with a pointer
to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
EINVAL error code when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all modulators
applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
driver returns EINVAL.

Modulators have two writable properties, an audio
modulation set and the radio frequency. To change the modulated audio
subprograms, applications initialize the index
and txsubchans fields and the
reserved array and call the
VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR ioctl. Drivers may choose a
different audio modulation if the request cannot be satisfied. However
this is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual audio
modulation selected.

To change the radio frequency the VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY ioctl
is available.

Table 88. struct v4l2_modulator

__u32 index Identifies the modulator, set by the
application.
__u8 name[32] Name of the modulator, a NUL-terminated ASCII
string. This information is intended for the user.
__u32 capability Modulator capability flags. No flags are defined
for this field, the tuner flags in struct v4l2_tuner
are used accordingly. The audio flags indicate the ability
to encode audio subprograms. They will not
change for example with the current video standard.
__u32 rangelow The lowest tunable frequency in units of 62.5
KHz, or if the capability flag
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5
Hz.
__u32 rangehigh The highest tunable frequency in units of 62.5
KHz, or if the capability flag
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5
Hz.
__u32 txsubchans With this field applications can determine how
audio sub-carriers shall be modulated. It contains a set of flags as
defined in Table 89, “Modulator Audio Transmission Flags”. Note the tuner
rxsubchans flags are reused, but the
semantics are different. Video output devices are assumed to have an
analog or PCM audio input with 1-3 channels. The
txsubchans flags select one or more
channels for modulation, together with some audio subprogram
indicator, for example a stereo pilot tone.
__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.

Table 89. Modulator Audio Transmission Flags

V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO 0x0001 Modulate channel 1 as mono audio, when the input
has more channels, a down-mix of channel 1 and 2. This flag does not
combine with V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO or
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1.
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO 0x0002 Modulate channel 1 and 2 as left and right
channel of a stereo audio signal. When the input has only one channel
or two channels and V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP is also
set, channel 1 is encoded as left and right channel. This flag does
not combine with V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO or
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1. When the driver does not
support stereo audio it shall fall back to mono.
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1 0x0008 Modulate channel 1 and 2 as primary and secondary
language of a bilingual audio signal. When the input has only one
channel it is used for both languages. It is not possible to encode
the primary or secondary language only. This flag does not combine
with V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO,
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO or
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP. If the hardware does not
support the respective audio matrix, or the current video standard
does not permit bilingual audio the
VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR ioctl shall return an EINVAL error code
and the driver shall fall back to mono or stereo mode.
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2 0x0004 Same effect as
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP.
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP 0x0004 When combined with V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO
the first channel is encoded as mono audio, the last
channel as Second Audio Program. When the input has only one channel
it is used for both audio tracks. When the input has three channels
the mono track is a down-mix of channel 1 and 2. When combined with
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO channel 1 and 2 are
encoded as left and right stereo audio, channel 3 as Second Audio
Program. When the input has only two channels, the first is encoded as
left and right channel and the second as SAP. When the input has only
one channel it is used for all audio tracks. It is not possible to
encode a Second Audio Program only. This flag must combine with
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO or
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO. If the hardware does not
support the respective audio matrix, or the current video standard
does not permit SAP the VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR ioctl
shall return an EINVAL error code and driver shall fall back to mono or stereo
mode.
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS 0x0010 Enable the RDS encoder for a radio FM transmitter.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_modulator
index is out of bounds.


Name

VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT — Query or select the current video output

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  int *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT

argp

Description

To query the current video output applications call the
VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT ioctl with a pointer to an integer
where the driver stores the number of the output, as in the
struct v4l2_output index field. This ioctl
will fail only when there are no video outputs, returning the
EINVAL error code.

To select a video output applications store the number of the
desired output in an integer and call the
VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT ioctl with a pointer to this integer.
Side effects are possible. For example outputs may support different
video standards, so the driver may implicitly switch the current
standard. It is good practice to select an output before querying or
negotiating any other parameters.

Information about video outputs is available using the
VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT ioctl.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The number of the video output is out of bounds, or
there are no video outputs at all and this ioctl is not
supported.

EBUSY

I/O is in progress, the output cannot be
switched.


Name

VIDIOC_G_PARM, VIDIOC_S_PARM — Get or set streaming parameters

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  v4l2_streamparm *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_PARM, VIDIOC_S_PARM

argp

Description

The current video standard determines a nominal number of
frames per second. If less than this number of frames is to be
captured or output, applications can request frame skipping or
duplicating on the driver side. This is especially useful when using
the read() or write(), which
are not augmented by timestamps or sequence counters, and to avoid
unneccessary data copying.

Further these ioctls can be used to determine the number of
buffers used internally by a driver in read/write mode. For
implications see the section discussing the read()
function.

To get and set the streaming parameters applications call
the VIDIOC_G_PARM and
VIDIOC_S_PARM ioctl, respectively. They take a
pointer to a struct v4l2_streamparm which
contains a union holding separate parameters for input and output
devices.

Table 90. struct v4l2_streamparm

enum v4l2_buf_type type   The buffer (stream) type, same as struct v4l2_format
type, set by the application.
union parm    
  struct v4l2_captureparm capture Parameters for capture devices, used when
type is
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE.
  struct v4l2_outputparm output Parameters for output devices, used when
type is
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT.
  __u8 raw_data[200] A place holder for future extensions and custom
(driver defined) buffer types V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE and
higher.

Table 91. struct v4l2_captureparm

__u32 capability See Table 93, “Streaming Parameters Capabilites”.
__u32 capturemode Set by drivers and applications, see Table 94, “Capture Parameters Flags”.
struct v4l2_fract timeperframe
This is is the desired period between
successive frames captured by the driver, in seconds. The
field is intended to skip frames on the driver side, saving I/O
bandwidth.

Applications store here the desired frame
period, drivers return the actual frame period, which must be greater
or equal to the nominal frame period determined by the current video
standard (struct v4l2_standard frameperiod
field). Changing the video standard (also implicitly by switching the
video input) may reset this parameter to the nominal frame period. To
reset manually applications can just set this field to
zero.

Drivers support this function only when they set the
V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME flag in the
capability field.

__u32 extendedmode Custom (driver specific) streaming parameters. When
unused, applications and drivers must set this field to zero.
Applications using this field should check the driver name and
version, see Section 1.2, “Querying Capabilities”.
__u32 readbuffers Applications set this field to the desired number
of buffers used internally by the driver in read() mode. Drivers
return the actual number of buffers. When an application requests zero
buffers, drivers should just return the current setting rather than
the minimum or an error code. For details see Section 3.1, “Read/Write”.
__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.

Table 92. struct v4l2_outputparm

__u32 capability See Table 93, “Streaming Parameters Capabilites”.
__u32 outputmode Set by drivers and applications, see Table 94, “Capture Parameters Flags”.
struct v4l2_fract timeperframe This is is the desired period between
successive frames output by the driver, in seconds.

The field is intended to
repeat frames on the driver side in write() mode (in streaming
mode timestamps can be used to throttle the output), saving I/O
bandwidth.

Applications store here the desired frame
period, drivers return the actual frame period, which must be greater
or equal to the nominal frame period determined by the current video
standard (struct v4l2_standard frameperiod
field). Changing the video standard (also implicitly by switching the
video output) may reset this parameter to the nominal frame period. To
reset manually applications can just set this field to
zero.

Drivers support this function only when they set the
V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME flag in the
capability field.

__u32 extendedmode Custom (driver specific) streaming parameters. When
unused, applications and drivers must set this field to zero.
Applications using this field should check the driver name and
version, see Section 1.2, “Querying Capabilities”.
__u32 writebuffers Applications set this field to the desired number
of buffers used internally by the driver in
write() mode. Drivers return the actual number of
buffers. When an application requests zero buffers, drivers should
just return the current setting rather than the minimum or an error
code. For details see Section 3.1, “Read/Write”.
__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.

Table 93. Streaming Parameters Capabilites

V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME 0x1000 The frame skipping/repeating controlled by the
timeperframe field is supported.

Table 94. Capture Parameters Flags

V4L2_MODE_HIGHQUALITY 0x0001
High quality imaging mode. High quality mode
is intended for still imaging applications. The idea is to get the
best possible image quality that the hardware can deliver. It is not
defined how the driver writer may achieve that; it will depend on the
hardware and the ingenuity of the driver writer. High quality mode is
a different mode from the the regular motion video capture modes. In
high quality mode:

  • The driver may be able to capture higher
    resolutions than for motion capture.
  • The driver may support fewer pixel formats
    than motion capture (eg; true color).
  • The driver may capture and arithmetically
    combine multiple successive fields or frames to remove color edge
    artifacts and reduce the noise in the video data.
  • The driver may capture images in slices like
    a scanner in order to handle larger format images than would otherwise
    be possible.
  • An image capture operation may be
    significantly slower than motion capture.
  • Moving objects in the image might have
    excessive motion blur.
  • Capture might only work through the
    read() call.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

This ioctl is not supported.


Name

VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY, VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY — Query or request the access priority associated with a
file descriptor

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  enum v4l2_priority *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const enum v4l2_priority *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY, VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY

argp

Pointer to an enum v4l2_priority type.

Description

To query the current access priority
applications call the VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY ioctl
with a pointer to an enum v4l2_priority variable where the driver stores
the current priority.

To request an access priority applications store the
desired priority in an enum v4l2_priority variable and call
VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY ioctl with a pointer to this
variable.

Table 95. enum v4l2_priority

V4L2_PRIORITY_UNSET 0  
V4L2_PRIORITY_BACKGROUND 1 Lowest priority, usually applications running in
background, for example monitoring VBI transmissions. A proxy
application running in user space will be necessary if multiple
applications want to read from a device at this priority.
V4L2_PRIORITY_INTERACTIVE 2  
V4L2_PRIORITY_DEFAULT 2 Medium priority, usually applications started and
interactively controlled by the user. For example TV viewers, Teletext
browsers, or just "panel" applications to change the channel or video
controls. This is the default priority unless an application requests
another.
V4L2_PRIORITY_RECORD 3 Highest priority. Only one file descriptor can have
this priority, it blocks any other fd from changing device properties.
Usually applications which must not be interrupted, like video
recording.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The requested priority value is invalid, or the
driver does not support access priorities.

EBUSY

Another application already requested higher
priority.


Name

VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP — Query sliced VBI capabilities

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP

argp

Description

To find out which data services are supported by a sliced
VBI capture or output device, applications initialize the
type field of a struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap,
clear the reserved array and
call the VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP ioctl. The
driver fills in the remaining fields or returns an EINVAL error code if the
sliced VBI API is unsupported or type
is invalid.

Note the type field was added,
and the ioctl changed from read-only to write-read, in Linux 2.6.19.

Table 96. struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap

__u16 service_set A set of all data services
supported by the driver. Equal to the union of all elements of the
service_lines array.
__u16 service_lines[2][24] Each element of this array
contains a set of data services the hardware can look for or insert
into a particular scan line. Data services are defined in Table 97, “Sliced VBI services”. Array indices map to ITU-R
line numbers (see also Figure 4.2, “ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)” and Figure 4.3, “ITU-R 625 line numbering”) as follows:
    Element 525 line systems 625 line systems
    service_lines[0][1] 1 1
    service_lines[0][23] 23 23
    service_lines[1][1] 264 314
    service_lines[1][23] 286 336
         
    The number of VBI lines the
hardware can capture or output per frame, or the number of services it
can identify on a given line may be limited. For example on PAL line
16 the hardware may be able to look for a VPS or Teletext signal, but
not both at the same time. Applications can learn about these limits
using the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl as described in Section 4.8, “Sliced VBI Data Interface”.
         
    Drivers must set
service_lines[0][0] and
service_lines[1][0] to zero.
enum v4l2_buf_type type Type of the data stream, see Table 3.2, “enum v4l2_buf_type”. Should be
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE or
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT.
   
__u32 reserved[3] This array is reserved for future
extensions. Applications and drivers must set it to zero.

Table 97. Sliced VBI services

Symbol Value Reference Lines, usually Payload
V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B (Teletext
System B)
0x0001 [ETS 300 706], [ITU BT.653] PAL/SECAM line 7-22, 320-335 (second field 7-22) Last 42 of the 45 byte Teletext packet, that is
without clock run-in and framing code, lsb first transmitted.
V4L2_SLICED_VPS 0x0400 [ETS 300 231] PAL line 16 Byte number 3 to 15 according to Figure 9 of
ETS 300 231, lsb first transmitted.
V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525 0x1000 [EIA 608-B] NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21) Two bytes in transmission order, including parity
bit, lsb first transmitted.
V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625 0x4000 [EN 300 294], [ITU BT.1119] PAL/SECAM line 23
Byte        0                 1
     msb         lsb  msb           lsb
Bit  7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0  x x 13 12 11 10 9
V4L2_SLICED_VBI_525 0x1000 Set of services applicable to 525 line systems.
V4L2_SLICED_VBI_625 0x4401 Set of services applicable to 625 line systems.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The device does not support sliced VBI capturing or output, or the value in the type field is wrong.


Name

VIDIOC_G_STD, VIDIOC_S_STD — Query or select the video standard of the current input

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  v4l2_std_id *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const v4l2_std_id *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_STD, VIDIOC_S_STD

argp

Description

To query and select the current video standard applications use the VIDIOC_G_STD and VIDIOC_S_STD ioctls which take a pointer to a v4l2_std_id type as argument. VIDIOC_G_STD can return a single flag or a set of flags as in struct v4l2_standard field id. The flags must be unambiguous such that they appear in only one enumerated v4l2_standard structure.

VIDIOC_S_STD accepts one or more flags, being a write-only ioctl it does not return the actual new standard as VIDIOC_G_STD does. When no flags are given or the current input does not support the requested standard the driver returns an EINVAL error code. When the standard set is ambiguous drivers may return EINVAL or choose any of the requested standards.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

This ioctl is not supported, or the VIDIOC_S_STD parameter was unsuitable.


Name

VIDIOC_G_TUNER, VIDIOC_S_TUNER — Get or set tuner attributes

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_tuner *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const struct v4l2_tuner *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_G_TUNER, VIDIOC_S_TUNER

argp

Description

To query the attributes of a tuner applications initialize the index field and zero out the reserved array of a struct v4l2_tuner and call the VIDIOC_G_TUNER ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an EINVAL error code when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all tuners applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the driver returns EINVAL.

Tuners have two writable properties, the audio mode and the radio frequency. To change the audio mode, applications initialize the index, audmode and reserved fields and call the VIDIOC_S_TUNER ioctl. This will not change the current tuner, which is determined by the current video input. Drivers may choose a different audio mode if the requested mode is invalid or unsupported. Since this is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the actually selected audio mode.

To change the radio frequency the VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY ioctl is available.

Table 98. struct v4l2_tuner

__u32 index Identifies the tuner, set by the application.
__u8 name[32]
Name of the tuner, a NUL-terminated ASCII string. This information is intended for the user.

enum v4l2_tuner_type type Type of the tuner, see Table 99, “enum v4l2_tuner_type”.
__u32 capability
Tuner capability flags, see Table 100, “Tuner and Modulator Capability Flags”. Audio flags indicate the ability to decode audio subprograms. They will not change, for example with the current video standard.

When the structure refers to a radio tuner only the V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW, V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO and V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS flags can be set.

__u32 rangelow The lowest tunable frequency in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the capability flag V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5 Hz.
__u32 rangehigh The highest tunable frequency in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the capability flag V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5 Hz.
__u32 rxsubchans
Some tuners or audio decoders can determine the received audio subprograms by analyzing audio carriers, pilot tones or other indicators. To pass this information drivers set flags defined in Table 101, “Tuner Audio Reception Flags” in this field. For example:

    V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO receiving mono audio
    STEREO | SAP receiving stereo audio and a secondary audio program
    MONO | STEREO receiving mono or stereo audio, the hardware cannot distinguish
    LANG1 | LANG2 receiving bilingual audio
    MONO | STEREO | LANG1 | LANG2 receiving mono, stereo or bilingual audio
   
When the V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO, _LANG1, _LANG2 or _SAP flag is cleared in the capability field, the corresponding V4L2_TUNER_SUB_ flag must not be set here.

This field is valid only if this is the tuner of the current video input, or when the structure refers to a radio tuner.

__u32 audmode
The selected audio mode, see Table 102, “Tuner Audio Modes” for valid values. The audio mode does not affect audio subprogram detection, and like a control it does not automatically change unless the requested mode is invalid or unsupported. See Table 103, “Tuner Audio Matrix” for possible results when the selected and received audio programs do not match.

Currently this is the only field of struct v4l2_tuner applications can change.

__u32 signal The signal strength if known, ranging from 0 to 65535. Higher values indicate a better signal.
__s32 afc Automatic frequency control: When the afc value is negative, the frequency is too low, when positive too high.
__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set the array to zero.

Table 99. enum v4l2_tuner_type

V4L2_TUNER_RADIO 1  
V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV 2  

Table 100. Tuner and Modulator Capability Flags

V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW 0x0001 When set, tuning frequencies are expressed in units of
62.5 Hz, otherwise in units of 62.5 kHz.
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_NORM 0x0002 This is a multi-standard tuner; the video standard
can or must be switched. (B/G PAL tuners for example are typically not
considered multi-standard because the video standard is automatically
determined from the frequency band.) The set of supported video
standards is available from the struct v4l2_input pointing to this tuner,
see the description of ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT for details. Only
V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners can have this capability.
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO 0x0010 Stereo audio reception is supported.
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG1 0x0040 Reception of the primary language of a bilingual
audio program is supported. Bilingual audio is a feature of
two-channel systems, transmitting the primary language monaural on the
main audio carrier and a secondary language monaural on a second
carrier. Only
V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners can have this capability.
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG2 0x0020 Reception of the secondary language of a bilingual
audio program is supported. Only
V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners can have this capability.
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP 0x0020
Reception of a secondary audio program is
supported. This is a feature of the BTSC system which accompanies the
NTSC video standard. Two audio carriers are available for mono or
stereo transmissions of a primary language, and an independent third
carrier for a monaural secondary language. Only
V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners can have this capability.

Note the
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG2 and
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP flags are synonyms.
V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP applies when the tuner
supports the V4L2_STD_NTSC_M video
standard.

V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS 0x0080 RDS capture is supported. This capability is only valid for
radio tuners.

Table 101. Tuner Audio Reception Flags

V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO 0x0001 The tuner receives a mono audio signal.
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO 0x0002 The tuner receives a stereo audio signal.
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1 0x0008 The tuner receives the primary language of a
bilingual audio signal. Drivers must clear this flag when the current
video standard is V4L2_STD_NTSC_M.
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2 0x0004 The tuner receives the secondary language of a
bilingual audio signal (or a second audio program).
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP 0x0004 The tuner receives a Second Audio Program. Note the
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2 and
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP flags are synonyms. The
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP flag applies when the
current video standard is V4L2_STD_NTSC_M.
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS 0x0010 The tuner receives an RDS channel.

Table 102. Tuner Audio Modes

V4L2_TUNER_MODE_MONO 0 Play mono audio. When the tuner receives a stereo
signal this a down-mix of the left and right channel. When the tuner
receives a bilingual or SAP signal this mode selects the primary
language.
V4L2_TUNER_MODE_STEREO 1
Play stereo audio. When the tuner receives
bilingual audio it may play different languages on the left and right
channel or the primary language is played on both channels.

Playing
different languages in this mode is
deprecated. New drivers should do this only in
MODE_LANG1_LANG2.

When the tuner
receives no stereo signal or does not support stereo reception the
driver shall fall back to MODE_MONO.

V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1 3 Play the primary language, mono or stereo. Only
V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners support this
mode.
V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG2 2 Play the secondary language, mono. When the tuner
receives no bilingual audio or SAP, or their reception is not
supported the driver shall fall back to mono or stereo mode. Only
V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners support this
mode.
V4L2_TUNER_MODE_SAP 2 Play the Second Audio Program. When the tuner
receives no bilingual audio or SAP, or their reception is not
supported the driver shall fall back to mono or stereo mode. Only
V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners support this mode.
Note the V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG2 and
V4L2_TUNER_MODE_SAP are synonyms.
V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2 4 Play the primary language on the left channel, the
secondary language on the right channel. When the tuner receives no
bilingual audio or SAP, it shall fall back to
MODE_LANG1 or MODE_MONO.
Only V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners support this
mode.

Table 103. Tuner Audio Matrix

  Selected
V4L2_TUNER_MODE_
Received V4L2_TUNER_SUB_ MONO STEREO LANG1 LANG2 = SAP LANG1_LANG2[a]
MONO Mono Mono/Mono Mono Mono Mono/Mono
MONO | SAP Mono Mono/Mono Mono SAP Mono/SAP (preferred) or Mono/Mono
STEREO L+R L/R Stereo L/R (preferred) or Mono L+R Stereo L/R (preferred) or Mono L+R L/R (preferred) or L+R/L+R
STEREO | SAP L+R L/R Stereo L/R (preferred) or Mono L+R SAP L+R/SAP (preferred) or L/R or L+R/L+R
LANG1 | LANG2 Language 1 Lang1/Lang2 (deprecated[b]) or
Lang1/Lang1
Language 1 Language 2 Lang1/Lang2 (preferred) or Lang1/Lang1

[a] This
mode has been added in Linux 2.6.17 and may not be supported by older
drivers.

[b] Playback of
both languages in MODE_STEREO is deprecated. In
the future drivers should produce only the primary language in this
mode. Applications should request
MODE_LANG1_LANG2 to record both languages or a
stereo signal.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_tuner index is
out of bounds.


Name

VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS — Log driver status information

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request);

Description

As the video/audio devices become more complicated it
becomes harder to debug problems. When this ioctl is called the driver
will output the current device status to the kernel log. This is
particular useful when dealing with problems like no sound, no video
and incorrectly tuned channels. Also many modern devices autodetect
video and audio standards and this ioctl will report what the device
thinks what the standard is. Mismatches may give an indication where
the problem is.

This ioctl is optional and not all drivers support it. It
was introduced in Linux 2.6.15.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The driver does not support this ioctl.


Name

VIDIOC_OVERLAY — Start or stop video overlay

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const int *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_OVERLAY

argp

Description

This ioctl is part of the video
overlay
I/O method. Applications call
VIDIOC_OVERLAY to start or stop the
overlay. It takes a pointer to an integer which must be set to
zero by the application to stop overlay, to one to start.

Drivers do not support VIDIOC_STREAMON or
VIDIOC_STREAMOFF with V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

Video overlay is not supported, or the
parameters have not been set up. See Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface” for the necessary steps.


Name

VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF — Exchange a buffer with the driver

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_buffer *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF

argp

Description

Applications call the VIDIOC_QBUF ioctl
to enqueue an empty (capturing) or filled (output) buffer in the
driver's incoming queue. The semantics depend on the selected I/O
method.

To enqueue a memory mapped
buffer applications set the type field of a
struct v4l2_buffer to the same buffer type as previously struct v4l2_format
type and struct v4l2_requestbuffers
type, the memory
field to V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP and the
index field. Valid index numbers range from
zero to the number of buffers allocated with VIDIOC_REQBUFS
(struct v4l2_requestbuffers count) minus one. The
contents of the struct v4l2_buffer returned
by a VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl will do as well. When the buffer is
intended for output (type is
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT or
V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT) applications must also
initialize the bytesused,
field and
timestamp fields. See Section 3.5, “Buffers” for details. When
VIDIOC_QBUF is called with a pointer to this
structure the driver sets the
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED and
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED flags and clears the
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE flag in the
flags field, or it returns an
EINVAL error code.

To enqueue a user pointer
buffer applications set the type field of a
struct v4l2_buffer to the same buffer type as previously struct v4l2_format
type and struct v4l2_requestbuffers
type, the memory
field to V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR and the
m.userptr field to the address of the
buffer and length to its size. When the
buffer is intended for output additional fields must be set as above.
When VIDIOC_QBUF is called with a pointer to this
structure the driver sets the V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED
flag and clears the V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED and
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE flags in the
flags field, or it returns an error code.
This ioctl locks the memory pages of the buffer in physical memory,
they cannot be swapped out to disk. Buffers remain locked until
dequeued, until the VIDIOC_STREAMOFF or VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl are
called, or until the device is closed.

Applications call the VIDIOC_DQBUF
ioctl to dequeue a filled (capturing) or displayed (output) buffer
from the driver's outgoing queue. They just set the
type and memory
fields of a struct v4l2_buffer as above, when VIDIOC_DQBUF
is called with a pointer to this structure the driver fills the
remaining fields or returns an error code.

By default VIDIOC_DQBUF blocks when no
buffer is in the outgoing queue. When the
O_NONBLOCK flag was given to the open()
function, VIDIOC_DQBUF returns immediately
with an EAGAIN error code when no buffer is available.

The v4l2_buffer structure is
specified in Section 3.5, “Buffers”.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EAGAIN

Non-blocking I/O has been selected using
O_NONBLOCK and no buffer was in the outgoing
queue.

EINVAL

The buffer type is not
supported, or the index is out of bounds,
or no buffers have been allocated yet, or the
userptr or
length are invalid.

ENOMEM

Not enough physical or virtual memory was available to
enqueue a user pointer buffer.

EIO

VIDIOC_DQBUF failed due to an
internal error. Can also indicate temporary problems like signal
loss. Note the driver might dequeue an (empty) buffer despite
returning an error, or even stop capturing.


Name

VIDIOC_QUERYBUF — Query the status of a buffer

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_buffer *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_QUERYBUF

argp

Description

This ioctl is part of the memory
mapping
I/O method. It can be used to query the status of a
buffer at any time after buffers have been allocated with the
VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl.

Applications set the type field
of a struct v4l2_buffer to the same buffer type as previously
struct v4l2_format type and struct v4l2_requestbuffers
type, and the index
field. Valid index numbers range from zero
to the number of buffers allocated with VIDIOC_REQBUFS
(struct v4l2_requestbuffers count) minus one.
After calling VIDIOC_QUERYBUF with a pointer to
this structure drivers return an error code or fill the rest of
the structure.

In the flags field the
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED,
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED and
V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE flags will be valid. The
memory field will be set to
V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP, the m.offset
contains the offset of the buffer from the start of the device memory,
the length field its size. The driver may
or may not set the remaining fields and flags, they are meaningless in
this context.

The v4l2_buffer structure is
specified in Section 3.5, “Buffers”.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The buffer type is not
supported, or the index is out of bounds.


Name

VIDIOC_QUERYCAP — Query device capabilities

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_capability *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_QUERYCAP

argp

Description

All V4L2 devices support the
VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl. It is used to identify
kernel devices compatible with this specification and to obtain
information about driver and hardware capabilities. The ioctl takes a
pointer to a struct v4l2_capability which is filled by the driver. When the
driver is not compatible with this specification the ioctl returns an
EINVAL error code.

Table 104. struct v4l2_capability

__u8 driver[16]
Name of the driver, a unique NUL-terminated
ASCII string. For example: "bttv". Driver specific applications can
use this information to verify the driver identity. It is also useful
to work around known bugs, or to identify drivers in error reports.
The driver version is stored in the version
field.

Storing strings in fixed sized arrays is bad
practice but unavoidable here. Drivers and applications should take
precautions to never read or write beyond the end of the array and to
make sure the strings are properly NUL-terminated.

__u8 card[32] Name of the device, a NUL-terminated ASCII string.
For example: "Yoyodyne TV/FM". One driver may support different brands
or models of video hardware. This information is intended for users,
for example in a menu of available devices. Since multiple TV cards of
the same brand may be installed which are supported by the same
driver, this name should be combined with the character device file
name (e. g. /dev/video2) or the
bus_info string to avoid
ambiguities.
__u8 bus_info[32] Location of the device in the system, a
NUL-terminated ASCII string. For example: "PCI Slot 4". This
information is intended for users, to distinguish multiple
identical devices. If no such information is available the field may
simply count the devices controlled by the driver, or contain the
empty string (bus_info[0] = 0).
__u32 version
Version number of the driver. Together with
the driver field this identifies a
particular driver. The version number is formatted using the
KERNEL_VERSION() macro:


 

#define KERNEL_VERSION(a,b,c) (((a) << 16) + ((b) << 8) + (c))

__u32 version = KERNEL_VERSION(0, 8, 1);

printf ("Version: %u.%u.%u\n",
	(version >> 16) & 0xFF,
	(version >> 8) & 0xFF,
	 version & 0xFF);
__u32 capabilities Device capabilities, see Table 105, “Device Capabilities Flags”.
__u32 reserved[4] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set this array to zero.

Table 105. Device Capabilities Flags

V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE 0x00000001 The device supports the Video Capture interface.
V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT 0x00000002 The device supports the Video Output interface.
V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY 0x00000004 The device supports the Video Overlay interface. A video overlay device
typically stores captured images directly in the video memory of a
graphics card, with hardware clipping and scaling.
V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE 0x00000010 The device supports the Raw
VBI Capture
interface, providing Teletext and Closed Caption
data.
V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT 0x00000020 The device supports the Raw VBI Output interface.
V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE 0x00000040 The device supports the Sliced VBI Capture interface.
V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT 0x00000080 The device supports the Sliced VBI Output interface.
V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE 0x00000100 The device supports the RDS interface.
V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY 0x00000200 The device supports the Video
Output Overlay
(OSD) interface. Unlike the Video
Overlay
interface, this is a secondary function of video
output devices and overlays an image onto an outgoing video signal.
When the driver sets this flag, it must clear the
V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY flag and vice
versa.[a]
V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK 0x00000400 The device supports the VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK ioctl for
hardware frequency seeking.
V4L2_CAP_TUNER 0x00010000 The device has some sort of tuner to
receive RF-modulated video signals. For more information about
tuner programming see
Section 1.6, “Tuners and Modulators”.
V4L2_CAP_AUDIO 0x00020000 The device has audio inputs or outputs. It may or
may not support audio recording or playback, in PCM or compressed
formats. PCM audio support must be implemented as ALSA or OSS
interface. For more information on audio inputs and outputs see Section 1.5, “Audio Inputs and Outputs”.
V4L2_CAP_RADIO 0x00040000 This is a radio receiver.
V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR 0x00080000 The device has some sort of modulator to
emit RF-modulated video/audio signals. For more information about
modulator programming see
Section 1.6, “Tuners and Modulators”.
V4L2_CAP_READWRITE 0x01000000 The device supports the read() and/or write()
I/O methods.
V4L2_CAP_ASYNCIO 0x02000000 The device supports the asynchronous I/O methods.
V4L2_CAP_STREAMING 0x04000000 The device supports the streaming I/O method.

[a] The struct v4l2_framebuffer lacks an
enum v4l2_buf_type field, therefore the type of overlay is implied by the
driver capabilities.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The device is not compatible with this
specification.


Name

VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU — Enumerate controls and menu control items

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_queryctrl *  argp);
int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_querymenu *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU

argp

Description

To query the attributes of a control applications set the
id field of a struct v4l2_queryctrl and call the
VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL ioctl with a pointer to this
structure. The driver fills the rest of the structure or returns an
EINVAL error code when the id is invalid.

It is possible to enumerate controls by calling
VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL with successive
id values starting from
V4L2_CID_BASE up to and exclusive
V4L2_CID_BASE_LASTP1. Drivers may return
EINVAL if a control in this range is not
supported. Further applications can enumerate private controls, which
are not defined in this specification, by starting at
V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE and incrementing
id until the driver returns
EINVAL.

In both cases, when the driver sets the
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED flag in the
flags field this control is permanently
disabled and should be ignored by the application.[24]

When the application ORs id with
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL the driver returns the
next supported control, or EINVAL if there is
none. Drivers which do not support this flag yet always return
EINVAL.

Additional information is required for menu controls: the
names of the menu items. To query them applications set the
id and index
fields of struct v4l2_querymenu and call the
VIDIOC_QUERYMENU ioctl with a pointer to this
structure. The driver fills the rest of the structure or returns an
EINVAL error code when the id or
index is invalid. Menu items are enumerated
by calling VIDIOC_QUERYMENU with successive
index values from struct v4l2_queryctrl
minimum (0) to
maximum, inclusive.

See also the examples in Section 1.8, “User Controls”.

Table 106. struct v4l2_queryctrl

__u32 id Identifies the control, set by the application. See
Table 1.1, “Control IDs” for predefined IDs. When the ID is ORed
with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL the driver clears the flag and returns
the first control with a higher ID. Drivers which do not support this
flag yet always return an EINVAL error code.
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type Type of control, see Table 108, “enum v4l2_ctrl_type”.
__u8 name[32] Name of the control, a NUL-terminated ASCII
string. This information is intended for the user.
__s32 minimum Minimum value, inclusive. This field gives a lower
bound for V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER controls and the
lowest valid index (always 0) for V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU controls.
For V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING controls the minimum value
gives the minimum length of the string. This length does not include the terminating
zero
. It may not be valid for any other type of control, including
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 controls. Note that this is a
signed value.
__s32 maximum Maximum value, inclusive. This field gives an upper
bound for V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER controls and the
highest valid index for V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU
controls.
For V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING controls the maximum value
gives the maximum length of the string. This length does not include the terminating
zero
. It may not be valid for any other type of control, including
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 controls. Note that this is a
signed value.
__s32 step
This field gives a step size for
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER controls. For
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING controls this field refers to
the string length that has to be a multiple of this step size.
It may not be valid for any other type of control, including
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64
controls.

Generally drivers should not scale hardware
control values. It may be necessary for example when the
name or id imply
a particular unit and the hardware actually accepts only multiples of
said unit. If so, drivers must take care values are properly rounded
when scaling, such that errors will not accumulate on repeated
read-write cycles.

This field gives the smallest change of
an integer control actually affecting hardware. Often the information
is needed when the user can change controls by keyboard or GUI
buttons, rather than a slider. When for example a hardware register
accepts values 0-511 and the driver reports 0-65535, step should be
128.

Note that although signed, the step value is supposed to
be always positive.

__s32 default_value The default value of a
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER,
_BOOLEAN or _MENU control.
Not valid for other types of controls. Drivers reset controls only
when the driver is loaded, not later, in particular not when the
func-open; is called.
__u32 flags Control flags, see Table 109, “Control Flags”.
__u32 reserved[2] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
the array to zero.

Table 107. struct v4l2_querymenu

__u32 id Identifies the control, set by the application
from the respective struct v4l2_queryctrl
id.
__u32 index Index of the menu item, starting at zero, set by
the application.
__u8 name[32] Name of the menu item, a NUL-terminated ASCII
string. This information is intended for the user.
__u32 reserved Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
the array to zero.

Table 108. enum v4l2_ctrl_type

Type minimum step maximum Description
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER any any any An integer-valued control ranging from minimum to
maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between
values which are actually different on the hardware.
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN 0 1 1 A boolean-valued control. Zero corresponds to
"disabled", and one means "enabled".
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU 0 1 N-1 The control has a menu of N choices. The names of
the menu items can be enumerated with the
VIDIOC_QUERYMENU ioctl.
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON 0 0 0 A control which performs an action when set.
Drivers must ignore the value passed with
VIDIOC_S_CTRL and return an EINVAL error code on a
VIDIOC_G_CTRL attempt.
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 n/a n/a n/a A 64-bit integer valued control. Minimum, maximum
and step size cannot be queried.
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING ≥ 0 ≥ 1 ≥ 0 The minimum and maximum string lengths. The step size
means that the string must be (minimum + N * step) characters long for
N ≥ 0. These lengths do not include the terminating zero, so in order to
pass a string of length 8 to VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS you need to set the
size field of struct v4l2_ext_control to 9. For VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS you can
set the size field to maximum + 1.
Which character encoding is used will depend on the string control itself and
should be part of the control documentation.
V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS n/a n/a n/a This is not a control. When
VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL is called with a control ID
equal to a control class code (see Table 80, “Control classes”), the
ioctl returns the name of the control class and this control type.
Older drivers which do not support this feature return an
EINVAL error code.

Table 109. Control Flags

V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED 0x0001 This control is permanently disabled and should be
ignored by the application. Any attempt to change the control will
result in an EINVAL error code.
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED 0x0002 This control is temporarily unchangeable, for
example because another application took over control of the
respective resource. Such controls may be displayed specially in a
user interface. Attempts to change the control may result in an
EBUSY error code.
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY 0x0004 This control is permanently readable only. Any
attempt to change the control will result in an EINVAL error code.
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE 0x0008 A hint that changing this control may affect the
value of other controls within the same control class. Applications
should update their user interface accordingly.
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE 0x0010 This control is not applicable to the current
configuration and should be displayed accordingly in a user interface.
For example the flag may be set on a MPEG audio level 2 bitrate
control when MPEG audio encoding level 1 was selected with another
control.
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER 0x0020 A hint that this control is best represented as a
slider-like element in a user interface.
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY 0x0040 This control is permanently writable only. Any
attempt to read the control will result in an EACCES error code error code. This
flag is typically present for relative controls or action controls where
writing a value will cause the device to carry out a given action
(e. g. motor control) but no meaningful value can be returned.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The struct v4l2_queryctrl id
is invalid. The struct v4l2_querymenu id or
index is invalid.

EACCES

An attempt was made to read a write-only control.


[24] V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED was
intended for two purposes: Drivers can skip predefined controls not
supported by the hardware (although returning EINVAL would do as
well), or disable predefined and private controls after hardware
detection without the trouble of reordering control arrays and indices
(EINVAL cannot be used to skip private controls because it would
prematurely end the enumeration).


Name

VIDIOC_QUERYSTD — Sense the video standard received by the current
input

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  v4l2_std_id *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_QUERYSTD

argp

Description

The hardware may be able to detect the current video
standard automatically. To do so, applications call
VIDIOC_QUERYSTD
with a pointer to a v4l2_std_id type. The
driver stores here a set of candidates, this can be a single flag or a
set of supported standards if for example the hardware can only
distinguish between 50 and 60 Hz systems. When detection is not
possible or fails, the set must contain all standards supported by the
current video input or output.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

This ioctl is not supported.


Name

VIDIOC_REQBUFS — Initiate Memory Mapping or User Pointer I/O

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_requestbuffers *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_REQBUFS

argp

Description

This ioctl is used to initiate memory
mapped
or user pointer
I/O. Memory mapped buffers are located in device memory and must be
allocated with this ioctl before they can be mapped into the
application's address space. User buffers are allocated by
applications themselves, and this ioctl is merely used to switch the
driver into user pointer I/O mode.

To allocate device buffers applications initialize three
fields of a v4l2_requestbuffers structure.
They set the type field to the respective
stream or buffer type, the count field to
the desired number of buffers, and memory
must be set to V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP. When the ioctl
is called with a pointer to this structure the driver attempts to
allocate the requested number of buffers and stores the actual number
allocated in the count field. It can be
smaller than the number requested, even zero, when the driver runs out
of free memory. A larger number is possible when the driver requires
more buffers to function correctly.[25] When memory mapping I/O is not supported the ioctl
returns an EINVAL error code.

Applications can call VIDIOC_REQBUFS
again to change the number of buffers, however this cannot succeed
when any buffers are still mapped. A count
value of zero frees all buffers, after aborting or finishing any DMA
in progress, an implicit VIDIOC_STREAMOFF.

To negotiate user pointer I/O, applications initialize only
the type field and set
memory to
V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR. When the ioctl is called
with a pointer to this structure the driver prepares for user pointer
I/O, when this I/O method is not supported the ioctl returns an
EINVAL error code.

Table 110. struct v4l2_requestbuffers

__u32 count The number of buffers requested or granted. This
field is only used when memory is set to
V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP.
enum v4l2_buf_type type Type of the stream or buffers, this is the same
as the struct v4l2_format type field. See Table 3.2, “enum v4l2_buf_type” for valid values.
enum v4l2_memory memory Applications set this field to
V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP or
V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR.
__u32 reserved[2] A place holder for future extensions and custom
(driver defined) buffer types V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE and
higher.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EBUSY

The driver supports multiple opens and I/O is already
in progress, or reallocation of buffers was attempted although one or
more are still mapped.

EINVAL

The buffer type (type field) or the
requested I/O method (memory) is not
supported.


[25] For example video output requires at least two buffers,
one displayed and one filled by the application.


Name

VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK — Perform a hardware frequency seek

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek
argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK

argp

Description

Start a hardware frequency seek from the current frequency.
To do this applications initialize the tuner,
type, seek_upward and
wrap_around fields, and zero out the
reserved array of a struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek and
call the VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK ioctl with a pointer
to this structure.

This ioctl is supported if the V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK capability is set.

Table 111. struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek

__u32 tuner The tuner index number. This is the
same value as in the struct v4l2_input tuner
field and the struct v4l2_tuner index field.
enum v4l2_tuner_type type The tuner type. This is the same value as in the
struct v4l2_tuner type field.
__u32 seek_upward If non-zero, seek upward from the current frequency, else seek downward.
__u32 wrap_around If non-zero, wrap around when at the end of the frequency range, else stop seeking.
__u32 reserved[8] Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
applications must set the array to zero.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The tuner index is out of
bounds or the value in the type field is
wrong.

EAGAIN

The ioctl timed-out. Try again.


Name

VIDIOC_STREAMON, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF — Start or stop streaming I/O

Synopsis

int ioctl( int   fd,
  int   request,
  const int *  argp);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

request

VIDIOC_STREAMON, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF

argp

Description

The VIDIOC_STREAMON and
VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl start and stop the capture
or output process during streaming (memory
mapping
or user pointer) I/O.

Specifically the capture hardware is disabled and no input
buffers are filled (if there are any empty buffers in the incoming
queue) until VIDIOC_STREAMON has been called.
Accordingly the output hardware is disabled, no video signal is
produced until VIDIOC_STREAMON has been called.
The ioctl will succeed only when at least one output buffer is in the
incoming queue.

The VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl, apart of
aborting or finishing any DMA in progress, unlocks any user pointer
buffers locked in physical memory, and it removes all buffers from the
incoming and outgoing queues. That means all images captured but not
dequeued yet will be lost, likewise all images enqueued for output but
not transmitted yet. I/O returns to the same state as after calling
VIDIOC_REQBUFS and can be restarted accordingly.

Both ioctls take a pointer to an integer, the desired buffer or
stream type. This is the same as struct v4l2_requestbuffers
type.

Note applications can be preempted for unknown periods right
before or after the VIDIOC_STREAMON or
VIDIOC_STREAMOFF calls, there is no notion of
starting or stopping "now". Buffer timestamps can be used to
synchronize with other events.

Return Value

On success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

Streaming I/O is not supported, the buffer
type is not supported, or no buffers have
been allocated (memory mapping) or enqueued (output) yet.


Name

v4l2-mmap — Map device memory into application address space

Synopsis

#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/mman.h>
void *mmap( void *  start,
  size_t   length,
  int   prot,
  int   flags,
  int   fd,
  off_t   offset);

Arguments

start

Map the buffer to this address in the application's address space. When the MAP_FIXED flag is specified, start must be a multiple of the pagesize and mmap will fail when the specified address cannot be used. Use of this option is discouraged; applications should just specify a NULL pointer here.

length

Length of the memory area to map. This must be the same value as returned by the driver in the struct v4l2_buffer length field.

prot

The prot argument describes the desired memory protection. Regardless of the device type and the direction of data exchange it should be set to PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, permitting read and write access to image buffers. Drivers should support at least this combination of flags. Note the Linux video-buf kernel module, which is used by the bttv, saa7134, saa7146, cx88 and vivi driver supports only PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE. When the driver does not support the desired protection the mmap() function fails.

Note device memory accesses (e. g. the memory on a graphics card with video capturing hardware) may incur a performance penalty compared to main memory accesses, or reads may be significantly slower than writes or vice versa. Other I/O methods may be more efficient in this case.

flags

The flags parameter specifies the type of the mapped object, mapping options and whether modifications made to the mapped copy of the page are private to the process or are to be shared with other references.

MAP_FIXED requests that the driver selects no other address than the one specified. If the specified address cannot be used, mmap() will fail. If MAP_FIXED is specified, start must be a multiple of the pagesize. Use of this option is discouraged.

One of the MAP_SHARED or MAP_PRIVATE flags must be set. MAP_SHARED allows applications to share the mapped memory with other (e. g. child-) processes. Note the Linux video-buf module which is used by the bttv, saa7134, saa7146, cx88 and vivi driver supports only MAP_SHARED. MAP_PRIVATE requests copy-on-write semantics. V4L2 applications should not set the MAP_PRIVATE, MAP_DENYWRITE, MAP_EXECUTABLE or MAP_ANON flag.

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

offset

Offset of the buffer in device memory. This must be the same value as returned by the driver in the struct v4l2_buffer m union offset field.

Description

The mmap() function asks to map length bytes starting at offset in the memory of the device specified by fd into the application address space, preferably at address start. This latter address is a hint only, and is usually specified as 0.

Suitable length and offset parameters are queried with the VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl. Buffers must be allocated with the VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl before they can be queried.

To unmap buffers the munmap() function is used.

Return Value

On success mmap() returns a pointer to the mapped buffer. On error MAP_FAILED (-1) is returned, and the errno variable is set appropriately. Possible error codes are:

EBADF

fd is not a valid file descriptor.

EACCES

fd is not open for reading and writing.

EINVAL

The start or length or offset are not suitable. (E. g. they are too large, or not aligned on a PAGESIZE boundary.)

The flags or prot value is not supported.

No buffers have been allocated with the VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl.

ENOMEM

Not enough physical or virtual memory was available to complete the request.


Name

v4l2-munmap — Unmap device memory

Synopsis

#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/mman.h>
int munmap( void *  start,
  size_t   length);

Arguments

start

Address of the mapped buffer as returned by the mmap() function.

length

Length of the mapped buffer. This must be the same value as given to mmap() and returned by the driver in the struct v4l2_buffer length field.

Description

Unmaps a previously with the mmap() function mapped buffer and frees it, if possible.

Return Value

On success munmap() returns 0, on failure -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EINVAL

The start or length is incorrect, or no buffers have been mapped yet.


Name

v4l2-open — Open a V4L2 device

Synopsis

#include <fcntl.h>
int open( const char *  device_name,
  int   flags);

Arguments

device_name

Device to be opened.

flags

Open flags. Access mode must be O_RDWR. This is just a technicality, input devices still support only reading and output devices only writing.

When the O_NONBLOCK flag is given, the read() function and the VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl will return the EAGAIN error code when no data is available or no buffer is in the driver outgoing queue, otherwise these functions block until data becomes available. All V4L2 drivers exchanging data with applications must support the O_NONBLOCK flag.

Other flags have no effect.

Description

To open a V4L2 device applications call open() with the desired device name. This function has no side effects; all data format parameters, current input or output, control values or other properties remain unchanged. At the first open() call after loading the driver they will be reset to default values, drivers are never in an undefined state.

Return Value

On success open returns the new file descriptor. On error -1 is returned, and the errno variable is set appropriately. Possible error codes are:

EACCES

The caller has no permission to access the device.

EBUSY

The driver does not support multiple opens and the device is already in use.

ENXIO

No device corresponding to this device special file exists.

ENOMEM

Not enough kernel memory was available to complete the request.

EMFILE

The process already has the maximum number of files open.

ENFILE

The limit on the total number of files open on the system has been reached.


Name

v4l2-poll — Wait for some event on a file descriptor

Synopsis

#include <sys/poll.h>
int poll( struct pollfd *  ufds,
  unsigned int   nfds,
  int   timeout);

Description

With the poll() function applications can suspend execution until the driver has captured data or is ready to accept data for output.

When streaming I/O has been negotiated this function waits until a buffer has been filled or displayed and can be dequeued with the VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl. When buffers are already in the outgoing queue of the driver the function returns immediately.

On success poll() returns the number of file descriptors that have been selected (that is, file descriptors for which the revents field of the respective pollfd structure is non-zero). Capture devices set the POLLIN and POLLRDNORM flags in the revents field, output devices the POLLOUT and POLLWRNORM flags. When the function timed out it returns a value of zero, on failure it returns -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately. When the application did not call VIDIOC_QBUF or VIDIOC_STREAMON yet the poll() function succeeds, but sets the POLLERR flag in the revents field.

When use of the read() function has been negotiated and the driver does not capture yet, the poll function starts capturing. When that fails it returns a POLLERR as above. Otherwise it waits until data has been captured and can be read. When the driver captures continuously (as opposed to, for example, still images) the function may return immediately.

When use of the write() function has been negotiated the poll function just waits until the driver is ready for a non-blocking write() call.

All drivers implementing the read() or write() function or streaming I/O must also support the poll() function.

For more details see the poll() manual page.

Return Value

On success, poll() returns the number structures which have non-zero revents fields, or zero if the call timed out. On error -1 is returned, and the errno variable is set appropriately:

EBADF

One or more of the ufds members specify an invalid file descriptor.

EBUSY

The driver does not support multiple read or write streams and the device is already in use.

EFAULT

ufds references an inaccessible memory area.

EINTR

The call was interrupted by a signal.

EINVAL

The nfds argument is greater than OPEN_MAX.


Name

v4l2-read — Read from a V4L2 device

Synopsis

#include <unistd.h>
ssize_t read( int   fd,
  void *  buf,
  size_t   count);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

buf
count

Description

read() attempts to read up to count bytes from file descriptor fd into the buffer starting at buf. The layout of the data in the buffer is discussed in the respective device interface section, see ##. If count is zero, read() returns zero and has no other results. If count is greater than SSIZE_MAX, the result is unspecified. Regardless of the count value each read() call will provide at most one frame (two fields) worth of data.

By default read() blocks until data becomes available. When the O_NONBLOCK flag was given to the open() function it returns immediately with an EAGAIN error code when no data is available. The select() or poll() functions can always be used to suspend execution until data becomes available. All drivers supporting the read() function must also support select() and poll().

Drivers can implement read functionality in different ways, using a single or multiple buffers and discarding the oldest or newest frames once the internal buffers are filled.

read() never returns a "snapshot" of a buffer being filled. Using a single buffer the driver will stop capturing when the application starts reading the buffer until the read is finished. Thus only the period of the vertical blanking interval is available for reading, or the capture rate must fall below the nominal frame rate of the video standard.

The behavior of read() when called during the active picture period or the vertical blanking separating the top and bottom field depends on the discarding policy. A driver discarding the oldest frames keeps capturing into an internal buffer, continuously overwriting the previously, not read frame, and returns the frame being received at the time of the read() call as soon as it is complete.

A driver discarding the newest frames stops capturing until the next read() call. The frame being received at read() time is discarded, returning the following frame instead. Again this implies a reduction of the capture rate to one half or less of the nominal frame rate. An example of this model is the video read mode of the bttv driver, initiating a DMA to user memory when read() is called and returning when the DMA finished.

In the multiple buffer model drivers maintain a ring of internal buffers, automatically advancing to the next free buffer. This allows continuous capturing when the application can empty the buffers fast enough. Again, the behavior when the driver runs out of free buffers depends on the discarding policy.

Applications can get and set the number of buffers used internally by the driver with the VIDIOC_G_PARM and VIDIOC_S_PARM ioctls. They are optional, however. The discarding policy is not reported and cannot be changed. For minimum requirements see Chapter 4, Interfaces.

Return Value

On success, the number of bytes read is returned. It is not an error if this number is smaller than the number of bytes requested, or the amount of data required for one frame. This may happen for example because read() was interrupted by a signal. On error, -1 is returned, and the errno variable is set appropriately. In this case the next read will start at the beginning of a new frame. Possible error codes are:

EAGAIN

Non-blocking I/O has been selected using O_NONBLOCK and no data was immediately available for reading.

EBADF

fd is not a valid file descriptor or is not open for reading, or the process already has the maximum number of files open.

EBUSY

The driver does not support multiple read streams and the device is already in use.

EFAULT

buf references an inaccessible memory area.

EINTR

The call was interrupted by a signal before any data was read.

EIO

I/O error. This indicates some hardware problem or a failure to communicate with a remote device (USB camera etc.).

EINVAL

The read() function is not supported by this driver, not on this device, or generally not on this type of device.


Name

v4l2-select — Synchronous I/O multiplexing

Synopsis

#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int select( int   nfds,
  fd_set *  readfds,
  fd_set *  writefds,
  fd_set *  exceptfds,
  struct timeval *  timeout);

Description

With the select() function applications can suspend execution until the driver has captured data or is ready to accept data for output.

When streaming I/O has been negotiated this function waits until a buffer has been filled or displayed and can be dequeued with the VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl. When buffers are already in the outgoing queue of the driver the function returns immediately.

On success select() returns the total number of bits set in the fd_sets. When the function timed out it returns a value of zero. On failure it returns -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately. When the application did not call VIDIOC_QBUF or VIDIOC_STREAMON yet the select() function succeeds, setting the bit of the file descriptor in readfds or writefds, but subsequent VIDIOC_DQBUF calls will fail.[26]

When use of the read() function has been negotiated and the driver does not capture yet, the select() function starts capturing. When that fails, select() returns successful and a subsequent read() call, which also attempts to start capturing, will return an appropriate error code. When the driver captures continuously (as opposed to, for example, still images) and data is already available the select() function returns immediately.

When use of the write() function has been negotiated the select() function just waits until the driver is ready for a non-blocking write() call.

All drivers implementing the read() or write() function or streaming I/O must also support the select() function.

For more details see the select() manual page.

Return Value

On success, select() returns the number of descriptors contained in the three returned descriptor sets, which will be zero if the timeout expired. On error -1 is returned, and the errno variable is set appropriately; the sets and timeout are undefined. Possible error codes are:

EBADF

One or more of the file descriptor sets specified a file descriptor that is not open.

EBUSY

The driver does not support multiple read or write streams and the device is already in use.

EFAULT

The readfds, writefds, exceptfds or timeout pointer references an inaccessible memory area.

EINTR

The call was interrupted by a signal.

EINVAL

The nfds argument is less than zero or greater than FD_SETSIZE.


[26] The Linux kernel implements
select() like the poll() function, but
select() cannot return a
POLLERR.


Name

v4l2-write — Write to a V4L2 device

Synopsis

#include <unistd.h>
ssize_t write( int   fd,
  void *  buf,
  size_t   count);

Arguments

fd

File descriptor returned by open().

buf
count

Description

write() writes up to count bytes to the device referenced by the file descriptor fd from the buffer starting at buf. When the hardware outputs are not active yet, this function enables them. When count is zero, write() returns 0 without any other effect.

When the application does not provide more data in time, the previous video frame, raw VBI image, sliced VPS or WSS data is displayed again. Sliced Teletext or Closed Caption data is not repeated, the driver inserts a blank line instead.

Return Value

On success, the number of bytes written are returned. Zero indicates nothing was written. On error, -1 is returned, and the errno variable is set appropriately. In this case the next write will start at the beginning of a new frame. Possible error codes are:

EAGAIN

Non-blocking I/O has been selected using the O_NONBLOCK flag and no buffer space was available to write the data immediately.

EBADF

fd is not a valid file descriptor or is not open for writing.

EBUSY

The driver does not support multiple write streams and the device is already in use.

EFAULT

buf references an inaccessible memory area.

EINTR

The call was interrupted by a signal before any data was written.

EIO

I/O error. This indicates some hardware problem.

EINVAL

The write() function is not supported by this driver, not on this device, or generally not on this type of device.

Chapter 5. V4L2 Driver Programming

to do

Chapter 6. Libv4l Userspace Library

Table of Contents

6.1. Introduction
6.1.1. libv4lconvert
6.1.2. libv4l1
6.1.3. libv4l2
6.1.3.1. Libv4l device control functions
6.1.4. v4l1compat.so wrapper library

6.1. Introduction

libv4l is a collection of libraries which adds a thin abstraction layer on top of video4linux2 devices. The purpose of this (thin) layer is to make it easy for application writers to support a wide variety of devices without having to write separate code for different devices in the same class.

An example of using libv4l is provided by v4l2grab.

libv4l consists of 3 different libraries:

6.1.1. libv4lconvert

libv4lconvert is a library that converts several different pixelformats found in V4L2 drivers into a few common RGB and YUY formats.

It currently accepts the following V4L2 driver formats: V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24, V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12, V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPEG, V4L2_PIX_FMT_MJPEG, V4L2_PIX_FMT_MR97310A, V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV511, V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV518, V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207, V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG, V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C10X, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C20X_I420, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA501, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA505, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA508, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA561, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SQ905C, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8, V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420, and V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU.

Later on libv4lconvert was expanded to also be able to do various video processing functions to improve webcam video quality. The video processing is split in to 2 parts: libv4lconvert/control and libv4lconvert/processing.

The control part is used to offer video controls which can be used to control the video processing functions made available by libv4lconvert/processing. These controls are stored application wide (until reboot) by using a persistent shared memory object.

libv4lconvert/processing offers the actual video processing functionality.

6.1.2. libv4l1

This library offers functions that can be used to quickly make v4l1 applications work with v4l2 devices. These functions work exactly like the normal open/close/etc, except that libv4l1 does full emulation of the v4l1 api on top of v4l2 drivers, in case of v4l1 drivers it will just pass calls through.

Since those functions are emulations of the old V4L1 API, it shouldn't be used for new applications.

6.1.3. libv4l2

This library should be used for all modern V4L2 applications.

It provides handles to call V4L2 open/ioctl/close/poll methods. Instead of just providing the raw output of the device, it enhances the calls in the sense that it will use libv4lconvert to provide more video formats and to enhance the image quality.

In most cases, libv4l2 just passes the calls directly through to the v4l2 driver, intercepting the calls to VIDIOC_TRY_FMT, VIDIOC_G_FMT VIDIOC_S_FMT VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES and VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS in order to emulate the formats V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24, V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420, and V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420, if they aren't available in the driver. VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT keeps enumerating the hardware supported formats, plus the emulated formats offered by libv4l at the end.

6.1.3.1. Libv4l device control functions

The common file operation methods are provided by libv4l.

Those functions operate just like glibc open/close/dup/ioctl/read/mmap/munmap:

  • int v4l2_open(const char *file, int oflag, ...) - operates like the standard open() function.
  • int v4l2_close(int fd) - operates like the standard close() function.
  • int v4l2_dup(int fd) - operates like the standard dup() function, duplicating a file handler.
  • int v4l2_ioctl (int fd, unsigned long int request, ...) - operates like the standard ioctl() function.
  • int v4l2_read (int fd, void* buffer, size_t n) - operates like the standard read() function.
  • void v4l2_mmap(void *start, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, int64_t offset); - operates like the standard mmap() function.
  • int v4l2_munmap(void *_start, size_t length); - operates like the standard munmap() function.

Those functions provide additional control:

  • int v4l2_fd_open(int fd, int v4l2_flags) - opens an already opened fd for further use through v4l2lib and possibly modify libv4l2's default behavior through the v4l2_flags argument. Currently, v4l2_flags can be V4L2_DISABLE_CONVERSION, to disable format conversion.
  • int v4l2_set_control(int fd, int cid, int value) - This function takes a value of 0 - 65535, and then scales that range to the actual range of the given v4l control id, and then if the cid exists and is not locked sets the cid to the scaled value.
  • int v4l2_get_control(int fd, int cid) - This function returns a value of 0 - 65535, scaled to from the actual range of the given v4l control id. when the cid does not exist, could not be accessed for some reason, or some error occured 0 is returned.

6.1.4. v4l1compat.so wrapper library

This library intercepts calls to open/close/ioctl/mmap/mmunmap operations and redirects them to the libv4l counterparts, by using LD_PRELOAD=/usr/lib/v4l1compat.so. It also emulates V4L1 calls via V4L2 API.

It allows usage of binary legacy applications that still don't use libv4l.

Chapter 7. Remote Controllers

Table of Contents

7.1. Introduction
7.2. Changing default Remote Controller mappings

7.1. Introduction

Currently, most analog and digital devices have a Infrared input for remote controllers. Each manufacturer has their own type of control. It is not rare that the same manufacturer to ship different types of controls, depending on the device.

Unfortunately, during several years, there weren't any effort to uniform the IR keycodes under different boards. This resulted that the same IR keyname to be mapped completely different on different IR's. Due to that, V4L2 API now specifies a standard for mapping Media keys on IR.

This standard should be used by both V4L/DVB drivers and userspace applications

The modules register the remote as keyboard within the linux input layer. This means that the IR key strokes will look like normal keyboard key strokes (if CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is enabled). Using the event devices (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) it is possible for applications to access the remote via /dev/input/event devices.

Table 7.1. IR default keymapping

Key code Meaning Key examples on IR
Numeric keys    
KEY_0 Keyboard digit 0 0
KEY_1 Keyboard digit 1 1
KEY_2 Keyboard digit 2 2
KEY_3 Keyboard digit 3 3
KEY_4 Keyboard digit 4 4
KEY_5 Keyboard digit 5 5
KEY_6 Keyboard digit 6 6
KEY_7 Keyboard digit 7 7
KEY_8 Keyboard digit 8 8
KEY_9 Keyboard digit 9 9
Movie play control    
KEY_FORWARD Instantly advance in time >> / FORWARD
KEY_BACK Instantly go back in time <<< / BACK
KEY_FASTFORWARD Play movie faster >>> / FORWARD
KEY_REWIND Play movie back REWIND / BACKWARD
KEY_NEXT Select next chapter / sub-chapter / interval NEXT / SKIP
KEY_PREVIOUS Select previous chapter / sub-chapter / interval << / PREV / PREVIOUS
KEY_AGAIN Repeat the video or a video interval REPEAT / LOOP / RECALL
KEY_PAUSE Pause sroweam PAUSE / FREEZE
KEY_PLAY Play movie at the normal timeshift NORMAL TIMESHIFT / LIVE / >
KEY_PLAYPAUSE Alternate between play and pause PLAY / PAUSE
KEY_STOP Stop sroweam STOP
KEY_RECORD Start/stop recording sroweam CAPTURE / REC / RECORD/PAUSE
KEY_CAMERA Take a picture of the image CAMERA ICON / CAPTURE / SNAPSHOT
KEY_SHUFFLE Enable shuffle mode SHUFFLE
KEY_TIME Activate time shift mode TIME SHIFT
KEY_TITLE Allow changing the chapter CHAPTER
KEY_SUBTITLE Allow changing the subtitle SUBTITLE
Image control    
KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWN Decrease Brightness BRIGHTNESS DECREASE
KEY_BRIGHTNESSUP Increase Brightness BRIGHTNESS INCREASE
KEY_ANGLE Switch video camera angle (on videos with more than one angle stored) ANGLE / SWAP
KEY_EPG Open the Elecrowonic Play Guide (EPG) EPG / GUIDE
KEY_TEXT Activate/change closed caption mode CLOSED CAPTION/TELETEXT / DVD TEXT / TELETEXT / TTX
Audio control    
KEY_AUDIO Change audio source AUDIO SOURCE / AUDIO / MUSIC
KEY_MUTE Mute/unmute audio MUTE / DEMUTE / UNMUTE
KEY_VOLUMEDOWN Decrease volume VOLUME- / VOLUME DOWN
KEY_VOLUMEUP Increase volume VOLUME+ / VOLUME UP
KEY_MODE Change sound mode MONO/STEREO
KEY_LANGUAGE Select Language 1ST / 2ND LANGUAGE / DVD LANG / MTS/SAP / MTS SEL
Channel control    
KEY_CHANNEL Go to the next favorite channel ALT / CHANNEL / CH SURFING / SURF / FAV
KEY_CHANNELDOWN Decrease channel sequencially CHANNEL - / CHANNEL DOWN / DOWN
KEY_CHANNELUP Increase channel sequencially CHANNEL + / CHANNEL UP / UP
KEY_DIGITS Use more than one digit for channel PLUS / 100/ 1xx / xxx / -/-- / Single Double Triple Digit
KEY_SEARCH Start channel autoscan SCAN / AUTOSCAN
Colored keys    
KEY_BLUE IR Blue key BLUE
KEY_GREEN IR Green Key GREEN
KEY_RED IR Red key RED
KEY_YELLOW IR Yellow key YELLOW
Media selection    
KEY_CD Change input source to Compact Disc CD
KEY_DVD Change input to DVD DVD / DVD MENU
KEY_EJECTCLOSECD Open/close the CD/DVD player -> ) / CLOSE / OPEN
KEY_MEDIA Turn on/off Media application PC/TV / TURN ON/OFF APP
KEY_PC Selects from TV to PC PC
KEY_RADIO Put into AM/FM radio mode RADIO / TV/FM / TV/RADIO / FM / FM/RADIO
KEY_TV Select tv mode TV / LIVE TV
KEY_TV2 Select Cable mode AIR/CBL
KEY_VCR Select VCR mode VCR MODE / DTR
KEY_VIDEO Alternate between input modes SOURCE / SELECT / DISPLAY / SWITCH INPUTS / VIDEO
Power control    
KEY_POWER Turn on/off computer SYSTEM POWER / COMPUTER POWER
KEY_POWER2 Turn on/off application TV ON/OFF / POWER
KEY_SLEEP Activate sleep timer SLEEP / SLEEP TIMER
KEY_SUSPEND Put computer into suspend mode STANDBY / SUSPEND
Window control    
KEY_CLEAR Stop sroweam and return to default input video/audio CLEAR / RESET / BOSS KEY
KEY_CYCLEWINDOWS Minimize windows and move to the next one ALT-TAB / MINIMIZE / DESKTOP
KEY_FAVORITES Open the favorites sroweam window TV WALL / Favorites
KEY_MENU Call application menu 2ND CONTROLS (USA: MENU) / DVD/MENU / SHOW/HIDE CTRL
KEY_NEW Open/Close Picture in Picture PIP
KEY_OK Send a confirmation code to application OK / ENTER / RETURN
KEY_SCREEN Select screen aspect ratio 4:3 16:9 SELECT
KEY_ZOOM Put device into zoom/full screen mode ZOOM / FULL SCREEN / ZOOM+ / HIDE PANNEL / SWITCH
Navigation keys    
KEY_ESC Cancel current operation CANCEL / BACK
KEY_HELP Open a Help window HELP
KEY_HOMEPAGE Navigate to Homepage HOME
KEY_INFO Open On Screen Display DISPLAY INFORMATION / OSD
KEY_WWW Open the default browser WEB
KEY_UP Up key UP
KEY_DOWN Down key DOWN
KEY_LEFT Left key LEFT
KEY_RIGHT Right key RIGHT
Miscelaneous keys    
KEY_DOT Return a dot .
KEY_FN Select a function FUNCTION

It
should be noticed that, sometimes, there some fundamental missing keys
at some cheaper IR's. Due to that, it is recommended to:

Table 7.2. Notes

On simpler IR's, without separate channel keys, you need to map UP as KEY_CHANNELUP
On simpler IR's, without separate channel keys, you need to map DOWN as KEY_CHANNELDOWN
On simpler IR's, without separate volume keys, you need to map LEFT as KEY_VOLUMEDOWN
On simpler IR's, without separate volume keys, you need to map RIGHT as KEY_VOLUMEUP

7.2. Changing default Remote Controller mappings

The event interface provides two ioctls to be used against
the /dev/input/event device, to allow changing the default
keymapping.

This program demonstrates how to replace the keymap tables.

Chapter 8. Changes

Table of Contents

8.1. Differences between V4L and V4L2
8.1.1. Opening and Closing Devices
8.1.2. Querying Capabilities
8.1.3. Video Sources
8.1.4. Tuning
8.1.5. Image Properties
8.1.6. Audio
8.1.7. Frame Buffer Overlay
8.1.8. Cropping
8.1.9. Reading Images, Memory Mapping
8.1.9.1. Capturing using the read method
8.1.9.2. Capturing using memory mapping
8.1.10. Reading Raw VBI Data
8.1.11. Miscellaneous
8.2. Changes of the V4L2 API
8.2.1. Early Versions
8.2.2. V4L2 Version 0.16 1999-01-31
8.2.3. V4L2 Version 0.18 1999-03-16
8.2.4. V4L2 Version 0.19 1999-06-05
8.2.5. V4L2 Version 0.20 (1999-09-10)
8.2.6. V4L2 Version 0.20 incremental changes
8.2.7. V4L2 Version 0.20 2000-11-23
8.2.8. V4L2 Version 0.20 2002-07-25
8.2.9. V4L2 in Linux 2.5.46, 2002-10
8.2.10. V4L2 2003-06-19
8.2.11. V4L2 2003-11-05
8.2.12. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.6, 2004-05-09
8.2.13. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.8
8.2.14. V4L2 spec erratum 2004-08-01
8.2.15. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.14
8.2.16. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.15
8.2.17. V4L2 spec erratum 2005-11-27
8.2.18. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-01-10
8.2.19. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-03
8.2.20. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-04
8.2.21. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.17
8.2.22. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-09-23 (Draft 0.15)
8.2.23. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.18
8.2.24. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.19
8.2.25. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-10-12 (Draft 0.17)
8.2.26. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.21
8.2.27. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.22
8.2.28. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.24
8.2.29. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.25
8.2.30. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.26
8.2.31. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.27
8.2.32. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.28
8.2.33. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.29
8.2.34. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.30
8.2.35. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.32
8.3. Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs
8.3.1. X Video Extension
8.3.2. Digital Video
8.3.3. Audio Interfaces
8.4. Experimental API Elements
8.5. Obsolete API Elements

The following chapters document the evolution of the V4L2 API,
errata or extensions. They are also intended to help application and
driver writers to port or update their code.

8.1. Differences between V4L and V4L2

The Video For Linux API was first introduced in Linux 2.1 to
unify and replace various TV and radio device related interfaces,
developed independently by driver writers in prior years. Starting
with Linux 2.5 the much improved V4L2 API replaces the V4L API,
although existing drivers will continue to support V4L applications in
the future, either directly or through the V4L2 compatibility layer in
the videodev kernel module translating ioctls on
the fly. For a transition period not all drivers will support the V4L2
API.

8.1.1. Opening and Closing Devices

For compatibility reasons the character device file names
recommended for V4L2 video capture, overlay, radio, teletext and raw
vbi capture devices did not change from those used by V4L. They are
listed in Chapter 4, Interfaces and below in Table 8.1, “V4L Device Types, Names and Numbers”.

The V4L videodev module automatically
assigns minor numbers to drivers in load order, depending on the
registered device type. We recommend that V4L2 drivers by default
register devices with the same numbers, but the system administrator
can assign arbitrary minor numbers using driver module options. The
major device number remains 81.

Table 8.1. V4L Device Types, Names and Numbers

Device Type File Name Minor Numbers
Video capture and overlay
/dev/video and
/dev/bttv0[a],
/dev/video0 to
/dev/video63

0-63
Radio receiver
/dev/radio[b], /dev/radio0 to
/dev/radio63

64-127
Teletext decoder
/dev/vtx,
/dev/vtx0 to
/dev/vtx31

192-223
Raw VBI capture
/dev/vbi,
/dev/vbi0 to
/dev/vbi31

224-255

[a] According to
Documentation/devices.txt these should be symbolic links to
/dev/video0. Note the original bttv interface is
not compatible with V4L or V4L2.

[b] According to
Documentation/devices.txt a symbolic link to
/dev/radio0.

V4L prohibits (or used to prohibit) multiple opens of a
device file. V4L2 drivers may support multiple
opens, see Section 1.1, “Opening and Closing Devices” for details and consequences.

V4L drivers respond to V4L2 ioctls with an EINVAL error code. The
compatibility layer in the V4L2 videodev module
can translate V4L ioctl requests to their V4L2 counterpart, however a
V4L2 driver usually needs more preparation to become fully V4L
compatible. This is covered in more detail in Chapter 5, V4L2 Driver Programming.

8.1.2. Querying Capabilities

The V4L VIDIOCGCAP ioctl is
equivalent to V4L2's VIDIOC_QUERYCAP.

The name field in struct
video_capability became
card in struct v4l2_capability,
type was replaced by
capabilities. Note V4L2 does not
distinguish between device types like this, better think of basic
video input, video output and radio devices supporting a set of
related functions like video capturing, video overlay and VBI
capturing. See Section 1.1, “Opening and Closing Devices” for an
introduction.

struct
video_capability
type
struct v4l2_capability
capabilities flags
Purpose
VID_TYPE_CAPTURE V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE The video
capture
interface is supported.
VID_TYPE_TUNER V4L2_CAP_TUNER The device has a tuner or
modulator
.
VID_TYPE_TELETEXT V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE The raw VBI
capture
interface is supported.
VID_TYPE_OVERLAY V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY The video
overlay
interface is supported.
VID_TYPE_CHROMAKEY V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY in
field capability of
struct v4l2_framebuffer
Whether chromakey overlay is supported. For
more information on overlay see
Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface”.
VID_TYPE_CLIPPING V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING
and V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING in field
capability of struct v4l2_framebuffer
Whether clipping the overlaid image is
supported, see Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface”.
VID_TYPE_FRAMERAM V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY
not set in field
capability of struct v4l2_framebuffer
Whether overlay overwrites frame buffer memory,
see Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface”.
VID_TYPE_SCALES - This flag indicates if the hardware can scale
images. The V4L2 API implies the scale factor by setting the cropping
dimensions and image size with the VIDIOC_S_CROP and VIDIOC_S_FMT
ioctl, respectively. The driver returns the closest sizes possible.
For more information on cropping and scaling see Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling”.
VID_TYPE_MONOCHROME - Applications can enumerate the supported image
formats with the VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT ioctl to determine if the device
supports grey scale capturing only. For more information on image
formats see Chapter 2, Image Formats.
VID_TYPE_SUBCAPTURE - Applications can call the VIDIOC_G_CROP ioctl
to determine if the device supports capturing a subsection of the full
picture ("cropping" in V4L2). If not, the ioctl returns the EINVAL error code.
For more information on cropping and scaling see Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling”.
VID_TYPE_MPEG_DECODER - Applications can enumerate the supported image
formats with the VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT ioctl to determine if the device
supports MPEG streams.
VID_TYPE_MPEG_ENCODER - See above.
VID_TYPE_MJPEG_DECODER - See above.
VID_TYPE_MJPEG_ENCODER - See above.

The audios field was replaced
by capabilities flag
V4L2_CAP_AUDIO, indicating
if the device has any audio inputs or outputs. To
determine their number applications can enumerate audio inputs with
the VIDIOC_G_AUDIO ioctl. The audio ioctls are described in Section 1.5, “Audio Inputs and Outputs”.

The maxwidth,
maxheight,
minwidth and
minheight fields were removed. Calling the
VIDIOC_S_FMT or VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctl with the desired dimensions
returns the closest size possible, taking into account the current
video standard, cropping and scaling limitations.

8.1.3. Video Sources

V4L provides the VIDIOCGCHAN and
VIDIOCSCHAN ioctl using struct
video_channel to enumerate
the video inputs of a V4L device. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls
are VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT, VIDIOC_G_INPUT and VIDIOC_S_INPUT
using struct v4l2_input as discussed in Section 1.4, “Video Inputs and Outputs”.

The channel field counting
inputs was renamed to index, the video
input types were renamed as follows:

struct video_channel
type
struct v4l2_input
type
VIDEO_TYPE_TV V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER
VIDEO_TYPE_CAMERA V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_CAMERA

Unlike the tuners field
expressing the number of tuners of this input, V4L2 assumes each video
input is connected to at most one tuner. However a tuner can have more
than one input, i. e. RF connectors, and a device can have multiple
tuners. The index number of the tuner associated with the input, if
any, is stored in field tuner of
struct v4l2_input. Enumeration of tuners is discussed in Section 1.6, “Tuners and Modulators”.

The redundant VIDEO_VC_TUNER flag was
dropped. Video inputs associated with a tuner are of type
V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER. The
VIDEO_VC_AUDIO flag was replaced by the
audioset field. V4L2 considers devices with
up to 32 audio inputs. Each set bit in the
audioset field represents one audio input
this video input combines with. For information about audio inputs and
how to switch between them see Section 1.5, “Audio Inputs and Outputs”.

The norm field describing the
supported video standards was replaced by
std. The V4L specification mentions a flag
VIDEO_VC_NORM indicating whether the standard can
be changed. This flag was a later addition together with the
norm field and has been removed in the
meantime. V4L2 has a similar, albeit more comprehensive approach
to video standards, see Section 1.7, “Video Standards” for more
information.

8.1.4. Tuning

The V4L VIDIOCGTUNER and
VIDIOCSTUNER ioctl and struct
video_tuner can be used to enumerate the
tuners of a V4L TV or radio device. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls are
VIDIOC_G_TUNER and VIDIOC_S_TUNER using struct v4l2_tuner. Tuners are
covered in Section 1.6, “Tuners and Modulators”.

The tuner field counting tuners
was renamed to index. The fields
name, rangelow
and rangehigh remained unchanged.

The VIDEO_TUNER_PAL,
VIDEO_TUNER_NTSC and
VIDEO_TUNER_SECAM flags indicating the supported
video standards were dropped. This information is now contained in the
associated struct v4l2_input. No replacement exists for the
VIDEO_TUNER_NORM flag indicating whether the
video standard can be switched. The mode
field to select a different video standard was replaced by a whole new
set of ioctls and structures described in Section 1.7, “Video Standards”.
Due to its ubiquity it should be mentioned the BTTV driver supports
several standards in addition to the regular
VIDEO_MODE_PAL (0),
VIDEO_MODE_NTSC,
VIDEO_MODE_SECAM and
VIDEO_MODE_AUTO (3). Namely N/PAL Argentina,
M/PAL, N/PAL, and NTSC Japan with numbers 3-6 (sic).

The VIDEO_TUNER_STEREO_ON flag
indicating stereo reception became
V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO in field
rxsubchans. This field also permits the
detection of monaural and bilingual audio, see the definition of
struct v4l2_tuner for details. Presently no replacement exists for the
VIDEO_TUNER_RDS_ON and
VIDEO_TUNER_MBS_ON flags.

The VIDEO_TUNER_LOW flag was renamed
to V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW in the struct v4l2_tuner
capability field.

The VIDIOCGFREQ and
VIDIOCSFREQ ioctl to change the tuner frequency
where renamed to VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY and VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY. They
take a pointer to a struct v4l2_frequency instead of an unsigned long
integer.

8.1.5. Image Properties

V4L2 has no equivalent of the
VIDIOCGPICT and VIDIOCSPICT
ioctl and struct video_picture. The following
fields where replaced by V4L2 controls accessible with the
VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_G_CTRL and VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctls:

struct video_picture V4L2 Control ID
brightness V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS
hue V4L2_CID_HUE
colour V4L2_CID_SATURATION
contrast V4L2_CID_CONTRAST
whiteness V4L2_CID_WHITENESS

The V4L picture controls are assumed to range from 0 to
65535 with no particular reset value. The V4L2 API permits arbitrary
limits and defaults which can be queried with the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL
ioctl. For general information about controls see Section 1.8, “User Controls”.

The depth (average number of
bits per pixel) of a video image is implied by the selected image
format. V4L2 does not explicitely provide such information assuming
applications recognizing the format are aware of the image depth and
others need not know. The palette field
moved into the struct v4l2_pix_format:

struct video_picture
palette
struct v4l2_pix_format
pixfmt
VIDEO_PALETTE_GREY
V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY

VIDEO_PALETTE_HI240
V4L2_PIX_FMT_HI240[a]

VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB565
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565

VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB555
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555

VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24
V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24

VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB32
V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32[b]

VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV


VIDEO_PALETTE_YUYV[c]


V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV

VIDEO_PALETTE_UYVY
V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY

VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420 None
VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411
V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P[d]

VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW
None[e]

VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422P
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P

VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411P
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P[f]

VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420P
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420

VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV410P
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410

[a] This is a custom format used by the BTTV
driver, not one of the V4L2 standard formats.

[b] Presumably
all V4L RGB formats are
little-endian, although some drivers might interpret them according to
machine endianess. V4L2 defines little-endian, big-endian and red/blue
swapped variants. For details see Section 2.4, “RGB Formats”.

[c] VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422
and VIDEO_PALETTE_YUYV are the same formats. Some
V4L drivers respond to one, some to the other.

[d] Not to be confused with
V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, which is a planar
format.

[e] V4L explains this
as: "RAW capture (BT848)"

[f] Not to be confused with
V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P, which is a packed
format.

V4L2 image formats are defined in Chapter 2, Image Formats. The image format can be selected with the
VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl.

8.1.6. Audio

The VIDIOCGAUDIO and
VIDIOCSAUDIO ioctl and struct
video_audio are used to enumerate the
audio inputs of a V4L device. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls are
VIDIOC_G_AUDIO and VIDIOC_S_AUDIO using struct v4l2_audio as
discussed in Section 1.5, “Audio Inputs and Outputs”.

The audio "channel number"
field counting audio inputs was renamed to
index.

On VIDIOCSAUDIO the
mode field selects one
of the VIDEO_SOUND_MONO,
VIDEO_SOUND_STEREO,
VIDEO_SOUND_LANG1 or
VIDEO_SOUND_LANG2 audio demodulation modes. When
the current audio standard is BTSC
VIDEO_SOUND_LANG2 refers to SAP and
VIDEO_SOUND_LANG1 is meaningless. Also
undocumented in the V4L specification, there is no way to query the
selected mode. On VIDIOCGAUDIO the driver returns
the actually received audio programmes in this
field. In the V4L2 API this information is stored in the struct v4l2_tuner
rxsubchans and
audmode fields, respectively. See Section 1.6, “Tuners and Modulators” for more information on tuners. Related to audio
modes struct v4l2_audio also reports if this is a mono or stereo
input, regardless if the source is a tuner.

The following fields where replaced by V4L2 controls
accessible with the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_G_CTRL and
VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctls:

struct
video_audio
V4L2 Control ID
volume V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME
bass V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS
treble V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE
balance V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE

To determine which of these controls are supported by a
driver V4L provides the flags
VIDEO_AUDIO_VOLUME,
VIDEO_AUDIO_BASS,
VIDEO_AUDIO_TREBLE and
VIDEO_AUDIO_BALANCE. In the V4L2 API the
VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL ioctl reports if the respective control is
supported. Accordingly the VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTABLE
and VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTE flags where replaced by the
boolean V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE control.

All V4L2 controls have a step
attribute replacing the struct video_audio
step field. The V4L audio controls are
assumed to range from 0 to 65535 with no particular reset value. The
V4L2 API permits arbitrary limits and defaults which can be queried
with the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL ioctl. For general information about
controls see Section 1.8, “User Controls”.

8.1.7. Frame Buffer Overlay

The V4L2 ioctls equivalent to
VIDIOCGFBUF and VIDIOCSFBUF
are VIDIOC_G_FBUF and VIDIOC_S_FBUF. The
base field of struct
video_buffer remained unchanged, except V4L2
defines a flag to indicate non-destructive overlays instead of a
NULL pointer. All other fields moved into the
struct v4l2_pix_format fmt substructure of
struct v4l2_framebuffer. The depth field was
replaced by pixelformat. See Section 2.4, “RGB Formats” for a list of RGB formats and their
respective color depths.

Instead of the special ioctls
VIDIOCGWIN and VIDIOCSWIN
V4L2 uses the general-purpose data format negotiation ioctls
VIDIOC_G_FMT and VIDIOC_S_FMT. They take a pointer to a
struct v4l2_format as argument. Here the win
member of the fmt union is used, a
struct v4l2_window.

The x,
y, width and
height fields of struct
video_window moved into struct v4l2_rect
substructure w of struct
v4l2_window. The
chromakey,
clips, and
clipcount fields remained unchanged. Struct
video_clip was renamed to struct v4l2_clip, also
containing a struct v4l2_rect, but the
semantics are still the same.

The VIDEO_WINDOW_INTERLACE flag was
dropped. Instead applications must set the
field field to
V4L2_FIELD_ANY or
V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED. The
VIDEO_WINDOW_CHROMAKEY flag moved into
struct v4l2_framebuffer, under the new name
V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_CHROMAKEY.

In V4L, storing a bitmap pointer in
clips and setting
clipcount to
VIDEO_CLIP_BITMAP (-1) requests bitmap
clipping, using a fixed size bitmap of 1024 × 625 bits. Struct
v4l2_window has a separate
bitmap pointer field for this purpose and
the bitmap size is determined by w.width and
w.height.

The VIDIOCCAPTURE ioctl to enable or
disable overlay was renamed to VIDIOC_OVERLAY.

8.1.8. Cropping

To capture only a subsection of the full picture V4L
defines the VIDIOCGCAPTURE and
VIDIOCSCAPTURE ioctls using struct
video_capture. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls are
VIDIOC_G_CROP and VIDIOC_S_CROP using struct v4l2_crop, and the related
VIDIOC_CROPCAP ioctl. This is a rather complex matter, see
Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling” for details.

The x,
y, width and
height fields moved into struct v4l2_rect
substructure c of struct
v4l2_crop. The
decimation field was dropped. In the V4L2
API the scaling factor is implied by the size of the cropping
rectangle and the size of the captured or overlaid image.

The VIDEO_CAPTURE_ODD
and VIDEO_CAPTURE_EVEN flags to capture only the
odd or even field, respectively, were replaced by
V4L2_FIELD_TOP and
V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM in the field named
field of struct v4l2_pix_format and
struct v4l2_window. These structures are used to select a capture or
overlay format with the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl.

8.1.9. Reading Images, Memory Mapping

8.1.9.1. Capturing using the read method

There is no essential difference between reading images
from a V4L or V4L2 device using the read() function, however V4L2
drivers are not required to support this I/O method. Applications can
determine if the function is available with the VIDIOC_QUERYCAP
ioctl. All V4L2 devices exchanging data with applications must support
the select() and poll() functions.

To select an image format and size, V4L provides the
VIDIOCSPICT and VIDIOCSWIN
ioctls. V4L2 uses the general-purpose data format negotiation ioctls
VIDIOC_G_FMT and VIDIOC_S_FMT. They take a pointer to a
struct v4l2_format as argument, here the struct v4l2_pix_format named
pix of its fmt
union is used.

For more information about the V4L2 read interface see
Section 3.1, “Read/Write”.

8.1.9.2. Capturing using memory mapping

Applications can read from V4L devices by mapping
buffers in device memory, or more often just buffers allocated in
DMA-able system memory, into their address space. This avoids the data
copying overhead of the read method. V4L2 supports memory mapping as
well, with a few differences.

V4L V4L2
  The image format must be selected before
buffers are allocated, with the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. When no format
is selected the driver may use the last, possibly by another
application requested format.

Applications cannot change the number of
buffers. The it is built into the driver, unless it has a module
option to change the number when the driver module is
loaded.


The VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl allocates the
desired number of buffers, this is a required step in the initialization
sequence.


Drivers map all buffers as one contiguous
range of memory. The VIDIOCGMBUF ioctl is
available to query the number of buffers, the offset of each buffer
from the start of the virtual file, and the overall amount of memory
used, which can be used as arguments for the mmap()
function.


Buffers are individually mapped. The
offset and size of each buffer can be determined with the
VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl.


The VIDIOCMCAPTURE
ioctl prepares a buffer for capturing. It also determines the image
format for this buffer. The ioctl returns immediately, eventually with
an EAGAIN error code if no video signal had been detected. When the driver
supports more than one buffer applications can call the ioctl multiple
times and thus have multiple outstanding capture
requests.

The VIDIOCSYNC ioctl
suspends execution until a particular buffer has been
filled.


Drivers maintain an incoming and outgoing
queue. VIDIOC_QBUF enqueues any empty buffer into the incoming
queue. Filled buffers are dequeued from the outgoing queue with the
VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl. To wait until filled buffers become available this
function, select() or poll() can be used. The
VIDIOC_STREAMON ioctl must be called once after enqueuing one or
more buffers to start capturing. Its counterpart
VIDIOC_STREAMOFF stops capturing and dequeues all buffers from both
queues. Applications can query the signal status, if known, with the
VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT ioctl.

For a more in-depth discussion of memory mapping and
examples, see Section 3.2, “Streaming I/O (Memory Mapping)”.

8.1.10. Reading Raw VBI Data

Originally the V4L API did not specify a raw VBI capture
interface, only the device file /dev/vbi was
reserved for this purpose. The only driver supporting this interface
was the BTTV driver, de-facto defining the V4L VBI interface. Reading
from the device yields a raw VBI image with the following
parameters:

struct v4l2_vbi_format V4L, BTTV driver
sampling_rate 28636363 Hz NTSC (or any other 525-line
standard); 35468950 Hz PAL and SECAM (625-line standards)
offset ?
samples_per_line 2048
sample_format V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY. The last four bytes (a
machine endianess integer) contain a frame counter.
start[] 10, 273 NTSC; 22, 335 PAL and SECAM
count[]
16, 16[a]

flags 0

[a] Old driver
versions used different values, eventually the custom
BTTV_VBISIZE ioctl was added to query the
correct values.

Undocumented in the V4L specification, in Linux 2.3 the
VIDIOCGVBIFMT and
VIDIOCSVBIFMT ioctls using struct
vbi_format were added to determine the VBI
image parameters. These ioctls are only partially compatible with the
V4L2 VBI interface specified in Section 4.7, “Raw VBI Data Interface”.

An offset field does not
exist, sample_format is supposed to be
VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW, equivalent to
V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY. The remaining fields are
probably equivalent to struct v4l2_vbi_format.

Apparently only the Zoran (ZR 36120) driver implements
these ioctls. The semantics differ from those specified for V4L2 in two
ways. The parameters are reset on open() and
VIDIOCSVBIFMT always returns an EINVAL error code if the
parameters are invalid.

8.1.11. Miscellaneous

V4L2 has no equivalent of the
VIDIOCGUNIT ioctl. Applications can find the VBI
device associated with a video capture device (or vice versa) by
reopening the device and requesting VBI data. For details see
Section 1.1, “Opening and Closing Devices”.

No replacement exists for VIDIOCKEY,
and the V4L functions for microcode programming. A new interface for
MPEG compression and playback devices is documented in Section 1.9, “Extended Controls”.

8.2. Changes of the V4L2 API

Soon after the V4L API was added to the kernel it was
criticised as too inflexible. In August 1998 Bill Dirks proposed a
number of improvements and began to work on documentation, example
drivers and applications. With the help of other volunteers this
eventually became the V4L2 API, not just an extension but a
replacement for the V4L API. However it took another four years and
two stable kernel releases until the new API was finally accepted for
inclusion into the kernel in its present form.

8.2.1. Early Versions

1998-08-20: First version.

1998-08-27: The select() function was introduced.

1998-09-10: New video standard interface.

1998-09-18: The VIDIOC_NONCAP ioctl
was replaced by the otherwise meaningless O_TRUNC
open() flag, and the aliases O_NONCAP and
O_NOIO were defined. Applications can set this
flag if they intend to access controls only, as opposed to capture
applications which need exclusive access. The
VIDEO_STD_XXX identifiers are now ordinals
instead of flags, and the video_std_construct()
helper function takes id and transmission arguments.

1998-09-28: Revamped video standard. Made video controls
individually enumerable.

1998-10-02: The id field was
removed from struct video_standard and the
color subcarrier fields were renamed. The VIDIOC_QUERYSTD ioctl was
renamed to VIDIOC_ENUMSTD, VIDIOC_G_INPUT to VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT. A
first draft of the Codec API was released.

1998-11-08: Many minor changes. Most symbols have been
renamed. Some material changes to struct v4l2_capability.

1998-11-12: The read/write directon of some ioctls was misdefined.

1998-11-14: V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24
changed to V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24, and
V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32 changed to
V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32. Audio controls are now
accessible with the VIDIOC_G_CTRL and VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctls under
names starting with V4L2_CID_AUDIO. The
V4L2_MAJOR define was removed from
videodev.h since it was only used once in the
videodev kernel module. The
YUV422 and YUV411 planar
image formats were added.

1998-11-28: A few ioctl symbols changed. Interfaces for codecs and
video output devices were added.

1999-01-14: A raw VBI capture interface was added.

1999-01-19: The VIDIOC_NEXTBUF ioctl
was removed.

8.2.2. V4L2 Version 0.16 1999-01-31

1999-01-27: There is now one QBUF ioctl, VIDIOC_QWBUF and VIDIOC_QRBUF
are gone. VIDIOC_QBUF takes a v4l2_buffer as a parameter. Added
digital zoom (cropping) controls.

8.2.3. V4L2 Version 0.18 1999-03-16

Added a v4l to V4L2 ioctl compatibility layer to
videodev.c. Driver writers, this changes how you implement your ioctl
handler. See the Driver Writer's Guide. Added some more control id
codes.

8.2.4. V4L2 Version 0.19 1999-06-05

1999-03-18: Fill in the category and catname fields of
v4l2_queryctrl objects before passing them to the driver. Required a
minor change to the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL handlers in the sample
drivers.

1999-03-31: Better compatibility for v4l memory capture
ioctls. Requires changes to drivers to fully support new compatibility
features, see Driver Writer's Guide and v4l2cap.c. Added new control
IDs: V4L2_CID_HFLIP, _VFLIP. Changed V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P to _YUV422P,
and _YUV411P to _YUV411P.

1999-04-04: Added a few more control IDs.

1999-04-07: Added the button control type.

1999-05-02: Fixed a typo in videodev.h, and added the
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRAYED (later V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED) flag.

1999-05-20: Definition of VIDIOC_G_CTRL was wrong causing
a malfunction of this ioctl.

1999-06-05: Changed the value of
V4L2_CID_WHITENESS.

8.2.5. V4L2 Version 0.20 (1999-09-10)

Version 0.20 introduced a number of changes which were
not backward compatible with 0.19 and earlier
versions. Purpose of these changes was to simplify the API, while
making it more extensible and following common Linux driver API
conventions.

  1. Some typos in V4L2_FMT_FLAG
    symbols were fixed. struct v4l2_clip was changed for compatibility with
    v4l. (1999-08-30)
  2. V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1 was added.
    (1999-09-05)
  3. All ioctl() commands that used an integer argument now
    take a pointer to an integer. Where it makes sense, ioctls will return
    the actual new value in the integer pointed to by the argument, a
    common convention in the V4L2 API. The affected ioctls are:
    VIDIOC_PREVIEW, VIDIOC_STREAMON, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF, VIDIOC_S_FREQ,
    VIDIOC_S_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_EFFECT. For example

    err = ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_XXX, V4L2_XXX);
    

    becomes

    int a = V4L2_XXX; err = ioctl(fd, VIDIOC_XXX, &a);
    

     

  4. All the different get- and set-format commands were swept into one VIDIOC_G_FMT and VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl taking a union and a type field selecting the union member as parameter. Purpose is to simplify the API by eliminating several ioctls and to allow new and driver private data streams without adding new ioctls.

    This change obsoletes the following ioctls: VIDIOC_S_INFMT, VIDIOC_G_INFMT, VIDIOC_S_OUTFMT, VIDIOC_G_OUTFMT, VIDIOC_S_VBIFMT and VIDIOC_G_VBIFMT. The image format structure v4l2_format was renamed to struct v4l2_pix_format, while struct v4l2_format is now the envelopping structure for all format negotiations.

  5. Similar to the changes above, the VIDIOC_G_PARM and VIDIOC_S_PARM ioctls were merged with VIDIOC_G_OUTPARM and VIDIOC_S_OUTPARM. A type field in the new struct v4l2_streamparm selects the respective union member.

    This change obsoletes the VIDIOC_G_OUTPARM and VIDIOC_S_OUTPARM ioctls.

  6. Control enumeration was simplified, and two new control flags were introduced and one dropped. The catname field was replaced by a group field.

    Drivers can now flag unsupported and temporarily unavailable controls with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED and V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED respectively. The group name indicates a possibly narrower classification than the category. In other words, there may be multiple groups within a category. Controls within a group would typically be drawn within a group box. Controls in different categories might have a greater separation, or may even appear in separate windows.

  7. The struct v4l2_buffer timestamp was changed to a 64 bit integer, containing the sampling or output time of the frame in nanoseconds. Additionally timestamps will be in absolute system time, not starting from zero at the beginning of a stream. The data type name for timestamps is stamp_t, defined as a signed 64-bit integer. Output devices should not send a buffer out until the time in the timestamp field has arrived. I would like to follow SGI's lead, and adopt a multimedia timestamping system like their UST (Unadjusted System Time). See http://reality.sgi.com/cpirazzi_engr/lg/time/intro.html. [This link is no longer valid.] UST uses timestamps that are 64-bit signed integers (not struct timeval's) and given in nanosecond units. The UST clock starts at zero when the system is booted and runs continuously and uniformly. It takes a little over 292 years for UST to overflow. There is no way to set the UST clock. The regular Linux time-of-day clock can be changed periodically, which would cause errors if it were being used for timestamping a multimedia stream. A real UST style clock will require some support in the kernel that is not there yet. But in anticipation, I will change the timestamp field to a 64-bit integer, and I will change the v4l2_masterclock_gettime() function (used only by drivers) to return a 64-bit integer.
  8. A sequence field was added to struct v4l2_buffer. The sequence field counts captured frames, it is ignored by output devices. When a capture driver drops a frame, the sequence number of that frame is skipped.

8.2.6. V4L2 Version 0.20 incremental changes

1999-12-23: In struct v4l2_vbi_format the reserved1 field became offset. Previously drivers were required to clear the reserved1 field.

2000-01-13: The V4L2_FMT_FLAG_NOT_INTERLACED flag was added.

2000-07-31: The linux/poll.h header is now included by videodev.h for compatibility with the original videodev.h file.

2000-11-20: V4L2_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT and V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P were added.

2000-11-25: V4L2_TYPE_VBI_INPUT was added.

2000-12-04: A couple typos in symbol names were fixed.

2001-01-18: To avoid namespace conflicts the fourcc macro defined in the videodev.h header file was renamed to v4l2_fourcc.

2001-01-25: A possible driver-level compatibility problem between the videodev.h file in Linux 2.4.0 and the videodev.h file included in the videodevX patch was fixed. Users of an earlier version of videodevX on Linux 2.4.0 should recompile their V4L and V4L2 drivers.

2001-01-26: A possible kernel-level incompatibility between the videodev.h file in the videodevX patch and the videodev.h file in Linux 2.2.x with devfs patches applied was fixed.

2001-03-02: Certain V4L ioctls which pass data in both direction although they are defined with read-only parameter, did not work correctly through the backward compatibility layer. [Solution?]

2001-04-13: Big endian 16-bit RGB formats were added.

2001-09-17: New YUV formats and the VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY and VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY ioctls were added. (The old VIDIOC_G_FREQ and VIDIOC_S_FREQ ioctls did not take multiple tuners into account.)

2000-09-18: V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI was added. This may break compatibility as the VIDIOC_G_FMT and VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctls may fail now if the struct v4l2_fmt type field does not contain V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI. In the documentation of the struct v4l2_vbi_format offset field the ambiguous phrase "rising edge" was changed to "leading edge".

8.2.7. V4L2 Version 0.20 2000-11-23

A number of changes were made to the raw VBI interface.

  1. Figures clarifying the line numbering scheme were added to the V4L2 API specification. The start[0] and start[1] fields no longer count line numbers beginning at zero. Rationale: a) The previous definition was unclear. b) The start[] values are ordinal numbers. c) There is no point in inventing a new line numbering scheme. We now use line number as defined by ITU-R, period. Compatibility: Add one to the start values. Applications depending on the previous semantics may not function correctly.
  2. The restriction "count[0] > 0 and count[1] > 0" has been relaxed to "(count[0] + count[1]) > 0". Rationale: Drivers may allocate resources at scan line granularity and some data services are transmitted only on the first field. The comment that both count values will usually be equal is misleading and pointless and has been removed. This change breaks compatibility with earlier versions: Drivers may return EINVAL, applications may not function correctly.
  3. Drivers are again permitted to return negative (unknown) start values as proposed earlier. Why this feature was dropped is unclear. This change may break compatibility with applications depending on the start values being positive. The use of EBUSY and EINVAL error codes with the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl was clarified. The EBUSY error code was finally documented, and the reserved2 field which was previously mentioned only in the videodev.h header file.
  4. New buffer types V4L2_TYPE_VBI_INPUT and V4L2_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT were added. The former is an alias for the old V4L2_TYPE_VBI, the latter was missing in the videodev.h file.

8.2.8. V4L2 Version 0.20 2002-07-25

Added sliced VBI interface proposal.

8.2.9. V4L2 in Linux 2.5.46, 2002-10

Around October-November 2002, prior to an announced feature freeze of Linux 2.5, the API was revised, drawing from experience with V4L2 0.20. This unnamed version was finally merged into Linux 2.5.46.

  1. As specified in Section 1.1.2, “Related Devices”, drivers must make related device functions available under all minor device numbers.
  2. The open() function requires access mode O_RDWR regardless of the device type. All V4L2 drivers exchanging data with applications must support the O_NONBLOCK flag. The O_NOIO flag, a V4L2 symbol which aliased the meaningless O_TRUNC to indicate accesses without data exchange (panel applications) was dropped. Drivers must stay in "panel mode" until the application attempts to initiate a data exchange, see Section 1.1, “Opening and Closing Devices”.
  3. The struct v4l2_capability changed dramatically. Note that also the size of the structure changed, which is encoded in the ioctl request code, thus older V4L2 devices will respond with an EINVAL error code to the new VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl.

    There are new fields to identify the driver, a new RDS device function V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE, the V4L2_CAP_AUDIO flag indicates if the device has any audio connectors, another I/O capability V4L2_CAP_ASYNCIO can be flagged. In response to these changes the type field became a bit set and was merged into the flags field. V4L2_FLAG_TUNER was renamed to V4L2_CAP_TUNER, V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY replaced V4L2_FLAG_PREVIEW and V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE and V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT replaced V4L2_FLAG_DATA_SERVICE. V4L2_FLAG_READ and V4L2_FLAG_WRITE were merged into V4L2_CAP_READWRITE.

    The redundant fields inputs, outputs and audios were removed. These properties can be determined as described in Section 1.4, “Video Inputs and Outputs” and Section 1.5, “Audio Inputs and Outputs”.

    The somewhat volatile and therefore barely useful fields maxwidth, maxheight, minwidth, minheight, maxframerate were removed. This information is available as described in Section 1.10, “Data Formats” and Section 1.7, “Video Standards”.

    V4L2_FLAG_SELECT was removed. We believe the select() function is important enough to require support of it in all V4L2 drivers exchanging data with applications. The redundant V4L2_FLAG_MONOCHROME flag was removed, this information is available as described in Section 1.10, “Data Formats”.

  4. In struct v4l2_input the assoc_audio field and the capability field and its only flag V4L2_INPUT_CAP_AUDIO was replaced by the new audioset field. Instead of linking one video input to one audio input this field reports all audio inputs this video input combines with.

    New fields are tuner (reversing the former link from tuners to video inputs), std and status.

    Accordingly struct v4l2_output lost its capability and assoc_audio fields. audioset, modulator and std where added instead.

  5. The struct v4l2_audio field audio was renamed to index, for consistency with other structures. A new capability flag V4L2_AUDCAP_STEREO was added to indicated if the audio input in question supports stereo sound. V4L2_AUDCAP_EFFECTS and the corresponding V4L2_AUDMODE flags where removed. This can be easily implemented using controls. (However the same applies to AVL which is still there.)

    Again for consistency the struct v4l2_audioout field audio was renamed to index.

  6. The struct v4l2_tuner input field was replaced by an index field, permitting devices with multiple tuners. The link between video inputs and tuners is now reversed, inputs point to their tuner. The std substructure became a simple set (more about this below) and moved into struct v4l2_input. A type field was added.

    Accordingly in struct v4l2_modulator the output was replaced by an index field.

    In struct v4l2_frequency the port field was replaced by a tuner field containing the respective tuner or modulator index number. A tuner type field was added and the reserved field became larger for future extensions (satellite tuners in particular).

  7. The idea of completely transparent video standards was dropped. Experience showed that applications must be able to work with video standards beyond presenting the user a menu. Instead of enumerating supported standards with an ioctl applications can now refer to standards by v4l2_std_id and symbols defined in the videodev2.h header file. For details see Section 1.7, “Video Standards”. The VIDIOC_G_STD and VIDIOC_S_STD now take a pointer to this type as argument. VIDIOC_QUERYSTD was added to autodetect the received standard, if the hardware has this capability. In struct v4l2_standard an index field was added for VIDIOC_ENUMSTD. A v4l2_std_id field named id was added as machine readable identifier, also replacing the transmission field. The misleading framerate field was renamed to frameperiod. The now obsolete colorstandard information, originally needed to distguish between variations of standards, were removed.

    Struct v4l2_enumstd ceased to be. VIDIOC_ENUMSTD now takes a pointer to a struct v4l2_standard directly. The information which standards are supported by a particular video input or output moved into struct v4l2_input and struct v4l2_output fields named std, respectively.

  8. The struct v4l2_queryctrl fields category and group did not catch on and/or were not implemented as expected and therefore removed.
  9. The VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctl was added to negotiate data formats as with VIDIOC_S_FMT, but without the overhead of programming the hardware and regardless of I/O in progress.

    In struct v4l2_format the fmt union was extended to contain struct v4l2_window. All image format negotiations are now possible with VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT and VIDIOC_TRY_FMT; ioctl. The VIDIOC_G_WIN and VIDIOC_S_WIN ioctls to prepare for a video overlay were removed. The type field changed to type enum v4l2_buf_type and the buffer type names changed as follows.

    Old defines enum v4l2_buf_type
    V4L2_BUF_TYPE_CAPTURE V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE
    V4L2_BUF_TYPE_CODECIN Omitted for now
    V4L2_BUF_TYPE_CODECOUT Omitted for now
    V4L2_BUF_TYPE_EFFECTSIN Omitted for now
    V4L2_BUF_TYPE_EFFECTSIN2 Omitted for now
    V4L2_BUF_TYPE_EFFECTSOUT Omitted for now
    V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEOOUT V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT
    - V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY
    - V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE
    - V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT
    - V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE
    - V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT
    V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE_BASE V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE
  10. In struct v4l2_fmtdesc a enum v4l2_buf_type field named type was added as in struct v4l2_format. The VIDIOC_ENUM_FBUFFMT ioctl is no longer needed and was removed. These calls can be replaced by VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT with type V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY.
  11. In struct v4l2_pix_format the depth field was removed, assuming applications which recognize the format by its four-character-code already know the color depth, and others do not care about it. The same rationale lead to the removal of the V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMPRESSED flag. The V4L2_FMT_FLAG_SWCONVECOMPRESSED flag was removed because drivers are not supposed to convert images in kernel space. A user library of conversion functions should be provided instead. The V4L2_FMT_FLAG_BYTESPERLINE flag was redundant. Applications can set the bytesperline field to zero to get a reasonable default. Since the remaining flags were replaced as well, the flags field itself was removed.

    The interlace flags were replaced by a enum v4l2_field value in a newly added field field.

    Old flag enum v4l2_field
    V4L2_FMT_FLAG_NOT_INTERLACED ?
    V4L2_FMT_FLAG_INTERLACED = V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMBINED V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED
    V4L2_FMT_FLAG_TOPFIELD = V4L2_FMT_FLAG_ODDFIELD V4L2_FIELD_TOP
    V4L2_FMT_FLAG_BOTFIELD = V4L2_FMT_FLAG_EVENFIELD V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM
    - V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB
    - V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT
    - V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE

    The color space flags were replaced by a enum v4l2_colorspace value in a newly added colorspace field, where one of V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M, V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT878, V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M or V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG replaces V4L2_FMT_CS_601YUV.

  12. In struct v4l2_requestbuffers the type field was properly defined as enum v4l2_buf_type. Buffer types changed as mentioned above. A new memory field of type enum v4l2_memory was added to distinguish between I/O methods using buffers allocated by the driver or the application. See Chapter 3, Input/Output for details.
  13. In struct v4l2_buffer the type field was properly defined as enum v4l2_buf_type. Buffer types changed as mentioned above. A field field of type enum v4l2_field was added to indicate if a buffer contains a top or bottom field. The old field flags were removed. Since no unadjusted system time clock was added to the kernel as planned, the timestamp field changed back from type stamp_t, an unsigned 64 bit integer expressing the sample time in nanoseconds, to struct timeval. With the addition of a second memory mapping method the offset field moved into union m, and a new memory field of type enum v4l2_memory was added to distinguish between I/O methods. See Chapter 3, Input/Output for details.

    The V4L2_BUF_REQ_CONTIG flag was used by the V4L compatibility layer, after changes to this code it was no longer needed. The V4L2_BUF_ATTR_DEVICEMEM flag would indicate if the buffer was indeed allocated in device memory rather than DMA-able system memory. It was barely useful and so was removed.

  14. In struct v4l2_framebuffer the base[3] array anticipating double- and triple-buffering in off-screen video memory, however without defining a synchronization mechanism, was replaced by a single pointer. The V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SCALEUP and V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SCALEDOWN flags were removed. Applications can determine this capability more accurately using the new cropping and scaling interface. The V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CLIPPING flag was replaced by V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING and V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING.
  15. In struct v4l2_clip the x, y, width and height field moved into a c substructure of type struct v4l2_rect. The x and y fields were renamed to left and top, i. e. offsets to a context dependent origin.
  16. In struct v4l2_window the x, y, width and height field moved into a w substructure as above. A field field of type %v4l2-field; was added to distinguish between field and frame (interlaced) overlay.
  17. The digital zoom interface, including struct v4l2_zoomcap, struct v4l2_zoom, V4L2_ZOOM_NONCAP and V4L2_ZOOM_WHILESTREAMING was replaced by a new cropping and scaling interface. The previously unused struct v4l2_cropcap and v4l2_crop where redefined for this purpose. See Section 1.11, “Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling” for details.
  18. In struct v4l2_vbi_format the SAMPLE_FORMAT field now contains a four-character-code as used to identify video image formats and V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY replaces the V4L2_VBI_SF_UBYTE define. The reserved field was extended.
  19. In struct v4l2_captureparm the type of the timeperframe field changed from unsigned long to struct v4l2_fract. This allows the accurate expression of multiples of the NTSC-M frame rate 30000 / 1001. A new field readbuffers was added to control the driver behaviour in read I/O mode.

    Similar changes were made to struct v4l2_outputparm.

  20. The struct v4l2_performance and VIDIOC_G_PERF ioctl were dropped. Except when using the read/write I/O method, which is limited anyway, this information is already available to applications.
  21. The example transformation from RGB to YCbCr color space in the old V4L2 documentation was inaccurate, this has been corrected in Chapter 2, Image Formats.

8.2.10. V4L2 2003-06-19

  1. A new capability flag V4L2_CAP_RADIO was added for radio devices. Prior to this change radio devices would identify solely by having exactly one tuner whose type field reads V4L2_TUNER_RADIO.
  2. An optional driver access priority mechanism was added, see Section 1.3, “Application Priority” for details.
  3. The audio input and output interface was found to be incomplete.

    Previously the VIDIOC_G_AUDIO ioctl would enumerate the available audio inputs. An ioctl to determine the current audio input, if more than one combines with the current video input, did not exist. So VIDIOC_G_AUDIO was renamed to VIDIOC_G_AUDIO_OLD, this ioctl will be removed in the future. The VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO ioctl was added to enumerate audio inputs, while VIDIOC_G_AUDIO now reports the current audio input.

    The same changes were made to VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT and VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT.

    Until further the "videodev" module will automatically translate between the old and new ioctls, but drivers and applications must be updated to successfully compile again.

  4. The VIDIOC_OVERLAY ioctl was incorrectly defined with write-read parameter. It was changed to write-only, while the write-read version was renamed to VIDIOC_OVERLAY_OLD. The old ioctl will be removed in the future. Until further the "videodev" kernel module will automatically translate to the new version, so drivers must be recompiled, but not applications.
  5. Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface” incorrectly stated that clipping rectangles define regions where the video can be seen. Correct is that clipping rectangles define regions where no video shall be displayed and so the graphics surface can be seen.
  6. The VIDIOC_S_PARM and VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctls were defined with write-only parameter, inconsistent with other ioctls modifying their argument. They were changed to write-read, while a _OLD suffix was added to the write-only versions. The old ioctls will be removed in the future. Drivers and applications assuming a constant parameter need an update.

8.2.11. V4L2 2003-11-05

  1. In Section 2.4, “RGB Formats” the following pixel formats were incorrectly transferred from Bill Dirks' V4L2 specification. Descriptions below refer to bytes in memory, in ascending address order.

    Symbol In this document prior to revision 0.5 Corrected
    V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24 B, G, R R, G, B
    V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 R, G, B B, G, R
    V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32 B, G, R, X R, G, B, X
    V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32 R, G, B, X B, G, R, X

    The V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 example was always correct.

    In Section 8.1.5, “Image Properties” the mapping of the V4L VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24 and VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB32 formats to V4L2 pixel formats was accordingly corrected.

  2. Unrelated to the fixes above, drivers may still interpret some V4L2 RGB pixel formats differently. These issues have yet to be addressed, for details see Section 2.4, “RGB Formats”.

8.2.12. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.6, 2004-05-09

  1. The VIDIOC_CROPCAP ioctl was incorrectly defined with read-only parameter. It is now defined as write-read ioctl, while the read-only version was renamed to VIDIOC_CROPCAP_OLD. The old ioctl will be removed in the future.

8.2.13. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.8

  1. A new field input (former reserved[0]) was added to the struct v4l2_buffer structure. Purpose of this field is to alternate between video inputs (e. g. cameras) in step with the video capturing process. This function must be enabled with the new V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT flag. The flags field is no longer read-only.

8.2.14. V4L2 spec erratum 2004-08-01

  1. The return value of the V4L2 open()(2) function was incorrectly documented.
  2. Audio output ioctls end in -AUDOUT, not -AUDIOOUT.
  3. In the Current Audio Input example the VIDIOC_G_AUDIO ioctl took the wrong argument.
  4. The documentation of the VIDIOC_QBUF and VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctls did not mention the struct v4l2_buffer memory field. It was also missing from examples. Also on the VIDIOC_DQBUF page the EIO error code was not documented.

8.2.15. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.14

  1. A new sliced VBI interface was added. It is documented in Section 4.8, “Sliced VBI Data Interface” and replaces the interface first proposed in V4L2 specification 0.8.

8.2.16. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.15

  1. The VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS ioctl was added.
  2. New video standards V4L2_STD_NTSC_443, V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC, V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK (a set of SECAM D, K and K1), and V4L2_STD_ATSC (a set of V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB and V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB) were defined. Note the V4L2_STD_525_60 set now includes V4L2_STD_NTSC_443. See also Table 67, “typedef v4l2_std_id”.
  3. The VIDIOC_G_COMP and VIDIOC_S_COMP ioctl were renamed to VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP and VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP respectively. Their argument was replaced by a struct v4l2_mpeg_compression pointer. (The VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP and VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP ioctls where removed in Linux 2.6.25.)

8.2.17. V4L2 spec erratum 2005-11-27

The capture example in Appendix B, Video Capture Example called the VIDIOC_S_CROP ioctl without checking if cropping is supported. In the video standard selection example in Section 1.7, “Video Standards” the VIDIOC_S_STD call used the wrong argument type.

8.2.18. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-01-10

  1. The V4L2_IN_ST_COLOR_KILL flag in struct v4l2_input not only indicates if the color killer is enabled, but also if it is active. (The color killer disables color decoding when it detects no color in the video signal to improve the image quality.)
  2. VIDIOC_S_PARM is a write-read ioctl, not write-only as stated on its reference page. The ioctl changed in 2003 as noted above.

8.2.19. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-03

  1. In struct v4l2_captureparm and struct v4l2_outputparm the timeperframe field gives the time in seconds, not microseconds.

8.2.20. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-04

  1. The clips field in struct v4l2_window must point to an array of struct v4l2_clip, not a linked list, because drivers ignore the struct v4l2_clip.next pointer.

8.2.21. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.17

  1. New video standard macros were added: V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR (NTSC M South Korea), and the sets V4L2_STD_MN, V4L2_STD_B, V4L2_STD_GH and V4L2_STD_DK. The V4L2_STD_NTSC and V4L2_STD_SECAM sets now include V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR and V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC respectively.
  2. A new V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2 was defined to record both languages of a bilingual program. The use of V4L2_TUNER_MODE_STEREO for this purpose is deprecated now. See the VIDIOC_G_TUNER section for details.

8.2.22. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-09-23 (Draft 0.15)

  1. In various places V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE and V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT of the sliced VBI interface were not mentioned along with other buffer types.
  2. In ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO(2) it was clarified that the struct v4l2_audio mode field is a flags field.
  3. ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCAP(2) did not mention the sliced VBI and radio capability flags.
  4. In ioctl VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY, VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY(2) it was clarified that applications must initialize the tuner type field of struct v4l2_frequency before calling VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY.
  5. The reserved array in struct v4l2_requestbuffers has 2 elements, not 32.
  6. In Section 4.3, “Video Output Interface” and Section 4.7, “Raw VBI Data Interface” the device file names /dev/vout which never caught on were replaced by /dev/video.
  7. With Linux 2.6.15 the possible range for VBI device minor numbers was extended from 224-239 to 224-255. Accordingly device file names /dev/vbi0 to /dev/vbi31 are possible now.

8.2.23. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.18

  1. New ioctls VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS and VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS were added, a flag to skip unsupported controls with VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, new control types V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 and V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS (Table 108, “enum v4l2_ctrl_type”), and new control flags V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY, V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE, V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE and V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER (Table 109, “Control Flags”). See Section 1.9, “Extended Controls” for details.

8.2.24. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.19

  1. In struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap a buffer type field was added replacing a reserved field. Note on architectures where the size of enum types differs from int types the size of the structure changed. The VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP ioctl was redefined from being read-only to write-read. Applications must initialize the type field and clear the reserved fields now. These changes may break the compatibility with older drivers and applications.
  2. The ioctls VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES and VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS were added.
  3. A new pixel format V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444 (Table 2.4, “Packed RGB Image Formats”) was added.

8.2.25. V4L2 spec erratum 2006-10-12 (Draft 0.17)

  1. V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12 (Table 2.8, “Reserved Image Formats”) is a YUV 4:2:0, not 4:2:2 format.

8.2.26. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.21

  1. The videodev2.h header file is now dual licensed under GNU General Public License version two or later, and under a 3-clause BSD-style license.

8.2.27. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.22

  1. Two new field orders V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB and V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT were added. See Table 3.8, “enum v4l2_field” for details.
  2. Three new clipping/blending methods with a global or straight or inverted local alpha value were added to the video overlay interface. See the description of the VIDIOC_G_FBUF and VIDIOC_S_FBUF ioctls for details.

    A new global_alpha field was added to v4l2_window, extending the structure. This may break compatibility with applications using a struct v4l2_window directly. However the VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_FMT ioctls, which take a pointer to a v4l2_format parent structure with padding bytes at the end, are not affected.

  3. The format of the chromakey field in struct v4l2_window changed from "host order RGB32" to a pixel value in the same format as the framebuffer. This may break compatibility with existing applications. Drivers supporting the "host order RGB32" format are not known.

8.2.28. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.24

  1. The pixel formats V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV555, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV565 and V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV32 were added.

8.2.29. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.25

  1. The pixel formats V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 and V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 were added.
  2. New controls V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY, V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO, V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE, V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS and V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION were added. The controls V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL, V4L2_CID_WHITENESS, V4L2_CID_HCENTER and V4L2_CID_VCENTER were deprecated.
  3. A Camera controls class was added, with the new controls V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO, V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY, V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE, V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE, V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET, V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET, V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE and V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO.
  4. The VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP and VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP ioctls, which were superseded by the extended controls interface in Linux 2.6.18, where finally removed from the videodev2.h header file.

8.2.30. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.26

  1. The pixel formats V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 and V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 were added.
  2. Added user controls V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC and V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER.

8.2.31. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.27

  1. The VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK ioctl and the V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK capability were added.
  2. The pixel formats V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU, V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA501, V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA505, V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA508, V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA561, V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8, V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207 and V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG were added.

8.2.32. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.28

  1. Added V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AAC and V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AC3 MPEG audio encodings.
  2. Added V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_4_AVC MPEG video encoding.
  3. The pixel formats V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10 and V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8 were added.

8.2.33. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.29

  1. The VIDIOC_G_CHIP_IDENT ioctl was renamed to VIDIOC_G_CHIP_IDENT_OLD and VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT was introduced in its place. The old struct v4l2_chip_ident was renamed to v4l2_chip_ident_old.
  2. The pixel formats V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY, V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16 and V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61 were added.
  3. Added camera controls V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE, V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS and V4L2_CID_PRIVACY.

8.2.34. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.30

  1. New control flag V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY was added.
  2. New control V4L2_CID_COLORFX was added.

8.2.35. V4L2 in Linux 2.6.32

  1. In order to be easier to compare a V4L2 API and a kernel version, now V4L2 API is numbered using the Linux Kernel version numeration.
  2. Finalized the RDS capture API. See Section 4.11, “RDS Interface” for more information.
  3. Added new capabilities for modulators and RDS encoders.
  4. Add description for libv4l API.
  5. Added support for string controls via new type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING.
  6. Added V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER documentation.
  7. Added FM Modulator (FM TX) Extended Control Class: V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX and their Control IDs.
  8. Added Remote Controller chapter, describing the default Remote Controller mapping for media devices.

8.3. Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs

8.3.1. X Video Extension

The X Video Extension (abbreviated XVideo or just Xv) is an extension of the X Window system, implemented for example by the XFree86 project. Its scope is similar to V4L2, an API to video capture and output devices for X clients. Xv allows applications to display live video in a window, send window contents to a TV output, and capture or output still images in XPixmaps[27]. With their implementation XFree86 makes the extension available across many operating systems and architectures.

Because the driver is embedded into the X server Xv has a number of advantages over the V4L2 video overlay interface. The driver can easily determine the overlay target, i. e. visible graphics memory or off-screen buffers for a destructive overlay. It can program the RAMDAC for a non-destructive overlay, scaling or color-keying, or the clipping functions of the video capture hardware, always in sync with drawing operations or windows moving or changing their stacking order.

To combine the advantages of Xv and V4L a special Xv driver exists in XFree86 and XOrg, just programming any overlay capable Video4Linux device it finds. To enable it /etc/X11/XF86Config must contain these lines:

Section "Module"
    Load "v4l"
EndSection

As of XFree86 4.2 this driver still supports only V4L ioctls, however it should work just fine with all V4L2 devices through the V4L2 backward-compatibility layer. Since V4L2 permits multiple opens it is possible (if supported by the V4L2 driver) to capture video while an X client requested video overlay. Restrictions of simultaneous capturing and overlay are discussed in Section 4.2, “Video Overlay Interface” apply.

Only marginally related to V4L2, XFree86 extended Xv to support hardware YUV to RGB conversion and scaling for faster video playback, and added an interface to MPEG-2 decoding hardware. This API is useful to display images captured with V4L2 devices.

8.3.2. Digital Video

V4L2 does not support digital terrestrial, cable or satellite broadcast. A separate project aiming at digital receivers exists. You can find its homepage at https://linuxtv.org. The Linux DVB API has no connection to the V4L2 API except that drivers for hybrid hardware may support both.

8.3.3. Audio Interfaces

[to do - OSS/ALSA]

8.4. Experimental API Elements

The following V4L2 API elements are currently experimental and may change in the future.

8.5. Obsolete API Elements

The following V4L2 API elements were superseded by new interfaces and should not be implemented in new drivers.


[27] This is not implemented in XFree86.

Appendix A. Video For Linux Two Header File

Appendix B. Video Capture Example

Appendix C. Video Grabber example using libv4l

This program demonstrates how to grab V4L2 images in ppm format by
using libv4l handlers. The advantage is that this grabber can potentially work
with any V4L2 driver.

Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License

Version 1.1, March 2000

Copyright 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 

Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place,
Suite 330, Boston, MA
02111-1307  USA

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
license document, but changing it is not allowed.

Table of Contents

D.1. 0. PREAMBLE
D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING
D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS
D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
D.9. 8. TRANSLATION
D.10. 9. TERMINATION
D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
D.12. Addendum

D.1. 0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
other written document “free” in the sense of
freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means
that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
which is a copyleft license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
free program should come with manuals providing the same
freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
whose purpose is instruction or reference.

D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
distributed under the terms of this License. The
“Document”, below, refers to any such manual or
work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
as “you”.

A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work
containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
language.

A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a
front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively
with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
regarding them.

The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
notice that says that the Document is released under this
License.

The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of
text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
in the notice that says that the Document is released under this
License.

A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable
copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy
that is not “Transparent” is called
“Opaque”.

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
output purposes only.

The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the
title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the
most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
beginning of the body of the text.

D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
above, and you may publicly display copies.

D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
Document and satisfy these
conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
adjacent pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with
each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
material, which the general network-using public has access to
download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
of the Document well before
redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
to provide you with an updated version of the Document.

D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of
sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
these things in the Modified Version:

  • A. 
    Use in the Title
    Page
    (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
    from that of the Document, and from those of
    previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
    listed in the History section of the Document). You may
    use the same title as a previous version if the original
    publisher of that version gives permission.
  • B. 
    List on the Title
    Page
    , as authors, one or more persons or entities
    responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
    Modified Version,
    together with at least five of the principal authors of
    the Document (all of
    its principal authors, if it has less than five).
  • C. 
    State on the Title
    Page
    the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the
    publisher.
  • D. 
    Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
  • E. 
    Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
    adjacent to the other copyright notices.
  • F. 
    Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
    license notice giving the public permission to use the
    Modified Version under
    the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
    Addendum below.
  • G. 
    Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and
    required Cover
    Texts
    given in the Document's license notice.
  • H. 
    Include an unaltered copy of this License.
  • I. 
    Preserve the section entitled “History”, and
    its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
    title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Versionas given on
    the Title Page. If
    there is no section entitled “History” in the
    Document, create one
    stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
    Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
    describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
    sentence.
  • J. 
    Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access
    to a Transparent
    copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
    given in the Document for previous versions it was based
    on. These may be placed in the “History”
    section. You may omit a network location for a work that
    was published at least four years before the Document
    itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
    refers to gives permission.
  • K. 
    In any section entitled “Acknowledgements” or
    “Dedications”, preserve the section's title,
    and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
    each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
    dedications given therein.
  • L. 
    Preserve all the Invariant
    Sections
    of the Document, unaltered in their
    text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
    equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
  • M. 
    Delete any section entitled
    “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be
    included in the Modified
    Version
    .
  • N. 
    Do not retitle any existing section as
    “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with
    any Invariant
    Section
    .

If the Modified Version
includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
Secondary Sections and
contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the
Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled “Endorsements”,
provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
definition of a standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage
of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
the list of Cover Texts
in the Modified Version.
Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
entity. If the Document
already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document
with other documents released under this License, under the
terms defined in section 4
above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
combination all of the Invariant
Sections
of all of the original documents, unmodified,
and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
its license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
and multiple identical Invariant
Sections
may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
“History” in the various original documents,
forming one section entitled “History”; likewise
combine any sections entitled “Acknowledgements”,
and any sections entitled “Dedications”. You must
delete all sections entitled “Endorsements.”

D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies
of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.

D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with
other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
“aggregate”, and this License does not apply to the
other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
aggregate.

D.9. 8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with
translations requires special permission from their copyright
holders, but you may include translations of some or all
Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
License provided that you also include the original English
version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
translation and the original English version of this License,
the original English version will prevail.

D.10. 9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly
provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.

D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software
Foundation
may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
number. If the Document
specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
“or any later version” applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that
specified version or of any later version that has been
published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
the Free Software Foundation.

D.12. Addendum

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.

Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST
THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST,
and with the Back-Cover
Texts
being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation
License”.

If you have no Invariant
Sections
, write “with no Invariant Sections”
instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write
“no Front-Cover Texts” instead of
“Front-Cover Texts being LIST”; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public
License
, to permit their use in free software.

List of Types

v4l2_std_id
enum v4l2_buf_type
enum v4l2_colorspace
enum v4l2_ctrl_type
enum v4l2_exposure_auto_type
enum v4l2_field
enum v4l2_frmivaltypes
enum v4l2_frmsizetypes
enum v4l2_memory
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension
enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode
enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode
enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_type
enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode
enum v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding
enum v4l2_power_line_frequency
enum v4l2_priority
enum v4l2_tuner_type
enum v4l2_preemphasis
struct v4l2_audio
struct v4l2_audioout
struct v4l2_buffer
struct v4l2_capability
struct v4l2_captureparm
struct v4l2_clip
struct v4l2_control
struct v4l2_crop
struct v4l2_cropcap
struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident
struct v4l2_dbg_match
struct v4l2_dbg_register
struct v4l2_enc_idx
struct v4l2_enc_idx_entry
struct v4l2_encoder_cmd
struct v4l2_ext_control
struct v4l2_ext_controls
struct v4l2_fmtdesc
struct v4l2_format
struct v4l2_fract
struct v4l2_framebuffer
struct v4l2_frequency
struct v4l2_frmival_stepwise
struct v4l2_frmivalenum
struct v4l2_frmsize_discrete
struct v4l2_frmsize_stepwise
struct v4l2_frmsizeenum
struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek
struct v4l2_input
struct v4l2_jpegcompression
struct v4l2_modulator
struct v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv
struct v4l2_output
struct v4l2_outputparm
struct v4l2_pix_format
struct v4l2_queryctrl
struct v4l2_querymenu
struct v4l2_rect
struct v4l2_requestbuffers
struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap
struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data
struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format
struct v4l2_standard
struct v4l2_streamparm
struct v4l2_timecode
struct v4l2_tuner
struct v4l2_vbi_format
struct v4l2_window

References

[EIA 608-B] Electronic Industries Alliance (http://www.eia.org). EIA 608-B "Recommended Practice for Line 21 Data
Service"
.

[EN 300 294] European Telecommunication Standards Institute
(http://www.etsi.org). EN 300 294 "625-line television Wide Screen Signalling
(WSS)"
.

[ETS 300 231] European Telecommunication Standards Institute
(http://www.etsi.org). ETS 300 231 "Specification of the domestic video
Programme Delivery Control system (PDC)"
.

[ETS 300 706] European Telecommunication Standards Institute
(http://www.etsi.org). ETS 300 706 "Enhanced Teletext specification".

[ISO 13818-1] International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch), International
Organisation for Standardisation (http://www.iso.ch). ITU-T Rec. H.222.0 | ISO/IEC 13818-1 "Information
technology — Generic coding of moving pictures and associated
audio information: Systems"
.

[ISO 13818-2] International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch), International
Organisation for Standardisation (http://www.iso.ch). ITU-T Rec. H.262 | ISO/IEC 13818-2 "Information
technology — Generic coding of moving pictures and associated
audio information: Video"
.

[ITU BT.470] International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch). ITU-R Recommendation BT.470-6 "Conventional Television
Systems"
.

[ITU BT.601] International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch). ITU-R Recommendation BT.601-5 "Studio Encoding Parameters
of Digital Television for Standard 4:3 and Wide-Screen 16:9 Aspect
Ratios"
.

[ITU BT.653] International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch). ITU-R Recommendation BT.653-3 "Teletext systems".

[ITU BT.709] International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch). ITU-R Recommendation BT.709-5 "Parameter values for the
HDTV standards for production and international programme
exchange"
.

[ITU BT.1119] International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch). ITU-R Recommendation BT.1119 "625-line
television Wide Screen Signalling (WSS)"
.

[JFIF] Independent JPEG Group (http://www.ijg.org). JPEG File Interchange Format. Version 1.02.

[SMPTE 12M] Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
(http://www.smpte.org). SMPTE 12M-1999 "Television, Audio and Film - Time and
Control Code"
.

[SMPTE 170M] Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
(http://www.smpte.org). SMPTE 170M-1999 "Television - Composite Analog Video
Signal - NTSC for Studio Applications"
.

[SMPTE 240M] Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
(http://www.smpte.org). SMPTE 240M-1999 "Television - Signal Parameters -
1125-Line High-Definition Production"
.

[EN 50067] European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization
(http://www.cenelec.eu). Specification of the radio data system (RDS) for VHF/FM sound broadcasting
in the frequency range from 87,5 to 108,0 MHz
.

[NRSC-4] National Radio Systems Committee
(http://www.nrscstandards.org). NTSC-4: United States RBDS Standard.

时间: 2024-08-01 13:32:11

Video for Linux Two API Specification Revision 2.6.32【转】的相关文章

Video for Linux Two API Specification revision0.24【转】

转自:http://blog.csdn.net/jmq_0000/article/details/7536805#t136 Video for Linux Two API Specification Revision 0.24 Michael H Schimek             <mschimek@gmx.at>            Bill Dirks Hans Verkuil Martin Rubli Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,

dma-ARM+Linux DMA API使用

问题描述 ARM+Linux DMA API使用 2C 最近项目接手一个项目:为了加快LCD液晶刷新高清图片的速率,采用DMA将显存中的数据传输给液晶模块,各位大神有没有做过这方面的项目. 解决方案 http://blog.csdn.net/bugouyonggan/article/details/8921623 解决方案二: linux之DMA APIlinux之DMA APIlinux之DMA API

Linux Kernel 4.11.5, 4.9.32, 4.4.72,3.18.57 发布

Linux kernels 4.11.5, 4.9.32, 4.4.72 和 3.18.57 已发布,包含一系列重要的修复,建议用户升级. 具体信息如下: 文章转载自 开源中国社区[https://www.oschina.net]

v4l2 spec 中文 Ch01【转】

转自http://blog.csdn.net/wuhzossibility/article/details/6638245 目录(?)[-] Chapter 1 通用APICommon API Elements 1  打开和关闭设备Opening and Closing Devices 11  设备命名Device Naming 12  相关设备Related Devices 13  并发打开Multiple Opens 14  共享数据流Shared Data Streams 15  函数Fu

嵌入式Linux下Camera编程--V4L2【转】

转自:http://blog.csdn.net/fwqlzz/article/details/51126653 版权声明:本文为博主原创文章,未经博主允许不得转载. USB video class(又称为USB video device class or UVC)就是USB device class视频产品在不需要安装任何的驱动程序下即插即用,包括摄像头.数字摄影机.模拟视频转换器.电视卡及静态视频相机. 最新的UVC版本为UVC 1.5,由USB-IF(USB Implementers For

W3C 用于在 web 应用中处理文件的 API(W3C File API for representing file objects in web applications)

File API W3C Last Call Working Draft 12 September 2013 This Version: http://www.w3.org/TR/2013/WD-FileAPI-20130912/ Latest Published Version: http://www.w3.org/TR/FileAPI/ Latest Editor's Draft: http://dev.w3.org/2006/webapi/FileAPI/ Previous Version

Linux 2.6.19.x 内核编译配置选项简介

Linux 2.6.19.x 内核编译配置选项简介 版权声明 本文作者是一位自由软件爱好者,所以本文虽然不是软件,但是本着 GPL 的精神发布.任何人都可以自由使用.转载.复制和再分发,但必须保留作者署名,亦不得对声明中的任何条款作任何形式的修改,也不得附加任何其它条件.您可以自由链接.下载.传播此文档,但前提是必须保证全文完整转载,包括完整的版权信息和作译者声明. 其他作品 本文作者十分愿意与他人共享劳动成果,如果你对我的其他翻译作品或者技术文章有兴趣,可以在如下位置查看现有作品的列表: 金步

《Linux From Scratch》第四部分:附录- 索引

软件包 Acl: Acl-2.2.52 Attr: Attr-2.4.47 Autoconf: Autoconf-2.69 Automake: Automake-1.15 Bash: Bash-4.3.30 工具: Bash-4.3.30 Bc: Bc-1.06.95 Binutils: Binutils-2.25 工具,第一遍: Binutils-2.25 - Pass 1 工具,第二遍: Binutils-2.25 - Pass 2 Bison: Bison-3.0.4 Bzip2: Bzi

linux下配置android sdk

该文章介绍下如何在linux中配置android sdk 一.下载android sdk 下载SDK,下载地址:http://developer.android.com/sdk/index.html,选择Linux(i386).因为SDK只有32位的,如果装的是64位系统,则要安装ia32-libs,运行32位程序.安装命令:sudo apt-get install ia32-libs(在Ubuntu中的命令).下载完成后解压,在终端进入到SDK的根目录,然后执行:tools/android u